Agenda packet, first session — Glendale City Council, August 13, 2024 (part 2 of 3)

5D1
1 Rossmoyne Historic District Contributor
*P2. Location:

P1. Other Identifier:

Not for Publication Unrestricted *a. County and (P2b and P2c or P2d.) *b. USGS 7.5' Quad: Date:
c. Address: City: Zip:
d. UTM: (Give more than one for large and/or linear resources) Zone: mE/ mN e. Other Locational Data: (e.g., parcel #, directions to resource, elevation, etc., as appropriate):
*P3a. Description:(Describe resource and its major elements. Include design, materials, condition, alterations, size, setting, and boundaries) *P3b. Resource Attributes: (List attributes and codes)
*P4. Resources Present: Building Structure Object Site District Element of District Other (Isolates, etc.) P5a. Photo or Drawing (Photo required for buildings, structures, and objects.) P5b. Description of photo:
*P6. Date Constructed/Age and
Sources:
(View, data, accession #)
*P7. Owner and Address:
*P8. Recorded by:
*P9. Date Recorded:
*P10. Survey Type: (Describe)
Historic
Prehistoric Both
*P11. Report Citation:(Cite survey report and other sources or enter "none.") *Attachments: None Location Map Sketch Map Continuation Sheet Building, Structure, and Object Record Archeological Record District Record Linear Feature Record Milling Station Record Rock Art Record Artifact Record Photograph Record Other (List):

DPR 523A (1/95) *Required Information
X Los Angeles
Pasadena 1991
1239 ROSSMOYNE AVE GLENDALE 91207
APN:5646002008
X X
X

SHAW,LILLIAN TR
1239 ROSSMOYNE AVE
GLENDALE CA 912070000
Tanya Sorrell
LSA Associates
1500 Iowa Ave., Suite 200
Riverside, CA 92507
03/14/2011
1927
Assessor
HP02
X
X
03/14/11
San Rafael Land Grant
Sorrell, Tanya. Rossmoyne Historic Resources Survey. Prepared by LSA for the City of Glendale, 2011.

Historic District Survey
Architectural Style: Spanish Colonial Revival
Siding/Sheathing: stucco: modern rough texture, all visible sides, altered: yes Roof: cross-gable, low, exposed rafter tails, red tile
Fenestration: wood, divided-light casement
Primary Entrance: single door, recessed, within porch
Plan: irregular
No. Stories: 2
Porches: partial width
Related: detached garage and porte cochere
Retains integrity: high
EXHIBIT 7
328 of 704

PUBLIC COMMENTS
DESIGN REVIEW CASE NO.

PDR-003119-2024
For HPC Consideration at the
April 18, 2024 Hearing
EXHIBIT 8
329 of 704
1 Ji, Eric
From: Platt, Jay
Sent: Wednesday, April 17, 2024 12:58 PM
To: Platt, Jay
Cc: Ji, Eric
Subject: FW: Agenda Item 7(a) April 18, 2024 / 1239 Rossmoyne Avenue PDR-003119-2024 Attachments: Letter to HPC 1239 Rossmoyne 20240414.pdf
________________________________________________________________ Jay Platt, Principal Planner • City of Glendale • Community Development Department 633 E. Broadway, Room 300, Glendale, CA91206 • (818) 937Ͳ8155 ͲͲͲͲͲͲͲͲͲͲForwarded messageͲͲͲͲͲͲͲͲͲ
From: Rossmoyne Mountain <[email protected]>
Date: Mon, Apr 15, 2024 at 7:04 AM
Subject: Agenda Item 7(a) April 18, 2024 / 1239 Rossmoyne Avenue PDRͲ003119Ͳ2024 To: [email protected] <[email protected]>, [email protected] <[email protected]>, [email protected] <[email protected]>, [email protected] <[email protected]>, <[email protected]>
Cc: <[email protected]>
Dear Chair Cragnotti and Members of the Commission,
Please find attached our comment letter regarding the agenda item noted above.We would greatly appreciate confirmation of receipt.We look forward to your discussion.

Sincerely,
Lorna Vartanian, President
Rossmoyne/Mountain HOA
www.rossmoynemountain.com
EXHIBIT 8
330 of 704
1 Ji, Eric
From: David S <[email protected]>
Sent: Thursday, April 18, 2024 11:31 AM
To: HistoricPreservationCommission
Cc: Ji, Eric
Subject: PDR-003119-2024, 1239 Rossmoyne Ave.

CAUTION: This email was delivered from the Internet. Do not click links, open attachments, or reply if you are unsure as to the sender.

Commissioners Cragnotti, Doom, Head, Jurca & Paul,
I oppose this project (1239 Rossmoyne Ave.), which would add a total of 1,527 sfͲͲ1,088 sf of it to the main residence and 439 sf of it to outbuildings. The existing residence is 2,413 sf in size, was built in 1927, and is a contributor to the Rossmoyne Historic District.

The proposed 1,088 sf addition to the main residence would increase its size by 45% from 2,413 sf to 3,501 sf. Anyway you look at it, this would be a massive addition to a contributor to the Rossmoyne Historic District, which "retains many of its original characterͲdefining features and maintains high historic integrity" (see staff report).

Rossmoyne Historic District Standards
The proposed additions would violate or at least be inconsistent with the following standards for the Historic District:
(1) A property shall be used for its historic purpose or be placed in a new use that requires minimal change to the defining characteristics of the building and its site and environment. (2) The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall be avoided. (3) Each property shall be recognized as a physical record of its time, place, and use. Changes that create a false sense of historical development, such as adding conjectural features or architectural elements from other buildings, shall not be undertaken.
(4) Most properties change over time; those changes that have acquired historic significance in their own right shall be retained and preserved.
(5) Distinctive features, finishes, and construction techniques or examples of craftsmanship that characterize a property shall be preserved.
(6) Deteriorated historic features shall be repaired rather than replaced. Where the severity of deterioration requires replacement of a distinctive feature, the new feature shall match the old in design, color, texture, and other visual qualities and, where possible, materials. Replacement of missing features shall be substantiated by documentary, physical, or pictorial evidence.
(7) New additions, exterior alterations, or related new construction shall not destroy historic materials that characterize the property. The new work shall be differentiated from the old and shall be compatible with the massing, size, scale, and architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its environment. Some people who received this message don't often get email from [email protected]. Learn why this is important EXHIBIT 8
331 of 704
2 (8) New additions and adjacent or related new construction shall be undertaken in such a manner that if removed in the future, the essential form and integrity of the historic property and its environment would be unimpaired.

Given the massive scale of this addition project and its violation of the Historic District standards, it should and must be rejected by the Commission. Otherwise, the City's Historic District standards will have no meaning, thus setting a bad precedent and encouraging further inconsistent development that will over time degrade or even destroy the character of the Rossmoyne Historic District. The current property owner bought this contributor home with full knowledge of the Historic District restrictions and should not be allowed to violate the applicable City standards.

Environmental Review (CEQA)
According to the staff report, this massive project is exempt from CEQA as "a minor addition to an existing building" and as "historic restoration or rehabilitation." To call a 45% addition to a residence a minor addition to an existing building and an historic restoration or rehabilitation is inaccurate and, frankly, an abuse of CEQA. Given the obvious environmental impacts on the Historic District and neighboring properties, including potential cumulative impacts, an EIR is legally required and should be required by the Commission.

Should the Commission nevertheless grant approval to this project, the Commision should at the very least reject the addition to the front of the house (enclosure of 2ndͲstory balcony), require the retention of existing vents, and require that any wooden windows be replaced with similar wooden windows (see staff report).

David F. Schmidt
Attorney at Law
949 Rosemount Rd.

Glendale, CA 91207
[email protected]
EXHIBIT 8
332 of 704
1 Ji, Eric
From: Platt, Jay
Sent: Wednesday, April 17, 2024 6:00 PM
To: Platt, Jay
Cc: Ji, Eric
Subject: FW: 1239 Rossmoyne
Hi everyoneͲhere's another comment note for 1239 Rossmoyne.Also, I forgot to let you know that the minutes for the 3/21 meeƟng were posted on the website, so you'll be able to review, comment, and approve them tomorrow evening ________________________________________________________________ Jay PlaƩ, Principal Planner • City of Glendale • Community Development Department 633 E. Broadway, Room 300, Glendale, CA91206 • (818) 937Ͳ8155 ͲͲͲͲͲOriginal MessageͲͲͲͲͲ
From: June Cheleden <[email protected]>
Sent: Tuesday, April 16, 2024 4:30 PM
To: Ji, Eric <[email protected]>
Subject: 1239 Rossmoyne
[You don't oŌen get email from [email protected]. Learn why this is important at hƩps://aka.ms/LearnAboutSenderIdenƟcaƟon ]
CAUTION: This email was delivered from the Internet. Do not click links, open aƩachments, or reply if you are unsure as to the sender.

Hello. I live at 1006 E Mountain St., and gathered signatures to create a Historical District which made it possible to protect the Rossmoyne neighborhood from over building, among other things. This proposal almost doubles the square footage of the protected house and lot and is exactly what the historical district was created to prevent. It’s hard to understand how this proposal even came about, since the home two doors north waited a very longƟme to get a single small bathroom added to their three bedroom two bathroom house. These lovely people moved to Altadena because they gave up on geƫng approval on having a second bathroom upstairs. I strongly disapprove of this extreme mansionizaƟon of this property. The New York Times menƟoned Rossmoyne as one of the rare neighborhoods that sƟll exist. Please do not approve this proposal.

June Cheleden
818Ͳ601Ͳ5948
EXHIBIT 8
333 of 704
1 Ji, Eric
From: DocandPam <[email protected]>
Sent: Thursday, April 18, 2024 9:11 AM
To: Platt, Jay; Ji, Eric
Cc: Abajian, Suzie
Subject: 1239 Rossmoyne Ave-PDR-003119-2024
[Some people who received this message don't oŌen get email from [email protected]. Learn why this is important at hƩps://aka.ms/LearnAboutSenderIdenƟcaƟon ] CAUTION: This email was delivered from the Internet. Do not click links, open aƩachments, or reply if you are unsure as to the sender.

Dear Sirs,
We have lived next to this property for over 50 years, at 1243 Rossmoyne Ave., and have never had an issue.

The mass of this proposed addiƟon is concerning because it will block the sunlight coming into our kitchen. We also have concerns about protecƟng our Oak tree near the property line at the side of our garage.

Thank you for your consideraƟon,
Bruce F. DeVine and Pamela DeVine
Sent from my iPad
EXHIBIT 8
334 of 704
1 Ji, Eric
From: Platt, Jay
Sent: Wednesday, April 17, 2024 12:57 PM
To: Platt, Jay
Cc: Ji, Eric
Subject: FW: HPC Agenda Item - 1239 Rossmoyne - Design Comments Attachments: 1239 Rossmoyne Comments.pdf
Hi Commissioners –
This email and comment letter re: the item at 1239 Rossmoyne were sent to you directly by the author but I’m reͲ sending just in case.I’ll forward a message from the Rossmoyne Mountain HOA shortly.

See (most of) you on Thursday –
Jay
________________________________________________________________ Jay Platt, Principal Planner • City of Glendale • Community Development Department 633 E. Broadway, Room 300, Glendale, CA91206 • (818) 937Ͳ8155 From: Desiree Shier <[email protected]>
Sent: Sunday, April 14, 2024 6:59 PM
To: [email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected]
Cc: Platt, Jay <[email protected]>
Subject: HPC Agenda ItemͲ1239 RossmoyneͲDesign Comments CAUTION: This email was delivered from the Internet. Do not click links, open attachments, or reply if you are unsure as to the sender.

HPC Commissioners,
Thank for your great work to preserve and protect our historic districts and resources in Glendale.

As a Rossmoyne Historic District resident within 500 feel of 1239 Rossmoyne property and a past HPC Commissioner, I wanted to carefully review the proposed additions/changes and provide my design expertise for your consideration.

I agree with the Staff conditions that are mentioned in the report, but also feel that there are other aspects of the design that are incompatible with the Spanish Colonial Revival style that should be addressed before approving the project. I have provided my comments in the attached PDF with more photos than words to best bring your attention to these features. In my opinion, the project should be redesigned and brought back for final review and approval.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me.

Thanks for your careful review and consideration to protect our Rossmoyne Historic District.

Desiree Shier
EXHIBIT 8
335 of 704
ϭŽĨϵ
Z
s/
tK&ϭϮϯϵZK^^DKzE
/d/KE^dKZK^^DKzE
hZZ
EdKEdZ/hdKZ
EXHIBIT 8
336 of 704
ϮŽĨϵ

y/^d/E'&ZKEd
>
sd/KE WZKWK^
<
>
sd/KE
d,

^/'EK&d,
<K&d,
,Kh^
/^EKdKDWd/>
t/d,d,
&ZKEdK&d,
,Kh^

/E/d^KZ/'/E>^WE/^,K>KE/>Z
s/s>^dz>
͘
d,
<
>
sd/KE/E/d^>Z'
D^^/E'E^zDD
dZ/>&
><^d,
&
dhZ
^K&d,
^WE/^,K>KE/>Z
s/s>^dz>
ʹ
^^zD
dZ/>&
^t/d,>E
&KhE/EsZ/
&
dhZ
^d,dZ
^dEZdKd,
W
Z/K^dz>
͘
EXHIBIT 8
337 of 704
ϯŽĨϵ
Z
KDD
Ed/KEdK<

WKZ'/E>>KEzKW
EEZ
^dKZ
/ddKKZ/'/E>KE/d/KE
Z
DKs
^dhK&ZKD>KEz
/>/E'dKhEKs
ZKZ/'/E>tKK
D^ΘtKK
/>/E'

yDW>
K&WWZKWZ/d
^WE/^,K>KE/>Z
s/s>^dz>
>KEz
EXHIBIT 8
338 of 704
ϰŽĨϵ
Z
d/EKZ/'/E>&ZKEd
EdZzWKZ,t>>,
/',dΘWZKWKZd/KE^^^,KtEKs

KEKdZ/^
^dhKt>>,
/',dd&ZKEdWKZ,^hZZKhE^^,KtE/EZ
E
Z/E'Ks
Ͳ/EKDWd/>
WZKWKZd/KE&KZd,
^dz>

EXHIBIT 8
339 of 704
ϱŽĨϵ
Z
DKs
EKEͲKZ/'/E>ΘEKEͲW
ZD/d
>/',dWK^d^KE
,^/
K&d,
t><tzd^/
t><
W,KdK&ZKD,/^dKZ/>^hZs
zKEϯͬϭϰͬϮϬϭϭʹd,
>/',dWK^d^/EKd
y/^dEZ
EKdKZ/'/E>dKd,
,Kh^
KZ/E<

W/E't/d,d,
^dz>

EXHIBIT 8
340 of 704
ϲŽĨϵ
WZKWK^
/EKZZ
d^dz>
K&>KEzΘd
ZZ
t/d,^dhKKs
Z
WK^d^Θ^dZ/',dtKK
D^ʹ/EKDWd/>
Wd/K&/E/^,
^͘

yDW>
^K&^WE/^,K>KE/>WWZKWZ/d
^dz>
&KZ>KE/
^ͬd
ZZ
^t/d,tKKWK^dΘ
DΘd
ZZKd,Z^W
t/d,>E^W/E'͘
EXHIBIT 8
341 of 704
ϳŽĨϵ
d,/^hWW
Z&

>
sd/KE>KE'd,
Z/s
tz/^EKd/E<

W/E't/d,d,
^WE/^,K>KE/>^dz>

t/d,EKt/EKt^KEhWW
Z<,>&K&d,
,Kh^
͘
/EKDWd/>
,Z^W
&/E/^,
^KEZ/s
tzE<Wd/K^t
>>^><K&WWZKWZ/d
>E^W/E'͘
EXHIBIT 8
342 of 704
ϴŽĨϵ
WZKWK^
/EKZZ
d^dz>
Et/d,^dhKKs
Z
WK^d^͕^dz>
EW>
D
EdK&>/',d^͕
d͘
WKK>
^/'E/^>^KEKd^
E^/d/s
dKd,
^WE/^,K>KE/>^dz>
t/d,/d^DK
ZE^,W
Θd/>
^͕,Z>/E
^͕EhEZKDEd/^dz>
͘

yDW>
^K&^WE/^,K>KE/>WWZKWZ/d
^dz>
&KZEt/d,tKKWK^dΘ
D͕EKd^dhK>K>hDE^͘
EXHIBIT 8
343 of 704
ϵŽĨϵ

E^hZ
E
tZKK&
d/>,^
yWK^
Z&d
Zd/>^dKDd,
y/^d/E'&ZKEd&
ZKK&
d/>͘
EXHIBIT 8
344 of 704
1 Ji, Eric
From: Platt, Jay
Sent: Thursday, April 18, 2024 4:01 PM
To: Platt, Jay
Cc: Ji, Eric
Subject: FW: Agenda Item 7(a) April 18, 2024; 1239 Rossmoyne Avenue Another comment letter
________________________________________________________________ Jay Platt, Principal Planner • City of Glendale • Community Development Department 633 E. Broadway, Room 300, Glendale, CA 91206 • (818) 937-8155 From: Kathleen Clark <[email protected]>
Sent: Thursday, April 18, 2024 3:57 PM
To: HistoricPreservationCommission <[email protected]> Cc: Beth Marlis <[email protected]>
Subject: Re: Agenda Item 7(a) April 18, 2024; 1239 Rossmoyne Avenue CAUTION: This email was delivered from the Internet. Do not click links, open attachments, or reply if you are unsure as to the sender.

Chair Chris Cragnotti
and Members of the Historic Preservation Commission (via email) Re: Agenda Item 7(a) April 18, 2024 / 1239 Rossmoyne Avenue.

Dear Chair Cragnotti and Commission Members,
As two of the official proponents of the pending Bellehurst Historic District, we write to you in support of the letter submitted by Lorna Vartanian, President of the Rossmoyne/Mountain HOA, regarding 1239 Rossmoyne Avenue. We agree with each of her points and urge you to find as she suggests.

We also wish to note that the second story proposed addition to the home is highly visible from multiple angles: the driveway side, the northern or uphill side, as well as from East Mountain Street at the intersection of Sinaloa Drive. The full set of proposed expansions, massing and modernized architectural modifications to 1239 Rossmoyne will dramatically alter the views and character of those locations, within the Rossmoyne Historic District.

While trees, sadly, are not equally protected, the proposed removal of the Pecan tree at the back of the lot is heartbreaking. The fully mature tree is somewhere between 50-100 feet tall and easily could date back to the original housing tract. Given the fact that Pecans can live between 200-300 years, the tree may well have been planted on the original Rancho. It is home to a massive bird’s nest and provides a glorious view from Rossmoyne Avenue, Cortez Drive, East Mountain Street, North Carmen Drive and Del Rey Drive. At a EXHIBIT 8
345 of 704
2 time when tree canopy is so environmentally essential, this tree should be treasured, not bulldozed.

We hope the Commission will allow for some renovations while honoring the historic character of this home and the Historic District in which it's located. We appreciate your consideration.

Sincerely,
Kathleen Clark
Beth Marlis
https://www.bellehursthistoricdistrict.com
EXHIBIT 8
346 of 704
1 Ji, Eric
From: Platt, Jay
Sent: Thursday, April 18, 2024 4:30 PM
To: Platt, Jay
Cc: Ji, Eric
Subject: FW: Oppose Proposed Construction 1239 Rossmoyne Last emailed letter!Any others will be printed and on the dais. ________________________________________________________________ Jay Platt, Principal Planner • City of Glendale • Community Development Department 633 E. Broadway, Room 300, Glendale, CA91206 • (818) 937Ͳ8155 From: Ji, Eric <[email protected]>
Sent: Thursday, April 18, 2024 4:27 PM
To: Platt, Jay <[email protected]>
Subject: FW: Oppose Proposed Construction 1239 Rossmoyne Another comment.

Eric Ji | Planning Associate | City of Glendale
633 E. Broadway, Room 103 | Glendale, CA | 818Ͳ937Ͳ8178 [email protected] | www.glendaleca.gov | Follow us!
From: kathy baur <[email protected]>
Sent: Thursday, April 18, 2024 4:25 PM
To: Ji, Eric <[email protected]>
Subject: Oppose Proposed Construction 1239 Rossmoyne
CAUTION: This email was delivered from the Internet. Do not click links, open attachments, or reply if you are unsure as to the sender.

Hello Mr. Ji,
I am unable to attend the hearing this evening for 1239 Rossmoyne. I oppose the construction. The proposed plan to too large for our neighborhood.

Kind regards,
Kathy Baur
Rossmoyne Resident
You don't often get email from [email protected]. Learn why this is important EXHIBIT 8
347 of 704
Ɖƌŝůϭϰ͕ϮϬϮϰ
ŚĂŝƌŚƌŝƐƌĂŐŶŽƚƚŝ
ĂŶĚDĞŵďĞƌƐŽĨƚŚĞ,ŝƐƚŽƌŝĐWƌĞƐĞƌǀĂƚŝŽŶŽŵŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ;ǀŝĂĞŵĂŝůͿ ZĞ͗ŐĞŶĚĂ/ƚĞŵϳ;ĂͿƉƌŝůϭϴ͕ϮϬϮϰͬϭϮϯϵZŽƐƐŵŽǇŶĞǀĞŶƵĞWZͲϬϬϯϭϭϵͲϮϬϮϰ ĞĂƌŚĂŝƌƌĂŐŶŽƚƚŝĂŶĚDĞŵďĞƌƐŽĨƚŚĞŽŵŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ͕
KŶďĞŚĂůĨŽĨƚŚĞŽĂƌĚŽĨŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐŽĨƚŚĞZŽƐƐŵŽǇŶĞͬDŽƵŶƚĂŝŶ,K͕ƚŚĂŶŬǇŽƵĨŽƌƚŚĞ ŽƉƉŽƌƚƵŶŝƚǇƚŽĐŽŵŵĞŶƚŽŶƚŚŝƐĂŐĞŶĚĂŝƚĞŵ͘
dŚĞZD,KŝƐĂůǁĂǇƐŚĂƉƉǇƚŽǁĞůĐŽŵĞŶĞǁŶĞŝŐŚďŽƌƐĂŶĚǁĞŚŽƉĞŽƵƌŶĞǁŶĞŝŐŚďŽƌƐ ǁŝůůǀĂůƵĞĂŶĚĂƉƉƌĞĐŝĂƚĞůŝǀŝŶŐŝŶƚŚĞZŽƐƐŵŽǇŶĞ,ŝƐƚŽƌŝĐŝƐƚƌŝĐƚĂŶĚƚŚĞŐƌĞĂƚĞƌ ZŽƐƐŵŽǇŶĞŶĞŝŐŚďŽƌŚŽŽĚ͘
ƐŶŽƚĞĚŝŶƚŚĞƐƚĂĨĨƌĞƉŽƌƚ͕ϭϮϯϵZŽƐƐŵŽǇŶĞǀĞŶƵĞŝƐĂĐŽŶƚƌŝďƵƚŽƌƚŽƚŚĞZŽƐƐŵŽǇŶĞ ,ŝƐƚŽƌŝĐŝƐƚƌŝĐƚĐůĂƐƐŝĨŝĞĚŽŶƚŚĞWZĂƐĂϱϭĐŽŶƚƌŝďƵƚŽƌǁŚŝĐŚƌĞƚĂŝŶƐŚŝŐŚŝŶƚĞŐƌŝƚǇ͘ ŚĂƌĂĐƚĞƌĚĞĨŝŶŝŶŐĨĞĂƚƵƌĞƐŽĨƚŚĞŚŽŵĞǀŝƐŝďůĞĨƌŽŵƚŚĞƉƵďůŝĐƌŝŐŚƚͲŽĨͲǁĂǇ͕ƉĞƌƚŚĞŝƚǇ ŽĨ'ůĞŶĚĂůĞ,ŝƐƚŽƌŝĐŝƐƚƌŝĐƚ'ƵŝĚĞůŝŶĞƐ͕ĂŶĚƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚƚŽďĞĐŚĂŶŐĞĚŝŶĐůƵĚĞ͗ ,ĂůĨďĂƌƌĞůƚŝůĞƌŽŽĨ
ĞĐŽƌĂƚŝǀĞǀĞŶƚƐ
KƌŝŐŝŶĂůǁŽŽĚǁŝŶĚŽǁƐ
&ƌŽŶƚĨĂĕĂĚĞďĂůĐŽŶǇ
WĂǀŝŶŐŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůƐĂƚĨƌŽŶƚǁĂůŬǁĂǇĂŶĚĚƌŝǀĞǁĂǇ
,ĂůĨͲďĂƌƌĞůƚŝůĞƌŽŽĨ͗^ͲƚŝůĞĚŝĚŶŽƚĞǆŝƐƚŝŶϭϵϮϳ͘/ƚƐƵƐĞŵŝŶŝŵŝǌĞƐĂŶŝŵƉŽƌƚĂŶƚĐŚĂƌĂĐƚĞƌ ĚĞĨŝŶŝŶŐĨĞĂƚƵƌĞďǇůŽǁĞƌŝŶŐƚŚĞƌŽŽĨƉƌŽĨŝůĞƚŽŵĂŬĞŝƚĂůŵŽƐƚĚŝƐĂƉƉĞĂƌ͘dŚĞĐŽůŽƌŽĨ ƚŚĞƚŝůĞŵĂǇƌĞĂĚĂƐĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞ͕ďƵƚƚŚĞƐƚǇůĞŽĨƚŚĞƌŽŽĨƚŝůĞŝƐŶŽƚ͘ ĞĐŽƌĂƚŝǀĞǀĞŶƚƐ͗ƚŚĞƉƌŽƉŽƐĂůƚŽĐŽǀĞƌǀĞŶƚƐŵĂǇďĞĂŶĂƚƚĞŵƉƚƚŽĐƌĞĂƚĞĂŶ ƵŶĚĞƚĂŝůĞĚ͕ŵŽƌĞĐŽŶƚĞŵƉŽƌĂƌǇĨĂĕĂĚĞ͘dŚĂƚŝƐŶŽƚƚŚĞŝŶƚĞŶƚŽĨŚŝƐƚŽƌŝĐ^ƉĂŶŝƐŚ ŽůŽŶŝĂůƐƚǇůĞǁŚŝĐŚĞŵďƌĂĐĞƐƚŚŝƐƚǇƉĞŽĨĚĞƚĂŝů͘dŚŝƐŝƐĂĐŚĂƌĂĐƚĞƌĚĞĨŝŶŝŶŐĨĞĂƚƵƌĞŽĨ ƚŚĞŚŽŵĞǁŚŝĐŚƐŚŽƵůĚŶŽƚďĞĞůŝŵŝŶĂƚĞĚ͘
EXHIBIT 8
348 of 704
KƌŝŐŝŶĂůǁŽŽĚǁŝŶĚŽǁƐ͗ŽƌŝŐŝŶĂůǁŝŶĚŽǁƐĂƌĞĂƉŽŝŶƚŽĨŵƵĐŚĚĞďĂƚĞ͘/ŶĂŐƌĞĞŵĞŶƚ ǁŝƚŚƚŚĞƐƚĂĨĨƌĞƉŽƌƚ͕ŬĞĞƉŝŶŐƚŚĞǁŽŽĚǁŝŶĚŽǁƐĂƚƚŚĞĨƌŽŶƚĂŶĚƉŽƌƚŝŽŶƐŽĨƚŚĞƐŝĚĞ ĞůĞǀĂƚŝŽŶƐǀŝƐŝďůĞĨƌŽŵƚŚĞƉƵďůŝĐƌŝŐŚƚͲŽĨͲǁĂǇǁŝůůďĞƚƚĞƌŵĞĞƚ^ĞĐƌĞƚĂƌǇŽĨƚŚĞ/ŶƚĞƌŝŽƌ͛Ɛ ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚηϲĐĂůůŝŶŐĨŽƌƌĞƉĂŝƌƌĂƚŚĞƌƚŚĂŶƌĞƉůĂĐĞŵĞŶƚŽĨĚĞƚĞƌŝŽƌĂƚĞĚŚŝƐƚŽƌŝĐĨĞĂƚƵƌĞƐ͘ tĞĨŝŶĚŝƚƵŶƵƐƵĂůƚŚĂƚŶŽǁŝŶĚŽǁƐĂƌĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚŝŶƚŚĞƵƉƉĞƌͲůĞǀĞůĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĚƌĂǁŝŶŐƐŽŶ ĞŝƚŚĞƌƐŝĚĞŽĨƚŚĞŚŽƵƐĞĂŶĚƐƵŐŐĞƐƚǁŝŶĚŽǁƐďĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚƚŽĂĚĚƌĞůŝĞĨƚŽƚŚĞƐĞůŽŶŐǁĂůů ƐƉĂŶƐ͘
&ƌŽŶƚĨĂĕĂĚĞďĂůĐŽŶǇ͗ďĂůĐŽŶŝĞƐĂƌĞĂĐŽŵŵŽŶĨĞĂƚƵƌĞǁŚŝĐŚĂĚĚƚŽƚŚĞĂůƚĞƌŶĂƚŝŶŐ ƉŽƐŝƚŝǀĞĂŶĚŶĞŐĂƚŝǀĞǀŽůƵŵĞƐƚǇƉŝĐĂůŽĨƚŚĞ^ƉĂŶŝƐŚŽůŽŶŝĂůƐƚǇůĞ͘dŚĞŽƉĞŶďĂůĐŽŶǇ ƐŚŽƵůĚďĞƉƌĞƐĞƌǀĞĚĂŶĚƐŚŽƵůĚŶŽƚďĞĞŶĐůŽƐĞĚ͘tĞĞŶĐŽƵƌĂŐĞƌĞŵŽǀĂůŽĨƚŚĞƐƚƵĐĐŽ ĨƌŽŵƚŚĞďĂůĐŽŶǇĐĞŝůŝŶŐƚŽĞǆƉŽƐĞƚŚĞŽƌŝŐŝŶĂůǁŽŽĚďĞĂŵƐĂŶĚǁŽŽĚĐĞŝůŝŶŐ͘ WĂǀŝŶŐŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůƐ͗ǁĞĂŐƌĞĞǁŝƚŚƐƚĂĨĨƚŚĂƚƚŚĞƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚĚƌŝǀĞǁĂǇĂŶĚĨƌŽŶƚǁĂůŬǁĂǇ ƉĂǀĞƌƐĂƌĞŶŽƚĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞƚŽƚŚĞƐƚǇůĞĂŶĚƉĞƌŝŽĚŽĨƚŚĞŚŽƵƐĞ͘tĞĞŶĐŽƵƌĂŐĞƚŚĞƵƐĞ ŽĨƐĐŽƌĞĚŽƌƐƚĂŵƉĞĚĐŽŶĐƌĞƚĞŽƌƚĞƌƌĂĐŽƚƚĂƚŝůĞƐǁŚŝĐŚĂƌĞŵŽƌĞĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞƚŽƚŚĞ ƉĞƌŝŽĚĂŶĚƐƚǇůĞ͘
dǁŽŽƚŚĞƌĨĞĂƚƵƌĞƐǁĞǁŽƵůĚůŝŬĞƚŽĂĚĚƌĞƐƐĂƌĞƚŚĞĨƌŽŶƚĚŽŽƌĂŶĚƚŚĞĨƌŽŶƚƉŽƌĐŚǁĂůů͘ &ƌŽŶƚĚŽŽƌ͗ƉůĞĂƐĞĞŶƐƵƌĞƚŚĂƚƚŚĞŽƌŝŐŝŶĂůĨƌŽŶƚĚŽŽƌƌĞŵĂŝŶĂŶĚŶŽƚďĞƌĞƉůĂĐĞĚ͘DĂŶǇ ŽĨŽƵƌŚŝƐƚŽƌŝĐŚŽŵĞƐŚĂǀĞďĞĞŶƐƵďũĞĐƚƚŽŝŶĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞĨƌŽŶƚĚŽŽƌƌĞƉůĂĐĞŵĞŶƚ ǁŝƚŚŽƵƚĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞĂƉƉƌŽǀĂůŝŶƌĞĐĞŶƚǇĞĂƌƐ͘
&ƌŽŶƚƉŽƌĐŚǁĂůů͗ƚŚĞƌĞŶĚĞƌŝŶŐƐƐĞĞŵƚŽŝŵƉůǇƚŚĂƚƚŚĞŚĞŝŐŚƚŽĨƚŚĞĞŶĐůŽƐĞĚǁĂůůĂƚ ƚŚĞĨƌŽŶƚƉŽƌĐŚŝƐďĞŝŶŐŝŶĐƌĞĂƐĞĚĂŶĚƚŚĂƚƚŚĞƌĂĨƚĞƌƚĂŝůƐĂƚƚŚĞƉŽƌĐŚĐŽǀĞƌŝŶŐĂƌĞďĞŝŶŐ ĞůŝŵŝŶĂƚĞĚ͘WůĞĂƐĞĞŶƐƵƌĞƚŚĂƚƚŚĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚ͕ĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞŚĞŝŐŚƚŽĨƚŚĞǁĂůůŝƐƌĞƚĂŝŶĞĚĂŶĚ ƚŚĂƚƚŚĞĐŚĂƌĂĐƚĞƌŝƐƚŝĐƌĂĨƚĞƌƚĂŝůƐĂƌĞƚŽŽ͘
&ŝŶĂůůǇ͕ŝŶ'ůĞŶĚĂůĞ͕ƚŚĞďĂĐŬŽĨŚŝƐƚŽƌŝĐĚŝƐƚƌŝĐƚŚŽŵĞƐŝƐŐĞŶĞƌĂůůǇŶŽƚƌĞŐƵůĂƚĞĚďǇ ŚŝƐƚŽƌŝĐĚŝƐƚƌŝĐƚŐƵŝĚĞůŝŶĞƐŽƌ^ĞĐƌĞƚĂƌǇŽĨƚŚĞ/ŶƚĞƌŝŽƌ͛Ɛ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐ͘dŚĂƚƐĂŝĚ͕ǁĞĚŽŶŽƚ ďĞůŝĞǀĞƚŚĞƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶƚŽƚŚĞďĂĐŬŽĨƚŚĞŚŽŵĞŝƐŝŶŬĞĞƉŝŶŐǁŝƚŚƚŚĞƉƌŽƉŽƌƚŝŽŶƐ ĂŶĚĚĞƚĂŝůƐŽĨƚŚĞ^ƉĂŶŝƐŚŽůŽŶŝĂůƐƚǇůĞďƵƚƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚƐĂŵŽƌĞĐŽŶƚĞŵƉŽƌĂƌǇůŽŽŬĂŶĚ ĨĞĞů͘dŚĞƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚĚĞƐŝŐŶŝƐŚŝŐŚůǇƐǇŵŵĞƚƌŝĐĂůǁŝƚŚƐƚƌĂŝŐŚƚ͕ƵŶĚĞƚĂŝůĞĚďĞĂŵƐĂƚƚŚĞ ĐŽǀĞƌĞĚďĂĐŬĞŶƚƌǇƐƵƉƉŽƌƚĞĚďǇŚĞĂǀǇ͕ƐƚƵĐĐŽͲĐůĂĚĐŽůƵŵŶƐǁŚŝĐŚĂƌĞŶŽƚĐŚĂƌĂĐƚĞƌŝƐƚŝĐ ŽĨƚŚĞŚŝƐƚŽƌŝĐƐƚǇůĞŽĨƚŚĞŚŽƵƐĞ͘
tĞŚŽƉĞƚŚĞŽǁŶĞƌƐĞŶũŽǇƚŚĞƉƌŝǀĂĐǇŽĨƚŚĞďĂĐŬŽĨƚŚĞŝƌŚŽŵĞĂůŽŶŐǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌ ƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶƐĨŽƌƉŽŽůĂŶĚƉĂƚŝŽ͘dŚĞĨƌŽŶƚŽĨƚŚĞŚŽŵĞŵƵƐƚƌĞƚĂŝŶŝƚƐŚŝƐƚŽƌŝĐ ĐŚĂƌĂĐƚĞƌĂƐŝƐƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚŽĨĐŽŶƚƌŝďƵƚŝŶŐŚŽŵĞƐŝŶŽƌĚĞƌƚŽŵĂŝŶƚĂŝŶĂŶĚƉƌŽũĞĐƚƚŚĞ ŽǀĞƌĂůůĐŚĂƌĂĐƚĞƌŽĨƚŚĞĚŝƐƚƌŝĐƚ͘
^ŝŶĐĞƌĞůǇ͕
>ŽƌŶĂsĂƌƚĂŶŝĂŶ͕WƌĞƐŝĚĞŶƚ
ZŽƐƐŵŽǇŶĞͬDŽƵŶƚĂŝŶ,K
ǁǁǁ͘ƌŽƐƐŵŽǇŶĞŵŽƵŶƚĂŝŶ͘ĐŽŵ
EXHIBIT 8
349 of 704
City ofGlendale CommunityDevelopmentDepartment., PlanningDivision 633 E. Broadway, Rm. 103, Glendale, CA 91206 818.548.2140 www.glendaleca.gov/CDD 09/2023 Page1of2
Case No. ________________
Submit this form on the Glendale Permits site at www.glendaleca.gov/permits (Click “Apply,” “Skip…” and then search for “Appeal of Planning Decision”). For more information about this form and related fees, please call the Planning Division at (818) 548-2115. Please complete (PRINT or TYPE) the following information:

PART 1 – NOTICE TO APPELLANT (please read carefully)
A. This form must be prepared and filed, within 15 days of the date of the decision being appealed. Sub-division applications must be appealed within 10 days of the date of decision.

B. Every question must be answered.

C. If a question does not apply, you must answer “does not apply” or words to that effect.

D. Failure to properly fill out this notice or failure to make a sufficient statement of a case in this notice, even if in fact you have valid and sound grounds for appeal, may cause your appeal to be dismissed forthwith.

E. Attach additional pages for long answers.

F. Prior to completing this form, read the Glendale Municipal Code, Title 2, Chapter 2.88 Uniform Appeal Procedure on the City’s webpage at https://library.qcode.us/lib/glendale_ca/pub/municipal_code/item/title_2-chapter_2_88 PART 2 – APPELLANT INFORMATION
A._______________________________________________________________________________________________________ First Name Last Name Email Address
B._______________________________________________________________________________________________________ Street Address City State Zip Code (Area Code) Phone Number PART 3 – APPEAL BACKGROUND INFORMATION
A. State the name or title of the board, commission, or officer from which this appeal is taken ____________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ B. Were you given written notice of the action, ruling or determination? Yes No If “Yes,” attach a copy of the written notice and write the date you received it here _____________________________________ If “No,” give the following information concerning your receipt of notice of the action, ruling or determination.

Date ___________________ Time ___________________ Location ____________________ Manner ______________________ C. State generally what kind of permit, variance, ruling, determination, or other action was the basis for the decision from which the appeal is taken ____________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ D. State the specific permission or relief that was originally sought from the board, commission, or officer __________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ E. Were you the party seeking the relief that was originally sought? Yes No If “No,” how are you involved with the permit, variance, ruling, determination, or other action referred to above? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ F. Does this matter involve real property? Yes No
If “Yes,” give the address, or describe the real property affected _____________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ PDR-003119-2024 ϬϱͬϬϯͬϮϬϮϰ
4/30/2024
1239 Rossmoyne Avenue Glendale, CA 91207
✔
Condition 1: second-floor balcony should be retained. Condition 2: front windows shall be retained.

I requested to enclose the balcony with windows and replace of all the existing windows.

Historic Preservation Commission Record of Decision
✔
✔
Historic Preservation Commission
Lermont Akopyan [email protected]
1239 Rossmoyne Avenue Glendale CA 91207 (818) 572-3688
EXHIBIT 9
350 of 704
City ofGlendale CommunityDevelopmentDepartment., PlanningDivision 633 E. Broadway, Rm. 103, Glendale, CA 91206 818.548.2140 www.glendaleca.gov/CDD 09/2023 Page2of2
Statement of additional facts related to the appeal: ______________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ The foregoing statements, contained in PARTS 2, 3 and 4 above, are true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. __________________________________________________
Appellant’s Name – Please Print
__________________________________________ _______________________________ Appellant’s Signature Date Signed
PART 4 – STATEMENT OF ERROR
A. Do you contend that there was a violation of a specific provision of law, which forms the basis for this appeal? Yes No If “Yes”, state each specific provision of law that you contend was violated: ____________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ B. Do you contend that the board, commission, or officer exceeded its authority by virtue of any of the provisions of law given in answer “A”? Yes No If “Yes”, state which provisions, and state specifically each act that was in excess of authority:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ C. Do you contend that the board, commission, or officer failed to fulfill a mandatory duty by any provision of law given in answer “A”? Yes No If “Yes”, state which provision, and the specific duty that it failed to exercise:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ D. Do you contend that the board, commission, or officer refused to hear or consider certain facts before rendering its decision? Yes No If “Yes”, state each such fact, and for each fact, state how it should have changed the act, determination, or ruling: ____________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ E. Do you contend that the evidence before the board, commission or officer was insufficient or inadequate to support its action, determination or ruling or any specific finding in support thereof? Yes No If “Yes”, state what evidence was necessary, but lacking: ______________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ F. Do you contend that you have new evidence of material facts not previously presented, which if considered should change the act, determination or ruling? Yes No If “Yes”, state each new material fact not previously presented to the board, commission, or officer. For each fact, state why it was not available, or with the exercise of reasonable diligence could not have been discovered and previously presented by the appellant: _______________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________
FOR STAFF USE ONLY Date Stamp
Date received in Permit Services Center _________________ Received by ___________________ Fee paid ________________________________________ Receipt No. _____________________________________ dŚĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚďĂůĐŽŶǇĂŶĚǁŝŶĚŽǁƐƉŽƐĞƐĂĨĞƚǇĐŽŶĐĞƌŶƐĂŶĚĚŽŶŽƚŵĞĞƚďƵŝůĚŝŶŐͬƐĂĨĞƚǇĐŽĚĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐ͘ dŚĞŽŵŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ͛ƐĐŽŶĐĞƌŶŝƐƐŽůĞůǇĂƉƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞŽĨůŽŽŬĂŶĚƚŽƉƌĞƐĞƌǀĞƚŚĞĨƌŽŶƚĨĂĕĂĚĞĂĞƐƚŚĞƚŝĐĂůůǇ͕ĨĂŝůŝŶŐƚŽĐŽŶƐŝĚĞƌ ƐĂĨĞƚǇĂŶĚĐŽĚĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐ͘
ĂůŝĨŽƌŶŝĂƌĞƋƵŝƌĞƐŐƵĂƌĚƌĂŝůƐƚŽŚĂǀĞĂŵŝŶŝŵƵŵŽĨϰϮΗĨƌŽŵŐƌŽƵŶĚ͘ZĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐǁŝŶĚŽǁƐ͕ŝĨƚŚĞďŽƚƚŽŵŽĨƚŚĞǁŝŶĚŽǁŝƐůĞƐƐ ƚŚĂŶϭϴ͟ĂďŽǀĞƚŚĞĨůŽŽƌƚŚĞŶƚŚĞǇĂƌĞĐŽŶƐŝĚĞƌĞĚĂŚĂǌĂƌĚŽƵƐůŽĐĂƚŝŽŶĂŶĚŵƵƐƚďĞƚĞŵƉĞƌĞĚ͘EĞŝƚŚĞƌŽŶĞŽĨƚŚĞƐĞ ƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐĂƌĞŵĞƚĂƐŵǇďĂůĐŽŶǇŝƐĐƵƌƌĞŶƚůǇϯϮ͟ĂďŽǀĞŐƌŽƵŶĚĂŶĚƚŚĞǁŝŶĚŽǁƐĂƌĞůĞƐƐƚŚĂŶϭϴ͟ĂďŽǀĞŐƌŽƵŶĚ͘ dŚĞŽŵŵŝƐƐŝŽŶĚŝĚŶŽƚĐŽŶƐŝĚĞƌĂŶǇƐĂĨĞƚǇƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐ͕ƐĞĐƵƌŝƚǇŝƐƐƵĞƐ͕ŽƌŶŽŝƐĞĐŽŶĐĞƌŶƐƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐƚŚĞĞǆŝƐƚŝŶŐ ďĂůĐŽŶǇĂŶĚǁŝŶĚŽǁƐ͘
dŚĞƌĞǁĂƐŶŽƚĞŶŽƵŐŚĞǀŝĚĞŶĐĞƚŽƐƵƉƉŽƌƚƚŚĞŝƌĚĞĐŝƐŝŽŶ͘ ƚƚŚĞƚŝŵĞ͕/ĚŝĚŶŽƚŚĂǀĞĞŶŽƵŐŚŬŶŽǁůĞĚŐĞĂŶĚŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐƚŚĞĐŽĚĞƐƚŽƐƵƉƉŽƌƚŵǇƌĞĂƐŽŶ͘ĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůůǇ͕ǁĞ ĚŝƐĐŽǀĞƌĞĚƚŚĂƚƚŚĞĨƌŽŶƚĨĂĐŝŶŐďĂůĐŽŶǇǁĂƐĂůƌĞĂĚǇĂůƚĞƌĞĚďǇƉƌĞǀŝŽƵƐŽǁŶĞƌĂŶĚŝƐŶŽƚŽƌŝŐŝŶĂůƚŽďĞŐŝŶǁŝƚŚ͘ zĞƐ͕ƉůĞĂƐĞĨŝŶĚĂůŝĨŽƌŶŝĂŽĚĞŽĨZĞŐƵůĂƚŝŽŶƐ͕dŝƚůĞϴ͕^ĞĐƚŝŽŶϯϮϬϵ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚ'ƵĂƌĚƌĂŝůƐĂƚƚĂĐŚĞĚ͘/ǁŝůůƉƌŽǀŝĚĞŵǇƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝŽŶ ĂƚƚŚĞƚŝŵĞŽĨƚŚĞŚĞĂƌŝŶŐ͘
Lermont Akopyan
05/03/2024
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
EXHIBIT 9
351 of 704
352 of 704
353 of 704

Page 1 of 2 ends

\\Planningsrvr\planningshare\Current Planning\CounterForms\Campaign Finance forms\Campaign Finance SummaryRevised.doc In August 2011, the Glendale City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5744, which becomes effective on September 9, 2011 (“Ordinance”). The Ordinance prohibits campaign contributions from “applicants seeking entitlement,” certain of their contractors and subcontractors (including their architects, engineers, and design professionals) while the application is “pending” and for 12 months thereafter. An application is deemed pending when: an application or letter is filed and the City Council, Redevelopment Agency, or Housing Authority has original jurisdiction over approval of the entitlement, or when the application is formally appealed to the City Council.

The Ordinance also prohibits any member of the City Council, Redevelopment Agency, or Housing Authority from voting on any matter pertaining to an entitlement if that member has received a campaign contribution from the applicant seeking the entitlement, or certain contractors or subcontractors of the applicant, within the 12-month period preceding the consideration of the matter.

I. What acts does the Ordinance prohibit?
With respect to an “applicant seeking entitlement” before the Glendale City Council (“Council”), the Glendale Redevelopment Agency (“GRA”), or the Housing Authority of the City of Glendale (“HA”), the Ordinance does the following:

1. Prohibition No. 1 – Ban on contributions while application is pending and for 12 months thereafter. The Ordinance prohibits (a) an “applicant seeking entitlement”, (b) a “contractor of an applicant seeking an entitlement,” or (c) a “subcontractor of an applicant seeking an entitlement” from making a contribution to a member of City Council while an application is “pending” before the Council, GRA, or HA and for a period of 12 months after the last and final approval of the Council, GRA or HA.

2. Prohibition No. 2 – Ban on voting if contribution received during 12-month period preceding consideration of the matter. Prohibits any Council Member, Redevelopment Agency Member, or Housing Authority Member who has received a contribution from an applicant seeking entitlement, a contractor of an applicant seeking entitlement, or a subcontractor seeking entitlement within a period of 12 months prior to consideration of an entitlement from voting on the matter.

II. Who is an applicant seeking entitlement?
x Person who files an application or letter with the City, GRA, or HA, or x Person who is an owner or lessee of property on whose behalf an application or letter is filed
City of Glendale
Information Sheet- Campaign Finance Ordinance
Applicants Seeking Entitlement
Submit to Permit Services Center, 633 E. Broadway, Rm. 101. For more information call 818-548-3200.

EXHIBIT 11 EXHIBIT 10
354 of 704

Page 2 of 2 ends

\\Planningsrvr\planningshare\Current Planning\CounterForms\Campaign Finance forms\Campaign Finance SummaryRevised.doc III. What is an entitlement?
An entitlement is any land use or similar entitlement including:

Permit License Conditional Use
Permit
Variance Architectural/Design
Review (any stage)
Franchise Administrative
Exception
Parking
Reduction
Permit
Review of Plans Development
Agreement
Disposition and
Development
Agreement
Exclusive
Negotiation
Agreement
Owner
Participation
Agreement
Affordable
Housing
Agreement
Financial
Assistance to a
Project
IV. When is an entitlement “pending?”
x For items that require approval of the Council, Redevelopment Agency or Housing Authority and thus must be set for review or hearing before that body, the application is deemed “pending” at the time the application or letter is filed. x For items where the Council, GRA, or HA is the appellate body, the application is “pending” when the notice of appeal has been filed.
x The three examples set forth below are intended to provide interpretive guidance:
(1) An application for a zone change is filed. Since a zone change can only be effectuated by the City Council, upon filing the application it would be pending before the City Council. (2) An application for a Conditional Use Permit is filed. Only at such time as the grant or denial of a Conditional Use Permit is appealed to the Council would it be pending before the City Council;
(3) An application for a variance in the Downtown Specific Plan (“DSP”) Area is filed. Since the Council has original jurisdiction over variances in the DSP, the variance application would be pending before the Council when filed.

V. Which contractors and subcontractors does the Ordinance apply to? x Contractor of applicant seeking entitlement – A person who has, or has been promised, a contract as an architect, design professional, engineer, or general or prime contractor with an applicant seeking entitlement.
x Subcontractor of applicant seeking entitlement – A person who has, or has been promised, a subcontract as an architect, design professional, engineer, or perform other work with a contractor of applicant seeking entitlement. x For the contractors of applicant seeking entitlement and the subcontractors of applicant seeking entitlement, the prohibitions on campaign contributions and voting on matters related to contributors applies not only to the entity that is the contractor or subcontractor but also to the following individuals or entities of the contractor or subcontactors: CEO/President, Chairperson, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Financial Officer, any member of the Board of Directors, and any individual or entity that owns 10% or more the contractor or subcontractor of applicant seeking entitlement, as well as any campaign committee that is sponsored and controlled by the contractor or subcontractor.

EXHIBIT 11 EXHIBIT 10
355 of 704

Page 1 of 3 ends

City of Glendale, Community Development Department (9/9/11) (To be Completed Prior to Preparation of Staff Reports for Consideration of Entitlement Matter by Council, Agency, or Authority, or at Time of Appeal to the City Council if the Applicant is also the Appellant) In August 2011, the Glendale City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5744, which becomes effective on September 9, 2011 (“Ordinance”). The Ordinance prohibits campaign contributions from “applicants seeking entitlement,” their contractors and subcontractors (including their architects, engineers, and design professionals) while the application is “pending” and for 12 monthsthereafter. The Ordinance also prohibits Council Members from voting on any matter pertaining to an entitlement if the Council member has received a campaign contribution from the applicant seeking the entitlement, or certain contractors or subcontractors of the applicant, within the 12-month period preceding the vote. The Applicant and the Owner/Lessor hereby discloses as follows. (If printing, please print legibly. Use additional sheets as necessary.) I. Name of Applicant and Name of Owner/Lessor on whose behalf application is filed:

Full Name Title Business Address City State Zip
City of Glendale
Disclosure - Campaign Finance Ordinance
Applicants Seeking Entitlement
Submit to Permit Services Center, 633 E. Broadway, Rm. 101. F or m
ore inf
ormatio
n, call
818-5
4 8-3
200.

Lermont Akopyan Owner 1239 Rossmoyne Ave. Glendale CA 91207 EXHIBIT 10 EXHIBIT 11
356 of 704

Page 2 of 3 ends

II.

City of Glendale, Community Development Department (9/9/11) Officers or owners/investors of Applicant Entity. Please also disclose the following persons or entities related to the applicant entity: CEO/President, Chairperson, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Financial Officer, any member of the Board of Directors, andany individual or entity that owns 10% or more the contractor of applicant seeking entitlement, as well as any campaign + Full Name Title Business Address City State Zip
III. Contractor of Applicant(s) Seeking Entitlement*
Full Name Title Business Address City State Zip
* “Contractor of Applicant Seeking Entitlement” means “a person who has, or has been promised, a contract as an architect, design professional, engineer, or general or prime contract with an applicant seeking entitlement. “Contractor of applicantseeking entitlement,” includes not only the contracting party but also the CEO/President, Chairperson, Chief Operations Officer,Chief Financial Officer, any member of the Board of Directors, and any individual or entity that owns 10% or more the contractorof applicant seeking entitlement, as well as any campaign committee that is sponsored and controlled by the contracting party.

Please list the names and addresses of all of these parties.

IV. Subcontractor of Applicant(s) Seeking Entitlement** Full Name Title Business Address City State Zip
** “Subcontractor of Applicant Seeking Entitlement” means “a person who has, or has been promised, a subcontract as an architect, design professional, engineer, or perform other work with a ‘contractor an applicant seeking entitlement.” n/aEdgar Markosyan Designer 225 E Broadway STE102B Glendale CA 91205 n/a
EXHIBIT 11 EXHIBIT 10
357 of 704

Page 3 of 3 ends

V. Disclosure. The Applicant Seeking Entitlement has made campaign or officeholder contributions in the preceding 12 City of Glendale, Community Development Department (9/9/11) months to City of Glendale elected officials as follows:

Elected Official Name of Individual or Entity Date of Contribution I hereby certify, on behalf of the above-named applicant(s) and owner(s)/lessor(s), that the applicant seeking entitlement has madethe campaign contributions as set forth above. I also certify that the names of all contractors of applicant and all subcontractors of applicant, as of today’s date, are fully set forth above. I further acknowledge that the applicant has a continuing obligation to update this disclosure form if the applicant selects additional or substitute architects, design professionals, contractors or subcontractorswithin ten (10) days of the selection or change. I hereby certify that I have been legally authorized by the applicant/owner/lessor to submit this disclosure form and certify to the content hereof. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on ___________________ at _____________________________, California Applicant’s Signature_____________________________, Print Applicant’s Full Name ___________________________________ Applicant’s Address _____________________________________________________________________ Applicant’s Contact Phone Number ________________________________________________________ Applicant’s Email Address _______________________________________________________________ n/a
July 3 2024
Lermont Akopyan
1239 Rossmoyne Ave. Glendale, CA 91207
818-572-3688
[email protected]
“Subcontractor of applicant seeking entitlement,” includes not only the subcontracting party, but also the CEO/President, Chairperson, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Financial Officer, any member of the Board of Directors, and any individual or entity that owns 10% or more the subcontractor of applicant seeking entitlement, as well as any campaign committee that is sponsored and controlled by the subcontracting party. Please list the name and addresses of all of these parties.

EXHIBIT 10
358 of 704
9b

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Public Hearing Re: Ordinance Amending Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, (Case No. PZC-0010-2024) Relating Generally to Standards and Processes for Drive-through Establishments, and Miscellaneous Zoning Code Clean-Ups.

1. Introduction of Ordinance Amending Title 30 Relating Generally to Standards and Processes for Drive-through Establishments, and Miscellaneous Zoning Code Clean-Ups

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Public Hearing
Approved for August 13, 2024 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This report discusses proposed amendments to Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, specifically as it relates to requirements for drive-through establishments, as directed by City Council on September 27, 2022, when a citywide moratorium on drive-through waiting lanes was first established. The moratorium was originally enacted in response to a growing number of applications for drive-through establishments (modifications to existing and new construction) and concerns regarding the safety, aesthetics, and environmental impacts of this activity. Extensions to the moratorium concerning drive-through lanes were adopted to allow staff time to review existing requirements and develop an approval process and design standards, access, and circulation analyses. The moratorium will expire on September 26, 2024.

The proposed amendments to the Zoning Code include definitions for a drive-through establishment as well as implementing a conditional use permit (CUP) process for existing and new drive-through establishment. The second phase, which will be presented to Planning Commission and City Council at a later time, will include the establishment of design standards for drive-through establishments in the zoning code (e.g., standards for minimum lot size, queueing lengths, menu and order board separations, landscape buffers, etc.). The proposed amendments also include miscellaneous code clean-ups related to outdated Title 5 references and minor 359 of 704
2 b 9
grammar and formatting, which do not change the substance or meaning of the text.

These amendments were reviewed by the Planning Commission and recommended that the City Council adopt the amendments as presented, with one modification to change the deadline for existing non-conforming drive throughs uses to obtain a required CUP from three years to five years from the effective date of the Ordinance.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council review and adopt the ordinance amending Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, related generally to standards and processes for drive-through establishments, and miscellaneous zoning code cleanups, following a public hearing.

ANALYSIS

BACKGROUND
In recent years, the Planning Division has received a growing number of applications for drive-through establishments that included modification to existing facilities and new construction. As a result, concerns regarding the safety, aesthetics, and environmental impacts of this activity have become more evident. Title 30 (Zoning) of the Glendale Municipal Code contains standards for the approval of drive-through waiting lanes and establishes the desired physical development requirements. The current zoning standards are limited, establishing a minimum 60-foot queuing length from the beginning of the waiting lane to the order board, with a total range of queuing length between 100 and 200 feet for fast-food and full-service restaurants. Currently, there are also prohibitions on new drive-through facilities in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP), as well as prohibitions in the IMU-R and SFMU mixed use zones. Residents, Councilmembers, and other stakeholders and individuals have expressed concerns that current zoning regulations may not fully address the impacts that drive-through waiting lanes may have in the community, including queuing spillover into the streets and blocking traffic lanes, and impacting pedestrians by blocking sidewalks or impeding pedestrian circulation on-site.

Facing several then-current and future uses that were eligible and seemed likely to propose new or converted drive-through waiting lanes citywide, the City Council imposed a moratorium in order to examine existing development standards and review and approval processes for drive-through establishments. On September 27, 2022, the City Council adopted Interim Ordinance No. 5994 imposing a 45-day moratorium prohibiting the issuance of entitlements and/or permits for developments with new or converted drive-through waiting lanes. On November 1, 2022, the City Council adopted Interim Ordinance No. 5996 extending the existing 45-day moratorium by 10 months 360 of 704
3 b 9
and 15 days, and on September 26, 2023, the City Council adopted Interim Ordinance No. 6010 extending the moratorium until September 26, 2024.

During the moratorium, staff reviewed the existing standards and approval processes for drive-throughs, examined approaches and regulations used by other cities in reviewing drive-through proposals, and prepared an inventory of all existing drivethrough establishments. In addition, CDD’s Mobility staff jointly with Public Works Traffic Engineering staff engaged a consultant to examine trip generation rates and queuing lines at various fast-food restaurant and drive-through coffee shops although the results of this study are not at this time proposed to be part of the Zoning Code and will be discussed at length in the second phase of code modifications. Staff prepared an inventory of all existing drive-through establishments in order to understand how many are associated with the different types of uses which primarily include restaurants, pharmacies and banks. The Zoning Code currently has three definitions of restaurants including full-service, fast-food, and counter service which operates similar to a fastfood establishment but with limited seating. There is no Zoning Code definition specific to a coffee shop and depending on the number of seats associated with the operation, this use is either classified as fast-food or counter service. The table below provides a breakdown of the total number of existing drive-through establishments by land use, with fast-food restaurant being the most common use.

Existing Land Use Number of Establishments
Fast-food Restaurant 26
Counter Service Restaurant 1
Pharmacy 4
Banks and Financial Institutions 6
Other (Retail, Service Use) 2
Total 39
Based on the inventory, the highest concentration of fast-food establishments are located in the C2 and C3 commercial zones. Additionally, current zoning regulations prohibit drive-through establishments in the DSP, IMU-R, SFMU, and TOD zones. All existing establishments in these zones can maintain their existing legal non-conforming condition but could not expand their operation or modify the drive-through facilities in place. The table below provides a breakdown of the total number of existing drivethrough establishments by zone and types of uses. 361 of 704
4 b 9
Zone Quantity Uses
C1 2 Bank, Fast-Food Restaurant
C2 11 Fast-Food Restaurant, Counter Service Restaurant, Pharmacy, Retail, Drycleaner
C3 10 Fast-Food Restaurant, Pharmacy, Bank,
CA 1 Fast-Food Restaurant
CH 2 Fast-Food Restaurant
CR 1 Bank
DSP 6 Bank, Pharmacy, Fast-Food Restaurant
IND 1 Fast-Food Restaurant
TOD 4 Fast-Food Restaurant
SFMU 1 Fast-Food Restaurant

DISCUSSION OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS
As it relates to drive-through establishments, staff is proposing a series of amendments to the Zoning Code that would establish definitions of drive-through establishments, limit the zones where new drive-through establishments could be proposed, and establish a conditional use permit (CUP) requirement for all existing and new drive-through establishments that would help mitigate any potential negative impacts. Adding definitions for drive-through establishments and implementing a CUP requirement allows the city to focus on drive through waiting lanes and their potential impacts, where today there are limited standards in the Zoning Code that could be applied. This is the first phase of proposed amendments to the Zoning Code to be implemented while staff continues to work with the City’s consultant to finalize zoning standards, (that may include minimum lot size requirements, queuing length minimums, signage requirements, landscape buffers, etc.) associated with drive-through establishments.

As part of the second phase, staff will explore implementing standards that would apply to drive-through establishments, and the potential impacts those standards could have on existing establishments. The City Council may choose to provide some direction or recommendations at this time regarding the second phase, specifically as it relates to existing legal non-conforming establishments where newly developed standards may be difficult to meet.

Definitions for Drive-Through Establishments
Current Zoning Code standards do not have a definition for a drive-through establishment, and they are considered an ancillary feature to the primary use, which is typically a fast-food restaurant, bank, or pharmacy. The proposed amendments add definitions for “Drive-through Establishments, Restaurant” and “Drive-Through Establishment, Non-restaurant”. The zones where new drive-throughs will be allowed 362 of 704
5 b 9
are added to the land use charts in the Zoning Code as an accessory use and establishes a CUP requirement for them. This is similar to the requirement for an administrative use permit for alcoholic beverage sales in conjunction with a restaurant, retail store, or similar primary use. The definition for Drive-Through Establishment, NonRestaurant includes pharmacies and banks, as well as a variety of other uses which conceivably could have pick-up windows for cars, such as supermarkets, dry cleaners or shoe repair. A summary of the data analyzed by the consultant that discusses the different traffic impacts of restaurant and non-restaurant drive through establishments is attached to this report as Exhibit 1.

Currently, the Zoning Code groups restaurants into three categories – counter service with fewer than eight seats; fast-food with eight or more seats; and full service. Of these, it is only for ‘fast food’ for which the Code definition mentions drive-through facilities, although drive through windows are not precluded from any type of restaurant.

This is why the Code amendments also include an alteration of the definition of “Restaurant, Fast Food”.

Where New Drive-Throughs Are Allowed
The proposed amendments focus future development of drive-throughs on the more intensive commercial zones – C2, C3 and CH (Foothill Blvd). New drive-throughs would not be allowed in industrial and transit zones, mixed use zones and transit-oriented zones, or in all districts of the Downtown Specific Plan zone, where drive-throughs are already prohibited.

Drive-through facilities would remain permitted (with CUP) on many of the city’s major commercial streets which includes much of East Broadway, East Colorado, South Glendale, West Glenoaks, North Brand, the commercial areas surrounding (but not in) Montrose Shopping Park, and Foothill Boulevard. The areas where new drive through facilities would not be permitted include CA Auto zone (South Brand), CR (Montrose Shopping Park), C1 zones such as Adams Hill, and along much of San Fernando Road in the TOD and mixed-use zones. The table below shows where drive-throughs are permitted under today’s code versus where they will be permitted under the amended ordinance.

Zone Existing Ordinance Amended Ordinance
C1 Yes No
C2 Yes Yes
C3 Yes Yes
CR Yes No
CPD No No
363 of 704
6 b 9
CH Yes Yes
CA Yes No
IND Yes No
T No No
IMU Yes No
IMU-R No No
SFMU No No
DSP No No
TOD No No
Conditional Use Permit (CUP) Required
The proposed amendments include establishing a CUP requirement for all existing and new drive-through facilities located in the City. The purpose of a CUP is to allow discretionary review for certain uses because their particular characteristics, including traffic problems incidental to the operation and/or their effect on adjoining land uses has the potential to be detrimental to the peace, health, safety, and general welfare. (See Exhibit 1- restaurant and non-restaurant drive through impacts are different). Through a CUP, an analysis of the site, proposed use, business operations and surrounding neighborhood is done, and if all of the required findings can be made in favor of the proposal, conditions of approval are placed on the project to mitigate any potential negative impacts. As with all CUPs, there are findings which must be made for both restaurant and non-restaurant uses. Additional findings shall be required specifically for drive-through restaurant establishments that will investigate whether there is adequate queuing onsite to prevent impacts to pedestrians and adjacent traffic flow; that there exist plans for litter clean-up and that noise and light impacts are contained; and that the use is compatible with surrounding businesses. Furthermore, applications for a CUP for a drive-through establishment will be required to submit a trip generation study and queuing analysis with recommendations for improvement in form and methodology satisfactory to the Director of Public works. It is through this study and the CUP process that staff expects improvements to the existing drive-throughs located throughout the city. As proposed in this zoning code amendment, and based on Planning Commission’s recommendation, all drive-throughs will require a conditional use permit by September 26, 2029. In addition, the CUP process will provide the City an avenue to consider the hours of operation of the drive-through along with conditions that address performance which can include revisiting the operation of the drive-through establishments after a year or more, and/or requiring attendants on-site to facilitate order taking and traffic circulation.
364 of 704
7 b 9
Regulations for legal, non-conforming drive-throughs
Any time regulations change such that a use permitted in the zone is no longer allowed, the use becomes legal non-conforming. These legal non-conforming uses often continue to operate for decades as-is and businesses and property owners forfeit their nonconforming rights upon expansion and/or if the previously permitted use ceases operations for one year. As it relates to existing drive-through establishments that would be considered legal non-conforming, the proposed amendments require these establishments to obtain a CUP within five years (as recommended by Planning Commission), and no later than December 31, 2029. Through the CUP process, staff can analyze the existing conditions of the site, including the queuing analysis, and impose conditions of approval as needed to mitigate potential impacts.

Next Steps
Staff along with the City’s consultant team will continue working on Phase 2 of the ordinance that will include drive-through design standards to be presented to Planning Commission and later City Council, that will also enhance the CUP process included in the current code amendment. The finalized zoning standards for Phase 2 may include minimum lot size requirements, queuing length minimums, signage requirements and landscape buffers associated with drive-through establishments. Phase 2 will also review the potential impacts the proposed standards could have on existing establishments. At this time, the City Council may choose to provide direction or recommendations to staff regarding the second phase, specifically as it relates to existing legal non-conforming establishments where newly developed standards may be difficult to meet. Phase 2 will be completed prior to any existing drive-throughs will be obligated to apply for a CUP.

PLANNING COMMISSION REVIEW
The proposed amendments were reviewed by the Planning Commission at a regularly scheduled meeting and hearing on July 17, 2024. Three commission members were present, and two were absent. There was no testimony during the public comment portion of the hearing and no written comments were provided to staff for the commission’s consideration. During the deliberation portion of the hearing, the commissioners had questions mainly regarding the proposed CUP requirement for existing drive-through establishments and both Commissioner Chraghchian and Commissioner Fuentes commented that the requirement should not impose a hardship for existing operators. After some discussion, the Planning Commission voted unanimously to recommend adoption of the proposed ordinance, to the City Council with one recommended modification to change the deadline by which existing non-conforming drive365 of 704 8 b 9
through uses must obtain a CUP from three years to five years. This change has been incorporated into the draft ordinance before the Council.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
The Code requires public notice when the Council considers adoption of amendments to the Zoning Code. Staff has published all required notices for this hearing. Public notice was also provided for the Planning Commission hearing of July 17, 2024. Staff did not receive any written comments for that hearing, and there was no public testimony, as discussed above. For both the Planning Commission and City Council hearings public notices were also mailed out to all the property owners and business owners of the existing drive-through facilities inventoried.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA)
Community Development Department staff analyzed the environmental effects of adoption of this ordinance (“Project”), and concluded that the Project is categorically exempt from further California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) review pursuant to Sections 15061(b)(3) and 15305 because the Project involves minor changes to land use regulations which do not result in any changes in land use or density, and because there is no possibility that the Project may have a significant effect on the environment.

The Project adds a new requirement for review and approval of drive-through facilities through a conditional use permit (CUP) application. The review will include a study of queuing lines and trip generation, with the aim of ensuring faster service when using drive-through facilities. Requiring existing drive-through facilities to apply for a CUP would not result in new impacts since vehicle trips are already occurring. Any new drivethrough facility would be specifically individually reviewed under CEQA once a new application is submitted to the Community Development Department for review.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION

1. Do not introduce and subsequently adopt the proposed amendments to Title 30 of the GMC, 1995 which relate generally to standards and processes for drive-through establishments, and miscellaneous Zoning Code clean-ups. 366 of 704
9 b 9

2. Choose any other alternative not proposed by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Bradley Calvert, Director of Community Development
Prepared by:

Vista Ezzati, Principal Planner
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit 1: Drive-Through Operations – Staff Summary of Analysis from Jano Baghdanian & Associates
Exhibit 2: Planning Commission Motion, dated July 17, 2024 Exhibit 3: Drive-through Moratorium Ordinances
367 of 704
1 ORDINANCE NO. ________________

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
AMENDING SECTIONS 30.12.020, 30.13.020, 30.14.020, 30.16.020, 30.40.020, 30.42.030,

30.60.030, 30.70.050 and 30.70.190, OF TITLE 30
OF THE GLENDALE MUNICIPAL CODE, 1995,

RELATING TO DRIVE-THROUGH ESTABLISHMENTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS ZONING

CODE CLEAN UPS
(Case No. PZC-0010-2024)
WHEREAS, the California Constitution, the Glendale City Charter, and the State Planning and Zoning Law (California Government Code Sections 6500, et seq.) broadly empower the City of Glendale ("City") to plan for and regulate the use of land in order to provide for orderly development, the public health, safety and welfare and a balancing of property rights and desires of the community; and WHEREAS, concerns have been raised over the number of
developments with uses and/or standards that include new and converted drive-through waiting lanes in all parts of the City; and
WHEREAS, residents, Councilmembers, and other stakeholders and individuals have expressed concerns that current zoning regulations may not fully address the impacts that drive-through waiting lanes may have in the community, and the effects of drive-through waiting lanes on the City's major streets; and WHEREAS, when drive-through waiting lines extend significantly on private property, the lines can create parking and circulation conflicts within the property where they are located and those lines can extend across sidewalks and into drive-way aprons, and even onto City streets, which can result in significant traffic hazards, including, but not limited to, unexpected stopping of vehicles, blind spots, unsafe lane changes to avoid lines on City streets, and hazards to pedestrians and cyclists attempting to cross driveway aprons and streets impacted by lines of cars; and WHEREAS, the goal of any new drive-through waiting lane zoning standards, allowable uses and regulations is to develop comprehensive regulations which recognize and balance the various interests related to drive-through waiting lanes in a manner tailored to the City's unique needs and community vision, and which are 368 of 704
2 supportive of more walkable and pedestrian friendly environments, and which reflect the land use and zoning policy choices of the City; and WHEREAS, the Glendale Municipal Code contains the standards for the approval of drive-through waiting lanes and establishes the desired physical development requirements; and
WHEREAS, the development standards established for drive-through waiting lines are meant to allow development with drive-through waiting lanes in a logical and safe manner by accommodating patrons of drive-through waiting lanes onsite, thereby minimizing conflicts with multi-modal forms of transportation (walking, cycling, vehicular) in the use of City streets, alleys, bike lanes and sidewalks; and WHEREAS, the drive-through waiting lane development standards contained in Section 30.32.090 and accompanying Chart IX (Section 30.32.180) of the Glendale Municipal Code ("Parking and Loading - Parking Area Design and Layout Standards") allows development projects that propose a drive-through waiting lane with the minimum dimensions and layout standards for an onsite vehicular waiting lane, including start of lane distances from service windows for restaurant uses and other uses, and from ordering devices, as well as a requirement for a separation lane from the onsite circulation to off-street parking spaces. These standards are intended to eliminate encounters of vehicles using the drive-through waiting lane versus vehicular access to off-street parking as well as, eliminate the spillover of waiting vehicles onto adjacent public-right-of-way’s or neighboring properties; and WHEREAS, there are several current and future uses that are eligible and may propose new or converted drive-through waiting lanes Citywide, and there is one current development proposing a drive-through waiting lane using the drive-through waiting lane development standards that has received some level of discretionary review, Starbucks - 216-222 S Glendale and 611 Orange Grove (Return for Redesign); if developed, this would allow a 1,414 square-foot counter service restaurant with a drive-through waiting lane; and
WHEREAS, the City Council has adopted an ordinance amending the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) to prohibit developments with drive-through waiting lanes in the DSP because such developments are contrary to the City's goal of creating a pedestrian friendly environment and encouraging residents to walk and bike in the DSP, and the City wishes to comprehensively study the benefits of such a prohibition Citywide; and
369 of 704
3 WHEREAS, drive-through waiting lane developments utilizing current development standards are a permitted use in most all Commercial, Mixed-Use and Industrial Zones (currently prohibited in the DSP, and in the IMU-R and SFMU Zones for fast food restaurants only) and do not require any special conditional or other use permit; and
WHEREAS, on September 27, 2022, the City Council, by a fourth-fifths vote, adopted Interim Ordinance No. 5994 imposing a 45-day moratorium on the approval of any new or conversion of drive-through waiting lane development in the City; and
WHEREAS, on November 1, 2022, the City Council adopted Interim Ordinance No. 5996 extending the existing 45-day moratorium on the approval of any new or conversion of drive-through waiting lane development in the city by 10 months and 15 days; and
WHEREAS, on September 26, 2023, The City Council adopted Interim Ordinance No. 6010 extending the moratorium on the approval of any new or conversion of drive-through waiting lane development in the City until September 26, 2024; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission considered and recommended approval of these amendments to Sections of Title 30 at its meeting of July 17, 2024; and WHEREAS, notice of the date, time and place of the public hearing for this Ordinance was given pursuant to Government Code Sections 65090, by publication in Glendale Independent on August 1, 2024, and by posting and making available the written report referenced herein, which notified the public the City would be considering an ordinance regarding new or conversion of existing drive-through waiting lane developments.

NOW THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. The City Council of the City of Glendale finds that the above recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference.
370 of 704
4 SECTION 2. Section 30.12.020 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.12.020 Commercial district land uses and permit requirements.

A. Permitted Primary Uses and Structures. No building, structure or land shall be used and no building, structure or use in the commercial zoning districts shall be erected, structurally altered, enlarged or established except the following permitted uses, buildings and structures identified with a “P” in Table 30.12-A.

B. Conditional Uses and Structures. The following uses and structures identified with a “C” in Table 30.12-A may be permitted in the commercial zoning districts subject to approval of a conditional use permit (Chapter 30.42). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

C. Administrative Uses and Structures. The following uses and structures identified with an “A” in Table 30.12-A may be permitted in the commercial zoning districts subject to approval of an administrative use permit (Chapter 30.49). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

D. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses (identified with a “T” in Table 30.12-A), allowed subject to approval and compliance with all applicable provisions of this Zoning Code.

E. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures. Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall be permitted in zones identifies with a “P” in Table 30.12A.

F. Wireless Telecommunications Facilities. Wireless telecommunications facilities, identified with a “W” in Table 30.12-A may be permitted subject to the approval of a wireless telecommunications facility permit as set forth in Chapter 30.48 of this code.

G. Standards for Specific Uses. Where the last column in the following tables (“See Standards in Chapter or Section”) includes a Chapter or Section number, the regulations in the referenced chapter or section apply to the use; however, provisions in other sections of this Zoning Code may apply as well.

H. Uses Not Listed. Land uses that are not listed on Table 30.12-A, or are not shown in a particular zoning district are not allowed, except for other uses which the director of community development determines to be similar in nature, function and operation to listed permitted primary uses within these zones.
371 of 704
5 Table 30.12-A

COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(5) C1 C2 C3 CR CPD CH CA
See
Standards in
Chapter or
Section
Accessory Structures and Uses
Accessory dwelling unit (ADU), and/or
junior accessory dwelling unit (JADU) on
a lot developed with one residential
dwelling unit
P P P P P P P 30.34.080
Accessory dwelling unit(s) (ADU) on a
lot developed with more than one
residential dwelling unit
P P P P P P P 30.34.080
Accessory uses P P P P P P P
Antennas (pole type) and flagpoles P P P P P P P
Carts (freestanding, non-motorized,
portable type) P P P P P P 30.34.040
Dish antennas P P P P P P P 30.34.050
Drive-through establishment, nonrestaurant C C C
Drive-through establishment, restaurant C C C
Home occupations P P P P P 30.45
Home-sharing P P P P P P P 5.56
Reverse vending machines P P P P P P 30.12.040
Signs P P P P P P P 30.33
Solar energy equipment P P P P P P P 30.30.050
Institutional Uses
Cultural arts centers P P P
Hospitals P P
Museums P P P
Places of worship P P P C P
Schools, physical instruction P P P P P
372 of 704
6 PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(5) C1 C2 C3 CR CPD CH CA
See
Standards in
Chapter or
Section
Schools, private C C C C C
Schools, private specialized education
and training A P P C P
Light Industrial Uses
Backlots/outdoor facilities—Production C C
Broadcasting studios and indoor support
facilities—Production P P P(3) P
Medical and dental laboratories P P P(3) P
Soundstages—Production P P
Utility and transmission facilities C C C C C C C
Miscellaneous Uses
Non-emergency heliports C C
Parking lots or structures P P P P P P P30.32

30.51.020
Office Uses
Contractors office and/or storage,
temporary T T T T T T T
Contractors office P P P P P P
Medical and dental offices P P P P(3) P P P
Office P P P P(3) P P P
Office, consumer services P P P
Veterinary offices, including
hospitalization services P P P P P
Recreational Uses
Arcade establishment C C C
Billiard establishments P P P P
Children’s indoor play areas P P P P
Community gardens P P P P P P 30.34.045
Cyber-café establishments P P A
Gyms and health clubs P P C P P
Indoor recreation center P P P P P
Outdoor commercial recreation C C
Private clubs and lodges C C P C P
373 of 704
7 PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(5) C1 C2 C3 CR CPD CH CA
See
Standards in
Chapter or
Section
Public dances P P P P P P
Taverns C C C C C C
Theaters C P C P
Residential Uses
Domestic violence shelters P P P P P P
Emergency shelter C C C
Residential congregate living, limited
subject to the provisions of one
residential dwelling per lot in the R-1250
zone

P P P P P P
Residential congregate living, medical A P P P
Residential congregate living, nonmedical, subject to the provisions of the R-1250 zone and provided further that
ground floor level is occupied with
permitted commercial uses

P P P P
Residential congregate living, nonmedical, at the ground floor level subject to the provisions of the R-1250 zone

A A A A
Multiple residential dwellings subject to
the provisions of the R-1250 zone and
provided further that the ground floor
level is occupied with permitted
commercial uses

P P P P P
Multiple residential dwellings with
dwelling units at the ground floor level
subject to provisions of the R-1250 zone

C C C C
One residential dwelling per lot subject
to the provisions of the R-1250 zone P P P P P P
Senior housing subject to the provisions
of the R-1250 zone and provided further
that the ground floor level is occupied
with permitted commercial uses

P P P P P
374 of 704
8 PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(5) C1 C2 C3 CR CPD CH CA
See
Standards in
Chapter or
Section
Senior housing at the ground floor level
subject to the provision of the R-1250
zone

C C C C C
Retail Uses
Alcoholic beverage sales A(4) A(4) A(4) A(4) A(4) A(4)
Automobile supply store P P P P P
Banquet halls C C C C
Christmas tree sales lots, when
maintained between November 1st and
January 9th
T T T T T 5.36
Firearms, weapon sales P P P P
Hardware stores P P P P P P
Jewelry stores P P P P P P
Liquor stores A A A A A A
Nurseries and garden supplies P P P P P
Paint and wallpaper stores P P P P P P
Pawnshops P P
Pharmacy P P P P P P
Pumpkin sales lots, when maintained
between October 15th and November 1st T T T T T 5.36
Restaurant, counter service with limited
seating P P P P P P
Restaurants, fast food A P P A P P
Restaurants, full service P P P P P P
Retail stores, general merchandise P P P P P P
Spas and swimming pools, sales and
service P P P P P
Supermarkets P P P P P P
Vehicle sales, leasing and rental
agencies P P P 30.34.160
Service Uses
Ambulance services P P P P P P
Banks and financial institutions P P P P P P
375 of 704
9 PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(5) C1 C2 C3 CR CPD CH CA
See
Standards in
Chapter or
Section
Business support services P P P P(3) P P
Car washes, full or self service P P P P 30.34.030
Day care centers P P P P P P P
Gas station C P P C P P 30.34.020
Heating and air conditioning sales and
service (HVAC) P P 30.34.070
Hotels and motels P P P(3) P
Massage establishment C C C C C C 5.64
Mortuaries and funeral homes P P
Personal services P P P P P P
Pet grooming P P P P P
Repair and maintenance, consumer
products P P P P P P
Tire stores P P P 30.34.140
Vehicle repair garage P P P 30.34.150
Wireless telecommunications facilities W W W W W W W 30.48 Key to Permit Requirements Symbol See Chapter
Permitted use P
Administrative use—Administrative use permit
required A 30.49
Conditional use—Conditional use permit
required C 30.42
Temporary use T
Wireless telecommunications facilities permit
required W 30.48
Use not allowed
Notes:
(1) See Section 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed.
376 of 704
10 (2) See Chapter 30.70 for definitions of the land uses. (3) Permitted above the first floor level only.
(4) An Administrative Use Permit (AUP) is not required for supermarkets with 20,000 sq. ft. of floor area or greater.
(5) For an existing drive-through establishment, either in conjunction with a restaurant or non-restaurant use, see Section 30.60.030 regarding non-conforming uses.

SECTION 3. Section 30.13.020 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.13.020 Industrial district land uses and permit requirements.

A. Permitted Primary Use and Structures. No building, structure or land shall be used and no building, structure or use in the industrial zoning districts shall be erected, structurally altered, enlarged or established except the following permitted uses, buildings and structures identified with a “P” in Table 30.13-A.

B. Conditional Uses and Structures. The following uses and structures identified with a “C” in Table 30.13-A may be permitted in the industrial zoning districts subject to approval of a conditional use permit (Chapter 30.42). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

C. Administrative uses and structures. The following uses and structures identified with an “A” in Table 30.13-A may be permitted in the commercial zoning districts subject to approval of a administrative use permit (Chapter 30.49). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

D. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses (identified with a “T” in Table 30.13-A), allowed subject to approval and compliance with all applicable provisions of this Zoning Code.

E. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures. Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall be permitted in zones identified with a “P” in Table 30.13-A.

F. Wireless Telecommunications Facilities. Wireless telecommunications facilities, identified with a “W” in Table 30.13-A may be permitted subject to the approval of a wireless telecommunications facility permit as set forth in Chapter 30.48 of this code. 377 of 704
11 G. Standards for Specific Uses. Where the last column in the following tables (“See standards in Section”) includes a section number, the regulations in the referenced section apply to the use; however, provisions in other sections of this Zoning Code may apply as well.

H. Uses not Listed. Land uses that are not listed on Table 30.13-A, or are not shown in a particular zoning district are not allowed, except where other uses which the director of community development determines to be similar in nature, function and operation to listed permitted primary uses within these zones.

Table 30.13-A

INDUSTRIAL ZONING DISTRICTS AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

PERMIT REQUIREMENT
BY ZONE LAND USE (1)(2)(5)
IND T
See
Standards
in Section
or Chapter
Accessory Structures and Uses
Accessory uses P
Antennas (pole type) and flagpoles P
Carts (freestanding, non-motorized, portable
type) P 30.34.040
Dish antennas P 30.34.050
Home occupations P 30.45
Home-sharing P 5.56
Outdoor storage, incidental P
Reverse vending machines P 30.13.040
Signs P 30.33
Solar energy equipment P 30.30.050
Industrial Mixed Use/Large Scale Projects
Industrial mixed use/large-scale project,
including all primary, accessory and temporary
uses and structures and all uses and structures
conditionally permitted in the C3 zone. Uses
specified in the C3 zone shall be subject to
specific development standards as required in
the C3 zone.

P
Education, Public Assembly, Recreation
378 of 704
12 PERMIT REQUIREMENT
BY ZONE LAND USE (1)(2)(5)
IND T
See
Standards
in Section
or Chapter
Nightclubs C
Schools, physical instruction A
Schools, private C
Schools, private specialized education and
training A
Taverns C
Manufacturing and Processing
Backlots/outdoor facilities—Production P
Broadcasting studios and indoor support
facilities—Production P
Heavy manufacturing P
Light manufacturing P
Printing, publishing, and lithographic services P
Recycling C
Research and development P
Soundstage—Production P
Warehousing P
Wholesaling, including wholesaling of alcoholic
beverages P
Residential and Institutional Uses
Conversion of a live/work unit to entirely
residential or entirely business use C
Domestic violence shelters P
Emergency shelters P
Live/work C 30.34.090
Retail
Alcoholic beverage sales A(3)
Building materials, supplies, sales and service P
Christmas tree sales lots, when maintained
between November 1st and January 9th T 5.36
Hardware stores P
Jewelry stores P
Nurseries and garden supply sales P
379 of 704
13 PERMIT REQUIREMENT
BY ZONE LAND USE (1)(2)(5)
IND T
See
Standards
in Section
or Chapter
Paint and wallpaper stores P
Pharmacy P
Pumpkin sales lots, when maintained between
October 15th and November 1st T 5.36
Spas and swimming pools, sales and service P
Vehicle sales, leasing and rental agencies P 30.34.160
Service Uses
Ambulance services P
Body shops and painting booths P 30.34.150
Business support services P
Car washes (full or self service) P 30.34.030
Day care centers A
Equipment rental yards P
Gas stations P 30.34.020
Heating and air conditioning sales and service
(HVAC) P 30.34.040
Kennel, animal boarding and daycare P(4)
Laundries and dry cleaning plants P
Medical and dental laboratories P
Moving services P
Repair and maintenance, consumer products P
Restaurant, counter service with limited seating P
Restaurants—Fast food P
Restaurants—Full service P
Storage, personal facilities P
Storage, outdoor facility P
Tire stores P 30.34.140
Towing services and impound yards P 30.34.145
Vehicle repair garages P 30.34.150
Office Uses
Contractor’s office and/or storage, temporary T
Medical and dental offices P
Office P
380 of 704
14 PERMIT REQUIREMENT
BY ZONE LAND USE (1)(2)(5)
IND T
See
Standards
in Section
or Chapter
Office, consumer services P
Veterinary offices, including hospitalization
services P
Transportation and Communication Facilities
Nonemergency heliports C
Parking lots or structures P P

30.32 30.51.020
Utility and transmission facilities P P
Wireless telecommunications facilities W W Chapter 30.48 Key to Permit Requirements
Symbol See Chapter
Permitted use P
Administrative use – Administrative use permit
required
A 30.49
Conditional use—Conditional use permit required C 30.42 Temporary use T
Wireless telecommunications facilities permit
required
W 30.48
Use not allowed
Notes:
(1) See Section 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed.
(2) See Chapter 30.70 for definitions of the land uses. (3) An Administrative Use Permit (AUP) is not required for supermarkets with 20,000sq. ft. of floor area or greater or for wholesaling.
381 of 704
15 (4) Not to be located nearer than two hundred (200) feet to the R1, R1R, ROS, R-3050, R2250, R-1650 and R-1250 zones if use includes outdoor facilities. (5) For an existing drive-through establishment, either in conjunction with a restaurant or non-restaurant use, see Section 30.60.030 regarding non-conforming uses.

SECTION 4. Section 30.14.020 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.14.020 Mixed use district land uses and permit requirements.

A. Permitted Primary Uses and Structures. No building, structure or land shall be used and no building, structure or use in the mixed-use zoning districts shall be erected, structurally altered, enlarged or established except the following permitted uses, buildings and structures identified with a “P” in Table 30.14-A.

B. Conditional Uses and Structures. The following uses and structures identified with a “C” in Table 30.14-A may be permitted in the mixed-use zoning districts subject to approval of a conditional use permit (Chapter 30.42). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

C. Administrative Uses and Structures. The following uses and structures identified with an “A” in Table 30.14-A may be permitted in the commercial zoning districts subject to approval of an administrative use permit (Chapter 30.49). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

D. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses (identified with a “T” in Table 30.14-A), allowed subject to approval and compliance with all applicable provisions of this Zoning Code.

E. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures. Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall be permitted in zones identified with a “P” in Table 30.14-A.

F. Wireless Telecommunications Facilities. Wireless telecommunications facilities, identified with a “W” in Table 30.14-A may be permitted subject to the approval of a wireless telecommunications facility permit as set forth in Chapter 30.48 of this code.

G. Standards for Specific Uses. Where the last column in the following tables (“See Standards in Section or Chapter”) includes a section number, the regulations in the referenced 382 of 704
16 section apply to the use; however, provisions in other sections of this Zoning Code may apply as well.

Table 30.14-A

MIXED USE ZONING DISTRICTS AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

PERMIT REQUIREMENT
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) BY ZONE

IMU IMU-R SFMU
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Accessory Buildings, Structures and Uses
Accessory dwelling unit (ADU), and/or junior
accessory dwelling unit (JADU) on a lot
developed with one residential dwelling unit
P P 30.34.080
Accessory dwelling unit(s) (ADU) on a lot
developed with more than one residential
dwelling unit
P P 30.34.080
Accessory buildings and structures P P
Accessory uses P P P
Antennas (pole type) P P P
Carts (freestanding, non-motorized, portable
type) P P P 30.34.040
Dish antennas P P P 30.34.050
Home occupation P P 30.45
Home-sharing P P P 5.110
Reverse vending machines P P P 30.14.040
Signs P P P 30.33
Solar energy equipment P P P 30.30.050
Institutional Uses
Places of worship C C C
Schools, physical instruction P P P
Schools, private C C C
Schools, private specialized education and
training P P P
Recreation
Community gardens P P P 30.34.045
Gyms and health clubs C C C
383 of 704
17 PERMIT REQUIREMENT
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) BY ZONE

IMU IMU-R SFMU
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Indoor recreation centers C C C
Nightclubs C
Outdoor commercial recreation C C C
Private clubs and lodges C C C
Public dances P P P
Taverns C C C
Theaters C C C
Manufacturing and Processing
Backlots/outdoor facilities—Production P C C
Broadcasting studios and indoor support
facilities—Production P P P
Heavy manufacturing P P
Laundries and dry-cleaning plants P P(4)
Light manufacturing P P P(3)(4)
Printing, publishing, and lithographic services P P(4) P(3)(4) Research and development P P P(4)
Soundstages—Production P P C
Warehousing P P P(4)
Wholesaling, including wholesaling of alcoholic
beverages P P P(4)
Residential Uses
Domestic violence shelter P P P
Conversion of a live/work unit to entirely
residential or entirely business use C C C
Emergency shelter P
Multiple residential dwelling units A P(5)
Residential congregate living, limited P
Residential congregate living, medical A A
Residential congregate living, non-medical A A
Senior housing C P(5)
Mixed-Use Developments
Live/work units A A P(6) 30.34.090
Live/work units with conditionally permitted uses C C C(6) 30.34.090 384 of 704
18 PERMIT REQUIREMENT
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) BY ZONE

IMU IMU-R SFMU
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Mixed-use development provided that all uses
are permitted in zone which the project is
located
P(6) 30.34.100
Mixed-use development where at least one use
is conditionally permitted C(8) C C 30.34.100
Retail Trade Uses
Alcoholic beverage sales A(9) A(9) A(9)
Automobile supply stores P P
Banquet halls C C
Building materials, supplies, sales and service P P
Christmas tree sales lots, when maintained
between November 1st and January 9th T T 5.36
Firearms, weapon sales P P
Hardware stores P P
Jewelry stores P P P
Liquor stores A A A
Nurseries and garden supplies P P P
Paint and wallpaper stores P P
Pharmacy P P P
Pumpkin sales lots, when maintained between
October 15th and November 1st T T 5.36
Restaurant, counter service with limited seating P(7) P(7) P(7) Restaurants, fast food P(7) P(7) P(7)
Restaurants, full service P(7) P(7) P(7)
Retail stores, general merchandise P P P
Spas and swimming pools, sales and service P P
Supermarkets P P P
Vehicle sales, leasing and rental agencies,
including new and used automobiles,
motorcycles, light trucks, recreational vehicles
and boats
P P 30.34.160
385 of 704
19 PERMIT REQUIREMENT
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) BY ZONE

IMU IMU-R SFMU
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Vehicle sales, leasing and rental agencies,
including new and used automobiles,
motorcycles, light trucks, recreational vehicles
and boats existing prior to September 12, 2006,
including a one-time expansion on the same lot
of up to 20% of floor area
P 30.34.160
Expansion of vehicle sales, leasing and rental
agencies, including new and used automobiles,
motorcycles, light trucks, recreational vehicles
and boats existing prior to September 12, 2006,
when proposed expansion is on the same lot as
the existing facility and is greater than 20% of
the floor area existing prior to September 12,
2006, or for any new facilities on separate or
non-contiguous lots
C 30.34.160
Service Uses
Ambulance services P P
Banks and financial institutions P P P
Body shops and painting booths P P(4) 30.34.150
Business support services P P P
Car washes (full or self service) P P 30.34.030
Day care centers P P A
Equipment rental yards P P
Gas stations P P C 30.34.020
Heating and air conditioning sales and service
(HVAC) P P 30.34.070
Hotel and motels C C C
Kennel, animal boarding and daycare P(10) P(10)
Massage establishment C C C 5.64
Medical and dental laboratories P P P
Mortuaries and funeral homes
A A
Moving and storage services P P
386 of 704
20 PERMIT REQUIREMENT
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) BY ZONE

IMU IMU-R SFMU
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Pawnshops P P P
Personal services P P P
Pet grooming P P
Repair and maintenance, consumer products P P(4) P(3)(4)(11) Storage, personal facility P
Storage, outdoor facility P
Tire stores P P 30.34.140
Towing services and impound yards C C 30.34.145
Vehicle repair garages P P(4) 30.34.150
Office Uses
Contractor’s office and/or storage, temporary T T
Medical and dental offices P P P
Offices P P P
Office, consumer services P P C
Veterinary offices, including hospitalization
services P P
Transportation and Communications Uses
Parking lot/structure facilities P P C 30.32, 30.51.020 Utility and transmission facilities C C C
Wireless telecommunications facilities W W W 30.48
Key to Permit Requirements Symbol See Chapter
Permitted use P
Administrative use—Administrative use permit
required A 30.49
Conditional use—Conditional use permit required C 30.42 Temporary use T
Wireless telecommunications facilities permit
required W 30.48
Use not allowed
Notes:
387 of 704
21 (1) See Section 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed. (2) See Chapter 30.70 for definitions of the land uses. (3) If gross floor area of the building is 10,000 sq. ft. or less and use is indoors; if greater than 10,000 sq. ft. and/or use is outdoors, a conditional use permit is required. (4) Requires a conditional use permit when combined in a mixed-use development which includes residential.
(5) When fronting San Fernando Road, Broadway, or Colorado Street, only allowed as mixed-use projects with commercial uses located along the street frontage as required in Section 30.34.100.
(6) For lots having frontage along San Fernando Road, Broadway, and Colorado Street, manufacturing and processing uses shall not be on the ground floor fronting these streets. (7) For an existing drive-through establishment, either in conjunction with a restaurant or non-restaurant use, see Section 30.60.030 regarding non-conforming uses. New drive-through facilities are not permitted. No drive-thru facilities permitted. (8) The only dwelling units permitted are live/work units. (9) Supermarkets only require an Administrative Use Permit for on-site consumption of alcoholic beverages. An Administrative Use Permit is not required for wholesaling. (10) Not to be located nearer than 200 feet to the R1, R1R, ROS, R-3050, R-2250, R16-50 and R-1250 zones if use includes outdoor facilities.
(11) For upholstery services it shall include furniture only, no vehicles.

SECTION 5. Section 30.16.020 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.16.020 TOD district land uses and permit requirements.

A. Permitted Primary Uses and Structures. No building, structure or land shall be used and no building, structure or use in the transit oriented development districts shall be erected, structurally altered, enlarged, or established except the following permitted uses, buildings and 388 of 704
22 structures identified with a "P" in Table 30.16.020-A.

B. Conditional Uses and Structures. The following uses and structures identified with a "C" in Table 30.16.020-A may be permitted in the transit oriented development districts subject to approval of a conditional use permit (Chapter 30.42). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

C. Administrative Uses and Structures. The following uses and structures identified with an “A” in Table 30.16.020-A may be permitted in the transit oriented development districts subject to approval of an administrative use permit (Chapter 30.49). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

D. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses (identified with a “T” in Table 30.16.020-A), allowed subject to approval and compliance with all applicable provisions of this Zoning Code.

E. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures. Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall be permitted in zones identified with a “P” in Table 30.16.020-A.

F. Wireless Telecommunications Facilities. Wireless telecommunications facilities, identified with a “W” in Table 30.16-A, may be permitted subject to the approval of a wireless telecommunications facility permit as set forth in Chapter 30.48 of this code.

G. Standards for Specific Uses. Where the last column in the following tables (“See Standards in Section or Chapter”) includes a section number, the regulations in the referenced section apply to the use; however, provisions in other sections of this Zoning Code may apply as well.

Table 30.16.020-A

TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

PERMIT REQUIREMENT

BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) TOD I TOD II
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Accessory Buildings, Structures and Uses
389 of 704
23 PERMIT REQUIREMENT

BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) TOD I TOD II
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Accessory dwelling unit (ADU), and/or junior
accessory dwelling unit (JADU) on a lot
developed with one residential dwelling unit
P P 30.34.080
Accessory dwelling unit (ADU), on a lot
developed with one residential dwelling unit
P P 30.34.080
Accessory uses P P
Accessory buildings and structures P P
Antennas (pole type) and flagpoles P P
Carts (freestanding, non-motorized, portable
type)
P P 30.34.040
Dish antennas P P 30.34.050
Home occupation P P 30.45
Home-sharing P P 5.110
Reverse vending machines P P 30.12.040
Signs P P 30.33
Solar energy equipment P P 30.30.050
Institutional Uses
Hospitals P
Places of worship C
Schools, physical instruction P C
Schools, private C
Schools, private specialized education, and
training
P C
Recreation
Arcade establishment P P
Billiard establishments P
Community gardens P 30.34.045
Gyms and health clubs P
390 of 704
24 PERMIT REQUIREMENT

BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) TOD I TOD II
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Indoor recreation center C
Outdoor commercial recreation C
Private clubs and lodges C
Public dances P
Taverns C
Theaters P P
Manufacturing and Processing
Backlots/outdoor facilities – production C
Broadcasting studios and indoor support
facilities – production
P
Heavy manufacturing, if existing prior to
October 10, 2023
P P
Laundries and dry cleaning plants, if existing
prior to October 10, 2023
P P
Light manufacturing P(3)(4)
Medical and dental laboratories P P
Printing, publishing, and lithographic services P(3)(4) Research and development P(4)
Soundstages – production P
Warehousing P
Wholesaling, including wholesaling of alcoholic
beverages
P
Residential Uses
Domestic violence shelters P P
Conversion of a live/work unit to entirely
residential or entirely business use
A
Emergency shelter C
Multiple residential dwelling units P(5) P(5)
391 of 704
25 PERMIT REQUIREMENT

BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) TOD I TOD II
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Residential congregate living, Limited (subject
to the provisions of one residential dwelling per
lot)
P P
Residential congregate living, Medical P P
Residential congregate living, Non-medical P(5) P(5)
One residential dwelling per lot subject to the
provisions of the R-1250 zone
P
Senior housing P(5) P(5)
Mixed-Use Developments
Live/work units P(6) 30.34.090
Live/work units with conditionally permitted
uses
C 30.34.090
Mixed-use development provided that all uses
are permitted in zone which the project is
located
P P
Mixed-use development where at least one use
is conditionally permitted
C C
Retail Trade Uses
Alcoholic beverage sales A(8) A(8)
Automobile supply store P
Banquet halls C
Building materials, supplies, sales and service P
Christmas tree sales lots, when maintained
between November 1st and January 9th
T T 5.36
Jewelry stores P
Liquor stores A
Nurseries and garden supplies P
Paint and wallpaper stores P
392 of 704
26 PERMIT REQUIREMENT

BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) TOD I TOD II
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Pawnshops, if existing prior to October 10,
2023
P
Pharmacy P P
Pumpkin sales lots, when maintained between
October 15th and November 1st
T T 5.36
Restaurant, counter service with limited seating P(7) P(7) Restaurants, fast food P(7) P(7)
Restaurants, full service P(7) P(7)
Retail stores, general merchandise P P
Supermarkets P P
Vehicle sales, leasing and rental agencies,
including new and used automobiles,
motorcycles, light trucks, recreational vehicles
and boats existing prior to October 10, 2023,
including a one-time expansion on the same lot
of up to 20 percent of floor area.

P 30.34.160
Expansion of vehicle sales, leasing and rental
agencies, including new and used automobiles,
motorcycles, light trucks, recreational vehicles
and boats existing prior to September 12, 2006,
when proposed expansion is on the same lot as
the existing facility and is greater than 20
percent of the floor area existing prior to
September 12, 2006, or for any new facilities
on separate or non-contiguous lots.

C 30.34.160
Service Uses
Banks and financial institutions P
Body shops and painting booths, if existing
prior to October 10, 2023

30.34.150
Business support services P
393 of 704
27 PERMIT REQUIREMENT

BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) TOD I TOD II
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Day care centers A A
Equipment rental yards, if existing prior to
October 10, 2023
P
Gas station P 30.34.020
Heating and air conditioning sales and service
(HVAC), if existing prior to October 10, 2023
P 30.34.070
Hotels and motels P
Kennel, animal boarding and daycare P(9)
Massage establishment C 5.64
Medical and dental laboratories P P
Mortuaries and funeral homes A
Moving and storage services, if existing prior to
October 10, 2023
P
Personal Services P P
Pet grooming P
Repair and maintenance, consumer products P(4)
Tire stores, if existing prior to October 10, 2023 30.34.140 Vehicle repair garage, if existing prior to
October 10, 2023
P 30.34.150
Office Uses
Contractors office and/or storage, temporary T T
Medical and dental offices P P
Office P P
Office, consumer services C
Veterinary offices, including hospitalization
services
P
Transportation and Communications Uses
394 of 704
28 PERMIT REQUIREMENT

BY ZONE
LAND USE (1)(2)(7) TOD I TOD II
See Standards
in Section or
Chapter
Parking lot/structure facilities C P 30.32,

30.51.020
Utility and transmission facilities C C
Wireless telecommunications facilities W W 30.48
Key to Permit Requirements Symbol See Chapter
Permitted use P
Administrative use—Administrative use permit
required A 30.49
Conditional use—Conditional use permit required C 30.42 Temporary use T
Wireless telecommunications facilities permit
required W 30.48
Use not allowed
Notes:
(1) See Section 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed.
(2) See Chapter 30.70 for definitions of the land uses. (3) If gross floor area of the building is 10,000 sq. ft. or less and use is indoors; if greater than 10,000 sq. ft. and/or use is outdoors, a conditional use permit is required. (4) Requires a conditional use permit when combined in a mixed-use development which includes residential.
(5) When fronting San Fernando Road, Central Avenue, or Los Feliz Road, only allowed as mixed-use projects with commercial uses located along the street frontage as required in Section 30.34.100.
395 of 704
29 (6) For lots having frontage along San Fernando Road, Central Avenue, or Los Feliz Road, manufacturing and processing uses shall not be on the ground floor fronting these streets. (7) For an existing drive-through establishment, either in conjunction with a restaurant or non-restaurant use, see Section 30.60.030 regarding non-conforming uses. New drive-through facilities are not permitted. No drive-thru facilities permitted. (8) Supermarkets only require an AUP Administrative Use Permit for on-site consumption of alcoholic beverages. Administrative Use Permit for on-site consumption of alcoholic beverages. An Administrative Use Permit is CUP not required for wholesaling. (9) Not to be located nearer than 200 feet to the R1, R1R, ROS, R-3050, R-2250, R16-50 and R-1250 zones if use includes outdoor facilities.

SECTION 6. Section 30.40.020 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.40.020 Application filing.

A. Requests for variances, administrative exceptions, conditional use permits, administrative use permits, density bonus housing plan/agreement, inclusionary housing plan/agreement, parking exceptions, wireless telecommunications facilities permits, design review, development projects in the SR special recreation zone, parking reduction permits, and parking use permits shall be made on forms prescribed by the director of community development, except for design review for murals. Design review applications for murals shall be made on forms prescribed by the director of library, arts and culture. Requests for setback ordinances or amendments to the General Plan, zoning map or the text of the zoning ordinance shall be filed with the community development department. Applications for approval of a precise plan of design and a precise plan of design overlay zone designation shall indicate the proposed use of the buildings; identify all materials required for final design review as specified in subsection G of this section; include an explicit inventory of all ways in which the proposed project plans and proposed uses deviate from the standards and restrictions of the underlying zone; and shall provide all other architectural and engineering data as may be required to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this title. Applications and accompanying materials for variances, administrative exceptions, administrative use permits, parking exceptions, conditional use permits, wireless telecommunications facilities permits, design review, development projects in the SR special recreation zone, parking reduction permits, and parking use permits shall also be filed with the director of community development, except for design review for murals. Design review applications for murals shall be submitted to the 396 of 704
30 director of library, arts and culture. Requests shall contain all information necessary to evaluate the proposal including but not limited to maps, drawings to scale of land and existing and/or planned buildings, dimensions, descriptions and data. No request shall be accepted unless such sufficient information is provided.

B. Requests shall also contain:

1. For variances and administrative exceptions, a statement containing any facts, arguments or ground in support of the variance or exception which the applicant wishes to make.

2. For conditional use permits, administrative use permits and wireless telecommunications facilities permits, all information necessary to demonstrate that all the required findings of fact exist with respect to the proposed conditional use permit, administrative use permit or wireless telecommunications facilities permit. For conditional use permits for drive-through establishments, restaurant and drive-through establishments, non-restaurant, applications shall include a trip generation and queuing analysis study, in form and methodology approved by the Director of Public Works.

3. For density bonus housing plans/agreements, any information necessary to determine the type and amount of affordable or other types of housing units proposed, whether the applicant can satisfy the replacement obligation set forth in Section 30.36.100, and whether and in what amounts the applicant qualifies for any requested density bonus and/or any concessions or waivers.

4. For inclusionary housing plans/agreements, information required pursuant to the Implementation Policies related to inclusionary housing in effect at the time.

5. For parking reduction permits, parking exceptions and parking use permits, a statement containing any facts, arguments or grounds in support of the parking reduction permit, parking exception or parking use permit which the applicant wishes to make.

6. For General Plan amendments, all information necessary to demonstrate that the proposed General Plan amendment is in the public interest of the city.

7. For a change of zone or amendment to the zoning ordinance text, all information necessary to demonstrate that the proposed change of zone or amendment is in general conformance with the General Plan. Where a proposed zone change is not in 397 of 704
31 conformance with the General Plan, a concurrent application for a General Plan amendment shall also be made.

C. All applications shall be deemed filed after thirty (30) days unless the director of community development rejects such application, in writing, within thirty (30) days after submission, specifying why the application is incomplete.

D. For conditional use permits, administrative use permits, variances, change of zone, or amendment to the zoning ordinance text or to the General Plan, development plans in the SR special recreation zone, parking reduction permits, or parking use permits, or when a public hearing is required for a wireless telecommunications facilities permit, applicants shall also submit certified public notice mailing labels for all owners of real property as shown on the latest equalized assessment roll within a five hundred (500) foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the real property that is the subject of the hearing, or in the case of an administrative use permit, a written decision, except that if such property is owned by the same person or entity, the owners of contiguous real property to that owned by the applicant shall also be included, property ownership map keyed to the mailing labels. If additional mailed notice is required, it shall be the responsibility of the applicant to provide certified public notice mailing labels for all owners of real property as shown on the latest equalized assessment roll within an area determined by the director of community development to be directly affected by the request and to provide a property ownership map keyed to the mailing labels.

E. Special setback ordinance requests shall also contain certified public notice mailing labels for all owners of real property as shown on the latest equalized assessment roll within the boundaries of the area proposed for special setbacks and a property ownership map keyed to the mailing labels.

F. Applications for design review shall be made on forms prescribed by the director of community development and contain all information required therefor, except for design review for murals, which shall be made on forms prescribed by the director of library, arts and culture.

For all projects, except for murals, the director of community development shall determine whether the applications and materials are complete prior to review by the review authority.

The director of library, arts and culture shall determine whether the applications and materials for mural projects are complete prior to review by the arts and culture commission. Only applications that are deemed complete by the city will be considered for review. For the purposes of this section the term “review authority” shall mean the design review board, the city council, the director of community development, the historic preservation commission, or the arts and culture commission, as applicable.
398 of 704
32 1. Preliminary design review for projects outside of the DSP zone. Information to be supplied for preliminary review need not show finished details but shall include: project data and calculations; site plan studies; proposed site plan; general location of proposed improvements; location of adjoining development including, for projects in the R1, R1R and ROS zones, the location of windows; precise location, type, and size of existing trees on the site and within twenty (20) feet of the site on adjacent property; photographs of the site and surrounding properties; all building elevation views, which may be colored; reduced-size building elevation views, which may be colored; identification of the architectural style of proposed building or structure; a general description of the materials and colors to be used; certified public notice mailing information for all owners and occupants pursuant to Chapter 30.61; a property. ownership map keyed to the mailing labels; a general description or statement concerning proposed landscaping; a general description or statement of consistency with applicable city design guidelines; a general description of compliance with National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requirements; and other information as necessary to demonstrate the extent to which the proposed development is in keeping with the intent, purpose, and standards of design review.

2. Final design review for projects outside the DSP zone. In addition to requirements for preliminary design review, the final design review submittals shall include the following:
dimensioned site plan; building floor plans; rendered perspective; sight-line studies for hillside development, complete colored building elevation views; reduced-size colored building elevation views; samples of primary building materials to be used; certified public notice mailing labels for all owners and occupants within a five hundred (500) foot radius of the project in. compliance with Chapter 30.61; a property ownership map keyed to the mailing labels; a landscape plan indicating the type, size (both size at planting and anticipated size at maturity for new plantings), number, and location of proposed and existing plants; the materials and texture of all walls, windows, doors, roofing, hardscape and other features; and other information as necessary to demonstrate the extent to which the proposed development is in keeping with the intent, purpose, and standards of design review.

3. Stage I preliminary design review submittals in the DSP zone. In addition to the items specified in G.1., applications for Stage I preliminary or conceptual review for projects in the DSP zone shall also include: perspective drawings with at least one showing a street level viewpoint; project sections; conceptual lighting plan and nighttime rendering(s); conceptual landscape plan; and conceptual public art, if applicable. 399 of 704
33 4. Stage II final design review submittals in the DSP zone. In addition to the above items specified for Stage I, applications for Stage II final design review shall also provide:
interior elevations of major public interior spaces, if applicable; additional perspective drawings, including both daytime and nighttime renderings, as well as perspective drawings of all publicly accessible open spaces; and public art, if applicable.

5. Design review for new dwelling units in ROS or R1R zones. Applications for design review involving new dwelling unit construction in the ROS or R1R zones are required to provide a temporary frame. The director of community development shall have the discretion to require applications for design review involving all other projects in the ROS and R 1R zones and construction of enclosed space above the first floor level of existing dwelling units in the R1 zone to also provide a temporary frame. Projects for which a temporary frame is required by this section shall be deemed incomplete until a temporary frame is constructed.
a. Temporary frame specifications. The temporary frame shall, at a minimum, consist of wood posts or other sturdy and rigid material located at all corners of the structure(s) and at either end of all proposed ridgelines, with a taut rope of minimum one-twenty-third (1/23) inch diameter marked with triangular flagging connecting the posts. All temporary framing shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the director of community development. Temporary frames must remain in place until the end of the appeal period for a design review, or variance decision, or, when an appeal has been filed, until the appeal body has made a design review, conditional use permit, or variance decision, plus any appeal period for that decision. Temporary frames must be removed within twenty-two (22) days of an approval, approval with conditions, or denial decision of a design review case unless an appeal is filed, or within sixty (60) days of a return for redesign decision, unless a new application based on a return for redesign decision is filed within sixty (60) days. Temporary frames must be removed within twenty-two (22) days of a decision on a conditional use permit or variance case, unless an appeal is filed, or within sixty (60) days of a final decision on a variance case, unless a design review application or variance case is filed within sixty (60) days. The director of community development may, upon showing of good cause, approve an alternative method other than the construction of a temporary frame which aids envisioning the project proposal.

G. Requests for wireless telecommunications facilities permits shall be made on forms prescribed by the director of community development and submitted to the community development department. The director of community development shall amend application requirements from time to time as necessary to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or 400 of 704
34 to otherwise ensure the provision of information necessary and useful to the evaluation of wireless telecommunications facility permit applications. In addition to the application submittal requirements for permits set forth in subsection A of this section, the information listed below is supplemental and required at the time a wireless telecommunications facility permit application is submitted to the community development department.

1. All proposed locations.
a. An accurate map, compatible with the city’s latest version of GIS mapping software, indicating the proposed site and detailing existing wireless telecommunications facility locations owned and operated by the applicant within the city on the date of application submittal.
b. An engineering certification demonstrating planned compliance with all existing federal radio frequency emissions standards, and providing technical data sufficient to justify the proposed height of the proposed wireless communication facility. c. An alternative configuration analysis, assessing the feasibility of alternative wireless telecommunications facility construction configurations—both at the proposed site and in the surrounding vicinity—which would result in a more visually compatible antenna(s), as deemed necessary by the director of community development. This analysis shall include an explanation of why other wireless telecommunications facility construction configurations were not selected. d. A projection of the applicant’s anticipated future wireless telecommunications facility siting needs within the city, which information may be used by the city as part of a master planning effort designed to ensure a more planned, integrated and organized approach to wireless telecommunications facility siting. e. An identification of the geographic service area for the subject installation, including a map showing all of the applicant’s existing sites in the local service network associated with the coverage gap the wireless telecommunications facility is meant to close, and describing how the coverage gap will be filled by the proposed installation.
f. An accurate visual impact analysis showing the maximum silhouette, view shed analysis, color and finish palette and proposed screening for the wireless telecommunications facility. The analysis shall include photo simulations and other information as necessary to determine the visual impact of the wireless 401 of 704
35 telecommunications facility. A map depicting where the photos were taken shall be included. The analysis shall include a written description of efforts to blend the wireless telecommunications facility with the surrounding area. g. The height and diameter of the facility, together with evidence that demonstrates that the proposed wireless telecommunications facility has been designed to the minimum height and diameter required from a technological standpoint for the proposed site. If the facility will exceed the maximum permitted height limit, a discussion of the physical constraints (topographical features, etc.) making the additional height necessary shall be provided.
h. A description of the maintenance and monitoring program for the wireless telecommunications facility and associated landscaping. i. A written statement of the applicant’s willingness to allow other carriers to colocate on the proposed wireless telecommunications facility wherever technically and economically feasible and aesthetically desirable.
j. A written description of any good faith efforts to co-locate the proposed wireless telecommunications facility on another site or building, including a GIS compatible map of the sites and engineering information or letters from the owners of the site describing why co-location would not be feasible.
k. A written description of all accessory wireless equipment for the wireless telecommunications facility. Describe the function of this ancillary equipment and the need to locate same on or near the wireless telecommunications facility. l. A written description of any requested exceptions to the standards set forth in Chapter 30.48 and the reasons therefor.
m. For applications requiring planning commission review: certified public notice mailing labels for all owners of real property as shown on the latest equalized assessment roll within a five hundred (500) foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the real property that is the subject of the hearing except that if such property is owned by the same person or entity, the owners of contiguous real property to that owned by the applicant shall also be included, property ownership map keyed to the mailing labels. If additional mailed notice is required, it shall be the responsibility of the applicant to provide certified public notice mailing labels for all owners of real property as shown on the latest equalized assessment roll within an area determined 402 of 704
36 by the director of community development to be directly affected by the request and to provide a property ownership map keyed to the mailing labels. n. An alternative site analysis, assessing the feasibility of alternative sites, including the potential for co-location, in the vicinity of the proposed site, as deemed necessary by the director of community development. Said alternative site analysis shall specifically include an evaluation of the availability and feasibility of potential alternative sites located outside a ROS, R1R, R1, R-3050, R-2250, R-1650 and R1250 zone. Said alternative site analysis shall include a map that shows other potential stand-alone locations for the proposed wireless telecommunications facility that have been explored, and shall describe why the proposed location is superior to other potential locations. Factors that must be considered in the alternative site analysis include, but are not limited to, cost, visual benefits and detriments of alternative sites and proximity to single-family dwellings. o. Noise/acoustical information derived from the manufacturer’s specifications for all equipment such as air conditioning units and back-up generators, and a depiction of the equipment location in relation to adjoining properties. p. A conceptual landscape plan as determined necessary by the director of community development. Said plan shall show all existing trees and all proposed landscaping, concealment, screening and proposed irrigation with a discussion of how the chosen material at maturity will screen the site as determined by the director of community development.
q. The director of community development may require additional information related to topography, including slopes, contours and proposed grading. r. All other information as determined necessary by the director of community development may be required by the city’s wireless telecommunications facility permit supplemental application form.

2. Expert review. In the event that the director of community development in his or her discretion determines the need to hire an independent, qualified consultant to evaluate technical and other aspects of the application, the applicant shall provide the city with written authorization for the city to do so. Such authorization shall include a written agreement by the applicant to advance the city for all reasonable costs associated with such consultation. The city may require the applicant to submit a cash deposit for the estimated cost of such consultation, and to replenish said deposit if consumed by 403 of 704
37 reasonable costs associated with such consultation. Such consultation is intended to be a site-specific review of technical aspects of the proposed wireless telecommunications facility and shall address all of the following:
a. Compliance with applicable radio frequency emission standards; b. The appropriateness of granting any requested exceptions; c. The accuracy and completeness of submissions;
d. The applicability of analysis techniques and methodologies; e. The validity of conclusions reached; and
f. Any specific technical issues designated by the city.

3. If a permittee proposes any modifications to any wireless telecommunications facility permit after said permit is granted, the permittee shall submit an application to the community development department for consideration by the approval body specified in Section 30.48.020; provided, however; that the city and the approval body need not accept and/or process said application unless and until the permittee: (a) demonstrates the existing wireless telecommunications facility’s compliance with all applicable local requirements; and (b) certifies that the existing wireless telecommunications facility complies with all applicable state and federal requirements. In the case of co-locations, minor structural modifications may be permitted if necessary to accommodate said colocated facility.

SECTION 7. Section 30.42.030 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.42.030 Findings of Fact.

A conditional use permit shall be granted only if the review authority first finds that each of the following exists:

A. That the proposed use will be consistent with the various elements and objectives of the general plan.

B. That the use and its associated structures and facilities will not be detrimental to the public health or safety, the general welfare, or the environment. 404 of 704
38 C. That the use and facilities will not adversely affect or conflict with adjacent uses or impede the normal development of surrounding property.

D. That adequate public and private facilities such as utilities, landscaping, parking spaces and traffic circulation measures are or will be provided for the proposed use.

E. For applications involving the sale, serving or consumption of alcoholic beverages, the following criteria shall be considered in making the findings in subsections A through D:

1. That where an existing or proposed on-site use is located in a census tract with more than the recommended maximum concentration of on-site uses or that where an existing or proposed off-site use is located in a census tract with more than the recommended maximum concentration of offsite uses, both as recommended by the California Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control, such use does not or will not tend to intensify or otherwise contribute to the adverse impacts on the surrounding area caused by such over concentration;

2. That where the existing or proposed use is located in a crime reporting district with a crime rate which exceeds 20% of the city average for Part I crimes, as reported by the Glendale police department, such use does not or will not tend to encourage or intensify crime within the district;

3. That the existing or proposed use does not or will not adversely impact any church, public or private school or college, day care facility, public park, library, hospital or residential use within the surrounding area;

4. That adequate parking and loading facilities are or will be provided for the existing or proposed use, or other reasonable alternatives satisfy the transportation and parking needs of the existing or proposed use; and

5. That, notwithstanding consideration of the criteria in subsections (E)(1) through (4), the existing or proposed use does or will serve a public necessity or public convenience purpose for the area.

F. Applications for new multi-family residential uses proposed to be located within the IMU-R zone shall consider the following criteria in making the findings in addition to subsections A through D:

1. That the proposed multi-family housing development is allowed within the respective zoning district with the approval of a conditional use permit and complies with all other applicable provisions and performance standards identified in this zoning ordinance and the municipal code.
405 of 704
39 2. That the proposed multi-family housing development would not result in the displacement of existing, or limit future, employment on the subject site or on surrounding sites.

3. That the subject site is physically suitable for the type and density/intensity of the proposed multifamily housing development.

4. That the proposed multi-family housing development will be compatible with the surrounding existing and future land uses allowed in the IMU-R zoning district.

G. Applications for live/work units to be located in the IND, IMU, IMU-R, and SFMU zones shall consider the following criteria in making the findings in addition to subsections A through D:

1. The establishment of live/work units will not conflict with nor inhibit commercial or industrial uses in the area where the project is proposed;

2. The structure containing live/work units and each live/work unit within the structure has been designed to ensure that they will function predominantly as work spaces with incidental residential accommodations meeting basic habitability requirements in compliance with applicable regulations; and

3. Any changes proposed to the exterior appearance of an existing structure will be compatible with adjacent commercial or industrial uses where all adjacent land is zoned for commercial or industrial uses.

H. Applications for nightclubs shall consider the following criteria in making findings in addition to subsections A through D and FE:

1. The proposed nightclub is designed to ensure the reduction of noise impacts by using techniques such as double doors; and

2. An area for outdoor smoking be designed and located in an area to not impact surrounding uses.

I. Decisions related to development in the ROS and R1R zones shall consider the hillside development review policy contained in Section 30.11.040(A).

J. Applications for a drive-through establishment in conjunction with the operation of a restaurant shall consider the follow criteria in making findings in addition to subsections A through D:

1. That the proposed drive-through establishment has adequate vehicle queuing distance, including due consideration for menu board location(s), clear of any adjacent public right-of-way, and shall not create any vehicular or pedestrian travel hazards as 406 of 704
40 demonstrated in a traffic study prepared to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works.

2. That the proposed location of the drive-through establishment will not result in adverse impacts on the surrounding neighborhood after considering a litter clean-up plan and the hours of operation, site plan, and includes buffering sufficient to control any spillover impacts, including but not limited to noise, light, and debris.

3. That the location and design of the facility is compatible with the existing surrounding uses, includes a prominent main entrance at street or lot frontage, attractive landscaping, and includes sufficient pedestrian amenities in the street lot frontage, and interior floor area.

SECTION 8. Section 30.60.030 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.60.030 Nonconforming uses.

The following provisions shall be applicable to all nonconforming uses:

A. A nonconforming use may be continued as-is provided there is no expansion of use or enlargement of floor area except as provided below:

B. Nonconforming licensed day care centers located in the ROS, R1R, or R1 zone or in the SR zone may be continued, altered or enlarged on the same site in any manner consistent with current state licensing regulations and municipal code site design criteria as if no nonconformity existed.

C. A nonconforming use shall be allowed to change within its own major land use type. For example, a nonconforming manufacturing/warehouse use may be interchanged with another manufacturing/warehouse use; a retail, office or service use may be interchanged with another retail, office or service use; or, a full service restaurant may be interchanged with a fast food restaurant; except that a nonconforming commercial or industrial use in a residential zone or a nonconforming industrial use in the C1 or C2 zone shall not be allowed to change to any other type of nonconforming use.

D. A nonconforming use, or portion thereof, shall be terminated if such use is discontinued for one year or if the building or structure where the use is located loses its nonconforming status due to damage or voluntary reconstruction as provided for in Section 30.60.040.

E. The addition of alcoholic beverage sales to existing automobile service stations shall not be permitted.
407 of 704
41 F. All nonconforming outdoor storage areas shall be required to conform to the applicable provisions for screening and/or enclosure on or before October 29, 1986.

G. Any arcade establishment not located in the CBD zone and any billiard establishment for which a conditional use permit has not already been granted shall obtain a conditional use permit on or before October 6, 1996. Any arcade establishment which was lawfully in operation in the CBD zone prior to October 6, 1994 and any arcade establishment or billiard establishment for which no conditional use permit has been granted shall be discontinued on or before October 6, 1999.

H. All nonconforming arcade establishments and billiard establishments existing on October 6, 1994 shall be discontinued on or before October 6, 1999, unless said period has been extended as follows:

1. If an arcade establishment or billiard establishment is subject to a written lease, entered into prior to May 1, 1994 with a termination date extending beyond January 1, 1999, the arcade establishment or billiard establishment may continue until the expiration of the present term of the lease, but in any event no later than January 1, 2002, provided the arcade establishment or billiard establishment is otherwise in compliance with all provisions of law, including, but not limited to, Chapter 30.42, Chapter 5.04 and Sections 5.24.0105.16.010 through 5.24.1505.16.080 and Sections

5.20.010 through 5.20.070 of the Glendale Municipal Code.

2. If, on May 1, 1994, the arcade establishment or billiard establishment was owned by the property owner, the arcade or billiard establishment may continue until January 1, 2002; provided, the arcade establishment or billiard establishment is otherwise in compliance with all provisions of law; including, but not limited to, Chapter 30.42, Chapter 5.04 and Sections 5.24.0105.16.010 through 5.24.1505.16.080 and Sections

5.20.010 through 5.20.070 of the Glendale Municipal Code.

I. A conditional use permit for an arcade establishment existing in the CBD zone on May 1, 1996 may be extended by filing an application for a new conditional use permit, but in no case may such new conditional use permit be granted to extend beyond May 1, 1999 or January 1, 2002, provided the arcade establishment or billiard establishment is otherwise in compliance with all provisions of law and said application meets the standards to justify a favorable decision on the conditional use permit as set forth in Title 30 of this code.

J. If on April 25, 2002, a liquor store, market, banquet hall or tavern is in operation in conformance with zoning regulations, including parking, such establishment may continue as a nonconforming use provided that there is no increase in the floor area of the establishment or increase in the bar service area within the existing establishment. Any existing liquor store, market, banquet hall or tavern with a valid conditional use permit on April 25, 2002, may apply 408 of 704
42 for and may be granted a new conditional use permit. Notwithstanding Section 30.60.030, should an existing use with a valid conditional use permit on April 25, 2002, fail to obtain a new conditional use permit prior to its expiration, or if an alcoholic beverage control (ABC) license is revoked or suspended, the use shall lose its nonconforming status. In the case of revocation or suspension of an ABC license an administrative hearing conducted in a manner consistent with Section 30.64.020 shall be held to determine if the subject use failed to operate under the criteria set forth under the Business and Professions Code 23790.

K. A nonconforming use may only be expanded in the IND, IMU, IMU-R and SFMU zones in compliance with the following provisions:

1. The total expansion shall not exceed 20% of the existing gross lot area;

2. The expansion is limited to one time for the full life of the use;

3. Off-street parking for the entire area of the expansion shall be provided in full compliance with Chapter 30.32 (Parking and Loading) without diminishing the existing off-street parking provided for the existing use; and

4. The parking lot or parking structure area required to provide the required parking shall not be included within the 20% limitation of the expansion area identified in paragraph 1, above.

For illustrative purposes only, the following example would comply with the expansion provisions of this subsection:

Existing lot: Ten thousand10,000 square feet
Maximum permitted use expansion: Two thousand2,000 square feet Minimum number of additional off-street parking spaces required within the IND zoning district (to be provided at a ratio of one parking space for each 500 square feet of gross floor area):

Four4 spaces
L. All nonconforming businesses that provide shopping carts for use by their patrons shall comply with all provisions related to containment and control of shopping carts within the boundaries of store premises, as set forth in Title 30 of this code on or before (12 months after the effective date of the ordinance codified herein).

M. A massage establishment lawfully in existence on or before March 3, 2016 (a legal nonconforming massage establishment) for which a conditional use permit has not already been granted must comply with the following requirements:

1. On or before March 3, 2016, a legal nonconforming massage establishment must fully comply with all applicable requirements in Chapter 5.64 of this code for which a building permit is not required.
409 of 704
43 2. On or before March 1, 2017, a legal nonconforming massage establishment must submit an application under Chapter 30.42 of this code for a conditional use permit.

3. On or before March 1, 2018, a legal nonconforming massage establishment must fully comply with all applicable requirements in Title 30 of this code.

4. If a legal nonconforming massage establishment has been granted a conditional use permit, any improvement or alteration to the building or structure of that massage establishment for which a building permit is required, and which is required by either the conditional use permit, Title 30 of this code, Chapter 5.64 of this code, or the Glendale Building and Safety Code, must be completed with a final inspection on or before the 180th consecutive calendar day after the date on which the conditional use permit was granted. Any one or more extensions to complete the work contemplated under the building permit that are granted by the Building Official shall extend this deadline accordingly, for as long as the permit remains current and valid.

5. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 through 4 above, a legal nonconforming massage establishment must cease all business operations if any one or more of the following events or circumstances occur:
a. The massage establishment use is discontinued for a period of 90 consecutive calendar days;
b. The massage establishment fails to submit an application for a conditional use permit on or before March 1, 2017;
c. The massage establishment fails to obtain a conditional use permit on or before March 1, 2018;
d. The massage establishment’s application for a conditional use permit is denied, including through exhaustion of city administrative appeals as provided in Title 30 of this code and Chapter 2.88 of this code, and judicial remedies under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1094.6;
e. The massage establishment fails to comply with the requirements in Title 30 of this code; or
f. The massage establishment fails to comply with the requirements in Chapter

5.64 of this code.

6. A legal nonconforming massage establishment must cease all business operations on or before March 1, 2018. All signs, advertising and displays relating to that business must be removed completely on or before March 31, 2018. 410 of 704
44 N. On or before March 3, 2016, a legal nonconforming massage establishment must fully comply with all applicable requirements in Chapter 5.64 of this code for which a building permit is not required.

O. On or before May 31, 2020, all existing home-sharing uses shall obtain a home-sharing license as required in Chapter 5.110.

P. On or before May 31, 2020, all vacation rental uses shall terminate.

Q. A drive-through establishment, either in conjunction with a restaurant or non-restaurant use lawfully in existence on or before August 20, 2024 (a legal nonconforming drive-through establishment) must comply with the following requirement: On or before September 27, 2029, all existing drive-throughs, either in conjunction with a restaurant or non-restaurant use must submit an application under Chapter 30.42 of this code for a conditional use permit.

SECTION 9. Section 30.70.050 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.70.050 Definitions, “D”.

The following definitions are in alphabetical order:

Day care center “Day care center” means a facility operated by a person, corporation, or association in which less than 24-hour per day non-medical care and supervision is provided outside the home for minor children or elderly persons, provided such facility is licensed by the State of California as a day care center, and provided further that a copy or evidence of the license issued by the State of California is on file with the city clerk prior to occupancy as such a facility. This definition does not include facilities for the care of up to 14 persons in small and large family day care as defined by the California Health and Safety Code.

Director “Director” means the director of community development or his/her designee.

Detached “Detached” means any building or structure separated by at least five feet in horizontal distance (measured from eave to eave).

Disability “Disability” means a disability or handicap as defined by the Federal Fair Housing Act (FFHA). Federal laws define any person with a disability as “Any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities; has a record of such impairment; or is regarded as having such impairment.

Dish antenna “Dish antenna” means any device incorporating a reflective surface that is solid, open mesh, or bar configured and is in the shape of a shallow dish, cone, horn, cornucopia or flat plate, and has a diameter in excess of three feet; which device is used to receive or transmit radio or electromagnetic waves between terrestrially and/or orbitally based units. This definition shall include, but not be limited to, what is commonly referred to as satellite earth 411 of 704
45 stations, satellite receivers, satellite discs, direct broadcast systems (DBS’s), television reception only systems (TVROs) and satellite microwave antennas.

Down slope wall “Down slope wall” means the walled side(s) of any building or structure facing down hill.

Domestic violence shelter “Domestic violence shelter” means a residential facility which provides temporary accommodations to persons or families who have been the victims of domestic violence. Such a facility may also provide meals, counseling, and other services, as well as common areas for the residents of the facility.

Drive-through establishment, non-restaurant. “Drive-through establishment, nonrestaurant” means an establishment that serves to occupants in vehicles in conjunction with the operation of a bank or financial institution, pharmacy, personal service use, retail store, or a supermarket.

Drive-through establishment, restaurant. “Drive-through establishment, restaurant” means an establishment that operates in conjunction with a restaurant, counter service with limited seating; restaurant, fast food; or restaurant, full service or similar establishment which is engaged in the business of preparing and purveying food where provisions are made for serving of food to patrons in vehicles for consumption at a separate location either on or off the premises.

Dwelling “Dwelling” means a building or any portion thereof designed exclusively for residential purposes, including single and multiple residential dwellings but not including hotels, motels and other places without individual kitchen facilities.

Dwelling unit “Dwelling unit” means a single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one person or household, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.

Dwelling, multiple residential “Dwelling, multiple residential” means a building or portion thereof designed for occupancy by two or more persons or households living independently of each other in separate units. Includes apartments, townhouses or similar buildings. On-site support services personnel and equipment to maintain independent living is limited to residents of the dwelling.

Dwelling, one residential “Dwelling, one residential” means a detached building designed exclusively for occupancy by one household. On-site support services personnel and equipment to maintain independent living is limited to residents of the dwelling.

SECTION 10. Section 30.70.190 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:
412 of 704
46 30.70.190 Definitions, “R”.

The following definitions are in alphabetical order:

Radio frequency. “Radio frequency” means with regard to wireless telecommunications antennas pursuant to Chapter 30.48 of this code, radio frequency radiation in the portion of the spectrum from 300 kHz (kilohertz) to 300 GHz (gigahertz).

Recreational camps. “Recreational camps” means facilities offering short-term recreational or educational opportunities, which may include overnight camping, including enclosed group quarters or area for tents, trailers or recreational vehicles. Recreational camps do not include schools of any kind.

Recycling. “Recycling” means a center for the collection and/or processing of recyclable materials. A certified recycling facility or certified processor is certified by the California Department of Conservation as meeting the requirements of state law (California Beverage Container Recycling and Litter Reduction Act of 1986). A recycling facility does not include storage containers located on a residential, commercial or industrial designated parcel used solely for the recycling of material generated on the parcel.

Repair. “Repair” means the reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its maintenance.

Repair and maintenance, consumer products. “Repair and maintenance, consumer products” means service establishments where repair of consumer products is the principal business activity, including, but not limited to: electrical repair shops; television and radio and other appliance repair; tool sharpening and repair; watch; clock and jewelry repair; reupholstery, refinishing and furniture repair (no manufacturing). This use does not include shoe repair (see personal services).

Research and development. “Research and development” means facilities including, but not limited to: scientific research, and the design, development and testing of computer software, and electrical, electronic, magnetic, optical and mechanical components of product manufacturing. Research and development also includes chemical and biotechnology research and development and does not include medical laboratories, which are included under “Medical and dental laboratories.”
Residential congregate care living, limited. “Residential congregate living, limited” means a dwelling including a common eating area, with or without on-site assistance with activities of 413 of 704
47 daily living, limited to six or fewer individuals or one household. Residential congregate living, limited includes assisted living centers; boarding or lodging houses; residential congregate care facilities, limited; retirement and rest homes; supportive housing; and transitional housing.

Residential congregate living, medical. “Residential congregate living, medical” means a residential use with or without private kitchens and including a common eating area, with or without on-site assistance with activities of daily living and on-site assistance with counseling or medical care, and with seven or more beds. Residential congregate living, medical includes convalescent homes, extended care, and skilled nursing facilities. This use does not include hotels or motels which are defined separately.

Residential congregate living, non-medical. “Residential congregate living, non-medical” means a residential use with or without private kitchens and including a common eating area, with or without on-site assistance with activities of daily living, and with seven or more individuals. Residential congregate living, non-medical includes assisted living centers; dormitories; fraternities or sororities; residential congregate care facilities, retirement and rest homes; supportive housing and transitional housing. This use does not include hotels and motels which are defined separately.

Restaurant, counter service with limited seating. “Restaurant, counter service with limited seating” means an establishment which serves prepared food, of which there is no on-site consumption, or on-site consumption of food is limited to an area containing a maximum of eight seats.

Restaurant, fast food. “Restaurant, fast food” means an establishment which is engaged primarily in the business of preparing food and purveying it on a self serve or semi-self serve basis, and with more than eight seats. Customer orders and/or service may be by means of a walk-up counter or window designed to accommodate automobile traffic. Consumption may be either on or off the premises. This definition does not include a drive-through establishment, which is defined separately.

Restaurant, full service. “Restaurant, full service” means an establishment that is engaged primarily in the business of preparing and serving meals for consumption on the premises.

Such restaurants employ help to fully accommodate customer orders at the table and primarily serve the general public. Such restaurants shall have less than 30% of the serving area available for private party rental where access by the general public is restricted. A restaurant, full service is not a banquet hall.
414 of 704
48 Retail stores, general merchandise. “Retail stores, general merchandise” means stores selling new or used merchandise including but not limited to:

Antique stores;
Art stores or galleries;
Bicycle, sales and service;
Book stores;
Camera stores;
Carpet and floor covering stores;
China and glassware stores;
Clothing and apparel stores;
Department stores;
Drapery stores;
Drugstores;
Food stores and markets (under 20,000 square feet);
Florist and plant shops;
Furniture stores;
Gift shops;
Hobby shops;
Lighting stores;
Mail order houses, retail and catalogue;
Music stores;
Pet shops;
Portrait studios;
Radio, television and similar electronic component stores; Shoe stores;
Sporting goods store;
Stamp and coin shops;
Stationary stores;
Telephone and communication services;
Tobacco shops; and
Toy stores
Retirement or rest home. “Retirement or rest home” means a residence where ambulatory persons, or ill persons are provided limited dietary, and other limited personal services, but excluding cases of contagious or communicable diseases and excluding surgery or primary 415 of 704
49 treatments as are customary in sanitariums and hospitals. No services are provided to nonresidents.

Reverse vending machine. “Reverse vending machine” means an automated mechanical device, which accepts at least one or more types of empty beverage containers, including but not limited to, aluminum cans, glass and plastic bottles; and issues a cash refund or a redeemable credit slip, with a value not less than the container’s redemption value, as determined by the state. A “reverse vending machine” may sort and process containers mechanically, provided that the entire process is enclosed within the machine.

Riding academies or stables. “Riding academies or stables” means a facility that offers instruction in horseback riding and related equine education, and also includes related stables.

This use is not to be located nearer than 1/2 mile to the R1, R1R, ROS, R-3050, R-2250, R1650 and R-1250 zones, on which there is no H (Horse) overlay zone.

Roof. “Roof” means a part of a building completely covering any portion of such building and permanently attached but excluding chimneys, antennas, vents and mechanical equipment.

Roof mounted antenna. “Roof mounted antenna” means an antenna with its support structure placed directly on the roof of any building or structure.

Room. “Room” means an unsubdivided portion of the interior of a dwelling, excluding bathrooms, closets, hallways and service porches.

SECTION 11. Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) the City Council hereby finds that the proposed amendments to the Zoning Code are exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to State CEQA Guidelines, Section 15061(b)(3) and 15305 because the project involves minor changes to land use regulations which do not result in any changes in land use or density, and because there is no possibility that the project may have a significant effect on the environment. The project adds a new requirement for review and approval of drive-through facilities through a conditional use permit (CUP) application. The review will include a study of queuing lines and trip generation, with the aim of ensuring faster service when using drive-through facilities. Requiring existing drivethrough facilities to apply for a CUP would not result in new impacts since vehicle trips are already occurring. Any new drive-through facility would be reviewed under CEQA once a new application is submitted to the Community Development Department for review.

SECTION 12. Severability. This Ordinance’s provisions are severable. If any portion of this Ordinance or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid or unconstitutional, that 416 of 704
50 decision does not affect the validity of the Ordinance’s remaining portions and the Ordinance’s application to other persons and circumstances. The City Council declares that it would have passed the remainder of this Ordinance without the invalid or unconstitutional provision.

Adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale on the ____ day of ________, 2024. ___________________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:
_____________________________
City Clerk

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS.

CITY OF GLENDALE )
I, Suzie Abajian, Ph.D., City Clerk of the City of Glendale, certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. _________ was adopted by a 4/5ths vote of the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the _____ day of _________________, 2024, and that the same was adopted by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
___________________________________
City Clerk
417 of 704
Drive-Through Operations – Staff Summary of Analysis from Jano Baghdanian & Associates
In recent years, there has been an increase in the development of fast-food restaurants with drive-through facilities and the conversion of smaller fast-food restaurants to include drive-through operations based on research conducted by QSR Magazine.

This increase in fast-food pickup demand, combined with the expansion or conversion of existing restaurants, or the development of new restaurants has resulted in the following negative impacts:
 The shift to drive-through use, especially during high-demand periods (morning, lunch, and dinner), has increased traffic in alleys, on residential streets, and on minor and major thoroughfares.
 Negative effects on surrounding residential neighborhoods, including blocking roadways and driveways, disturbances caused by speeding vehicles, and accumulation of trash by unruly restaurant patrons.
 Limited storage capacity of the drive-through lanes and inadequate on-site parking for smaller fast-food restaurants and coffee shops results in backup of vehicles onto adjacent streets, blockage of traffic lanes and sidewalks, and obstruction to traffic circulation.

To address the above negative impacts associated with drive-through operations for restaurant and non-restaurant uses, staff engaged a traffic engineering consultant, Jano Baghdanian & Associates (“Consultant”), to develop design guidelines and procedures for evaluating businesses with drive-through operations. Through field observations, the Consultant evaluated 15 restaurant establishments with drivethrough operations (fast-food restaurants and coffee shops) and 6 non-restaurant establishments with drive-through operations (banks, pharmacies) in the City of Glendale and adjacent cities. Overall, the results of the trip generation analysis of drive-throughs for restaurant and non-restaurant uses indicated that:
 The actual trip rate of a certain subset of restaurants with drive-through operations (those with very high popularity/demand) is 1.3 to 4.6 times higher than the ITE average trip rates during the morning, midday and afternoon commuter peak hours. Therefore, using the ITE rates for these types of restaurants could underestimate their trip generation and potential impacts.  The calculated trip rates for coffee shops with seating are comparable to the ITE average rates. However, coffee shops that are approximately 1,000 square feet or less, AND do not offer indoor or outdoor seating, have calculated trip rates that are 2.1 to 4.2 times higher than the ITE average rates. Therefore, using the ITE rates for these types of coffee shops could underestimate their trip generation and potential impacts.
 For non-restaurant establishments with a drive-through (banks and pharmacies), the analysis indicated that few customers use the drive-through operations, and the ITE trip generation rates should be used to estimate the inbound and outbound project trips.

Exhibit 1
418 of 704
Based on trip generation data collected as well as queuing analysis of the sites studied, design guidelines will be developed to regulate drive-throughs for restaurant and nonrestaurant uses, including establishing queueing capacities specific to the operational impacts of the business.
419 of 704
MOTION
Moved by Planning Commissioner Shahbazian, seconded by Planning Commissioner Fuentes, that upon review and consideration of the proposed ordinance to amend Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, relating generally to standards and processes for drive-through establishments and miscellaneous other Title 30 clean-up amendments (“Ordinance”), and after reviewing and considering Planning staff’s determination that the Ordinance is exempt from further environmental review pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) exemption outlined in the Planning Commission staff report dated July 17, 2024, as well as the records, files, reports, testimony and all other oral and documentary evidence submitted with regard to said Case No. PZC-0010-2024 regarding the Ordinance , the Planning Commission hereby approves the CEQA exemption and recommends that the City Council adopt the Ordinance as presented, but with one recommended modification to change the deadline by which existing non-conforming drive-through uses must obtain a conditional use permit from three years from the effective date of the Ordinance to five years from the effective date of the Ordinance.

Adopted this 17th day of July 2024.

Vote as follows: Ayes: Fuentes, Shahbazian, Chraghchian Noes: None

Absent: Lee, Minassian
Abstain: None
Exhibit 2
420 of 704
Adopted • • ,,
09/27/22
Asatryan/Brotman
Abstain: Najarian (recused)
ORDINANCE NO. 5994

AN INTERIM URGENCY ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA, PROHIBITING ISSUANCE OF ENTITLEMENTS AND/OR PERMITS FOR DEVELOPMENTS WITH NEW OR CONVERTED DRIVETHROUGH WAITING LANES IN THE CITY AND DECLARING THE URGENCY

THEREOF

NOW THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY FIND, DETERMINE AND DECLARE AS FOLLOWS:

WHEREAS, concerns have been raised over the number of developments with uses and/or standards that include new and converted drive-through waiting lanes in all parts of the City; and
WHEREAS, residents, Councilmembers, and other stakeholders and individuals have expressed concerns that current zoning regulations may not fully address the impacts that drive-through waiting lanes may have in the community, and the effects of drive-through waiting lanes on the City's major streets; and WHEREAS, when drive-through waiting lines extend significantly on private property, the lines can create parking and circulation conflicts within the shopping centers where they are located and those lines can extend across sidewalks and into drive-way aprons, and even onto City streets, which can result in significant traffic hazards, including, but not limited to, unexpected stopping of vehicles, blind spots, unsafe lane changes to avoid lines on City streets, and hazards to pedestrians attempting to cross driveway aprons and streets impacted by lines of cars; and WHEREAS, the goal of any new drive-through waiting lane zoning standards, allowable uses and regulations is to develop comprehensive regulations which recognize and balance the various interests related to drive-through waiting lanes in a manner tailored to the City's unique needs and community vision, and which are supportive of more walkable and pedestrian friendly environments, and which reflect the land use and zoning policy choices of the City; and
WHEREAS, the Glendale Municipal Code contains the standards for the approval of drive-through waiting lanes and establishes the desired physical development requirements; and
WHEREAS, the development standards established for drive-through waiting lines are meant to allow development with drive-through waiting lanes in a logical and safe manner by accommodating patrons of drive-through waiting lanes on-site, thereby minimizing conflicts with multi-modal forms of transportation (walking, cycling, vehicular) in the use of City streets, alleys, bike lanes and sidewalks; and 1 7a
Exhibit 3
421 of 704
422 of 704
423 of 704
424 of 704
425 of 704
426 of 704
427 of 704
428 of 704
429 of 704
430 of 704
431 of 704
432 of 704
433 of 704
434 of 704
435 of 704
436 of 704
437 of 704
438 of 704
439 of 704
440 of 704
441 of 704
442 of 704
443 of 704
444 of 704
445 of 704
446 of 704
447 of 704
448 of 704
449 of 704
450 of 704
10a

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: City of Glendale Draft Climate Action and Adaptation Plan Update

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Report Only
Approved for July 30, 2024 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This report presents the DRAFT Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP) to the City Council. This plan is a comprehensive framework designed to address the challenges of climate change and prepare our City for its impacts. The CAAP aims to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, enhance community resilience, and ensure sustainable development.

The draft measures and actions are presented in exhibit 1, attached to this staff report. 451 of 704
a 2 10

RECOMMENDATION
This is a report for information only.

ANALYSIS
Climate change is an urgent global issue with significant local impacts, including increased frequency of extreme weather events, rising sea levels, and shifting precipitation patterns. These changes threaten public health, infrastructure, regional ecosystems, and the economy. In response, cities worldwide are implementing climate action plans to mitigate and adapt to these challenges.

In Glendale, we have already observed higher temperatures, increased precipitation events, and bad air quality days. These trends will continue and intensify, necessitating proactive measures to protect our community.

The City of Glendale has a significant history of implementing environmental programs, a testament to our unwavering commitment to sustainability. Over many years, Glendale has pursued sustainability efforts to address current and future environmental challenges as part of the global sustainability initiative. Our City has demonstrated its commitment to promoting sustainable living through policies, programs, incentives, and outreach and education for residents. Glendale was among the first cities in Southern California to successfully implement the use of recycled water, a landfill-to-gas energy system, curbside recycling, and a plastic bag ban, showcasing our long-standing commitment and dedication to environmental stewardship. Glendale's environmental achievements are not just the result of city initiatives but also the collective efforts of our community; each of these successes is a testament to the active participation and dedication of our residents, making us all proud of our shared achievements.

The City of Glendale completed the Greener Glendale Plan in 2012 to expand and build on existing programs and align Glendale's efforts with international initiatives. The plan systematically addressed the means to mitigate climate change based on the United Nations Urban Environmental Accords greenhouse gas reduction targets and long-term sustainability within Glendale. The Glendale City Council adopted the Greener Glendale Plan (GGP) for Municipal Operations, addressing internal government operations, and the Greener Glendale Plan for Community Activities.

The City has continued to invest in sustainability programs. Since the GGP was adopted in 2012, the threat of climate change and the need to decarbonize has become more urgent. Additionally, science, technology, and consumer attitudes have changed dramatically over the last 15 years. This change necessitates the review of the successes of the GGP and the development of a new climate action and adaptation plan (CAAP) that reflects the current state of the City's sustainability programs and 452 of 704
a 3 10
greenhouse gas emission profile, ensures alignment with climate goals of the United Nations and the State of California.

The City of Glendale is not just developing a new CAAP but a roadmap that envisions an equitable and sustainable future. This bold, innovative, and inclusive vision is crucial in enabling us to achieve significant carbon emission reductions. The objective of the CAAP is not just to set desired Greenhouse Gas (GHG) reduction goals for 2030 and a net zero emissions target by 2050 or sooner but to provide a robust framework to track and monitor the progress of strategic measures. The CAAP focuses on equity to ensure we are addressing climate issues for the most vulnerable in our community. The urgency and necessity of this plan cannot be overstated, and we need the support and involvement of our community to make it a success.

Rincon Consultants, Inc. (Rincon) has drafted key strategies to establish the basis for the City of Glendale’s DRAFT CAAP (exhibit 1) based on the existing conditions analyses, current trends, and technologies in greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction, feedback received from City staff, focus groups, the community, and the climate change vulnerability assessment (exhibit 3).

Community GHG Inventory
The 2021 Community GHG Inventory (exhibit 2) completed for the City includes GHG emissions from activities within the City’s jurisdictional boundaries during 2021. The inventory provides the City with current GHG emissions estimates that follow the Community Protocol and current best practices for GHG accounting. The results of the GHG inventory are summarized in Figure 1 and Figure 2.
453 of 704
a 4 10
Figure 1 Community Inventory GHG Emissions by Sector
Figure 2 Community Inventory GHG Emissions by Sub-Sector 454 of 704
a 5 10
Based on the inventory, Rincon developed a back-cast of the City’s GHG emissions to 1990, as well as a business-as-usual and an adjusted forecast to 2030, 2035, 2040, and 2045.

Table 1: Business as Usual Forecast Summary MTCO2e
Sector 2021 2030 2035 2040 2045
Energy 397,105 408,073 414,165 424,651 432,074
Transportation 572,532 593,032 604,348 621,510 633,037
Waste 75,067 76,934 77,972 79,797 81,166
Water 6,588 6,752 6,843 7,003 7,124
Wastewater 1,848 1,894 1,920 1,965 1,999
Total 1,053,141 1,086,686 1,105,248 1,134,926 1,155,400 The adjusted forecast provides an up-to-date projection of how GHG emissions are expected to change for the City in the future based on changes in population and employment, as well as existing State and federal legislation aimed at reducing GHG emissions through 2045.

Table 2: Adjusted Forecast Summary MTCO2e
This GHG inventory also presents provisional GHG targets and a gap analysis, developed to help identify GHG emissions reduction activities that will be needed to achieve the provisional GHG emissions reduction targets. Like all GHG inventories, forecasts, and targets, the analysis in this document relies on the best available data and calculation methodologies currently available.

Draft Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP)
Based on the existing condition’s analyses, the vulnerability assessment, staff and community feedback, and current trends and technologies in greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reductions, Rincon has drafted a CAAP. The strategies included in this document detail achievable and implementable emissions reduction measures and supporting actions that will help the City reduce its emissions to meet the established Sector 2021 2030 2035 2040 2045
Energy 397,105 346,706 278,396 272,595 264,564
Transportation 572,532 503,346 476,012 467,944 465,659
Solid Waste 75,067 76,934 77,972 79,797 81,166
Water 6,588 4,037 1,023 523 0
Wastewater 1,848 1,894 1,920 1,965 1,999
Total 1,053,141 932,917 835,322 822,824 813,388
455 of 704
a 6 10
target in line with the State of California's goals. Additionally, they address climate vulnerabilities in the City and include measures and supporting actions to increase the City's and communities' resilience to climate impacts. The measures and supporting actions are organized into four systems that, when collectively implemented, will help the City reach our climate goals. The DRAFT CAAP is organized around four key systems: social governance systems, building systems, mobility and land use systems, and urban ecosystems.

Objectives of the DRAFT CAAP are:

1. GHG Emissions Reduction: Establish targets and strategies to achieve carbon neutrality by 2050 or sooner, including transitioning to renewable energy, enhancing energy efficiency, and promoting sustainable transportation.

2. Resilience Building: Develop infrastructure and policies to adapt to climate impacts, such as improved heat management systems, green infrastructure, and resilient building codes.

3. Community Engagement and Education: Foster public awareness and participation in climate action through educational programs, stakeholder partnerships, and community-driven initiatives.

4. Economic Sustainability: Support green jobs and innovation, ensuring that climate actions also drive economic growth and job creation.

The strategies are organized in the following framework:
• Systems. A group of related elements that can be directly influenced by the City of Glendale.
o Measures. Long-range goals that the City has established to reduce emissions and/or improve resilience in line with the State emission reduction goals and local resilience goals.
▪ Actions. Discrete steps the City will take to achieve the Measures.

Over time, the CAAP will be reviewed, and additional actions will need to be added to make greater progress on the established Measures.

Table 3: Measures and actions
Systems No. Measures No. Actions
Social & Governance 5 33
Building 4 53
Mobility and Land Use 6 75
Urban Eco-Systems 6 71
Totals 21 232
456 of 704
a 7 10
The selection of strategies for the DRAFT CAAP has been an iterative process with City staff, interested parties, boards and commissions, and the community. In general, the measures were designed to encompass actions that align with Glendale's six Climate Policy Pillars that are essential to effective climate policy implementation:
• Feasibility. Actions that help the City understand the costs, benefits, obstacles, and opportunities associated with programs, policies, and ordinances to make decisions that best serve the community.
• Education. Actions to increase community awareness of programs available to reduce individual contributions to GHG emissions increase resilience and establish or strengthen communication channels between the City and the communities it serves.
• Equity. Actions that engage vulnerable populations in the decision-making process and establish policies and programs to provide vulnerable populations with the resources to benefit from each measure's objectives in an equitable manner.
• Funding. Actions that provide the financial backing (e.g., grant funding, rebates, financial incentives) and adequate City staffing to establish, implement, and maintain a program.
• Partnerships. Actions that establish partnerships with external government entities, including Tribes and community-based organizations, to leverage their expertise, resources, and networks to implement programs and policies the City would not be able to achieve alone.
• Structural Change. Actions that change existing City programs, policies, and ordinances allow the City and community to reach the target established within a measure.

The measures and actions developed for the City of Glendale prioritize those activities which provide both mitigation (GHG emissions reductions) and resilience (preparedness for climate change) benefits. Glendale, and much of California, is already seeing the impacts of climate change and each measure taken to address local emissions should also prepare Glendale for future challenges.

The DRAFT CAAP measures are shown in Table 4. The full list of measures and associated actions are provided in Exhibit 1. Table 4 shows a number of X% and Y% placeholders. Rincon is currently completing the analysis to obtain the necessary data for the placeholders.
457 of 704
a 8 10
Table 4: DRAFT CAAP Measures
Measure ID Measure Text
Social and Governance System
SG-1 Provide evacuation and health alert messaging in English, Spanish, Armenian, and Korean, and in multiple forms (e.g., online, brochure, radio) to amplify the Glendale community’s awareness of extreme weather and events (including wildfires, landslides, extreme heat events, and poor air quality days).

SG-2 Establish three resilience centers by 2030 in high social sensitivity areas that provide refuge for vulnerable populations from poor air quality and extreme heat conditions that serve as year-round community resource centers.

SG-3 Change internal protocols and procedures to incorporate a climate and equity lens into all government operational decision-making to increase investments in CAAP implementation for vulnerable populations.

SG-4 Formalize City and community-based relationships to create meaningful and long-lasting relationships with nonprofit organizations and increase engagement of vulnerable communities and Tribal governments in local government decision-making processes.

SG-5 Increase community capacity to better withstand climate shocks and stresses.

Building Systems
BLD-1 Increase carbon-free electricity procurement to provide 100% carbon-free electricity community-wide by 2035 and improve electrical system resiliency through additional distributed energy resources, transmission capacity, and demand response.

BLD-2 Require healthy, safe, decarbonized, and resilient new buildings by 2026.

BLD-3 Retrofit 25% of existing buildings by 2030 and 95% by 2045 to be zero-carbon and resilient to extreme heat and wildfires.

BLD-4 Decarbonize and make municipal buildings resilient by 2035.

Mobility and Land Use System
MLS-1 Reduce reliance on single-occupancy vehicles by promoting increased residential densities along transit and commercial corridors, increasing mix of land uses and expanding the range of attainable housing choices.

MLS-2 Increase active transportation mode share to 3% by 2030 and 10% by 2045 by increasing the safety and availability of the transportation system to support walking and biking for all members of the community.

MLS-3 Enhance the transit system to be more resilient, accessible, and convenient to increase mode share to 5% by 2030 and 10% by 2045.

MLS-4 Increase passenger and commercial zero-emission vehicle use and adoption to 25% by 2030 and 90% by 2045, respectively.

MLS-5 Electrify or otherwise decarbonize 30% of community-operated off-road equipment (e.g., lawnmowers, leaf blowers, and chainsaws) operations by 2030 and 100% by 2045.

MLS-6 Transition to 75% zero-emission municipal fleet by 2030 and 100% by 2040.

Urban Eco-System
UE-1 Increase organics diversion through SB-1383 to divert 75% of organic material by 2025.

UE-2 Increase tree canopy to 25% by 2030 and 30% by 2045 by focusing on communities most vulnerable to extreme heat.

UE-3 Reduce the potential for wildfire to spread in Glendale by actively managing 50-75 acres of land annually through prescribed burns, brush clearance, grazing, and building hardening.

UE-4 Increase access to affordable and fresh produce through partnerships and technical assistance.

UE-5 Reduce per capita water use X% by 2030 and Y% by 2045 by enhancing water conservation and water quality and increase the Glendale water system's resilience to climate extremes by upgrading water and stormwater facilities.

UE-6 Showcase municipal leadership through increased landfill diversion rates, climate-smart food and purchasing behavior, and enhanced water efficiencies.
458 of 704
a 9 10
Implementation Strategy
The DRAFT CAAP will be implemented through a phased approach. The measures and actions have been developed to be implemented over time to reduce emissions and increase the City's resilience in a thoughtful, achievable, and stepwise process. As such, the actions are anticipated to be completed in phases, as outlined below.

1. Phase 1 2025-2027: Quick-win projects that provide immediate benefits, such as energy efficiency upgrades in municipal buildings and expansion of public transportation options.

2. Phase 2 2028-2030: More extensive projects requiring substantial planning and resources, such as large-scale renewable energy installations and retrofitting critical infrastructure.

3. Phase 3 2031-2033: Sustained efforts to achieve long-term goals, including comprehensive urban planning and ongoing adaptation measures.

A lead City department is assigned to each action to clearly denote which department is responsible for implementing the action. Finally, a consistency column is included in the tables to indicate the action's consistency, or alignment, with local/regional plans and programs as well as community feedback received during various engagement efforts throughout the CAAP's development.

Alignment with Federal, State, and local guidelines
The State has developed statewide legislative goals and programs to reduce GHG emissions. California Air Resource Board (CARB) has issued guidance concerning the establishment of GHG emissions reduction targets for local CAPs so local communities can contribute their fair share towards the State's achievement of the GHG emissions reduction goals. In the first Climate Change Scoping Plan (hereafter referred to as the 2008 Scoping Plan), CARB encouraged local governments to adopt a reduction target for their own community emissions that parallels the State's commitment to reduce GHG emissions. In 2017, CARB published the 2017 Climate Change Scoping Plan (hereafter referred to as the 2017 Scoping Plan Update) outlining the strategies the State will employ to reach the additional State targets set by SB 32.

On May 10th, 2022, the Draft 2022 California Climate Change Scoping Plan Update was published for public comment and includes recommendations for achieving the goal of carbon neutrality by 2045 codified by AB 1279 Legislative Targets. 459 of 704
10 a 10
The State of California has adopted legislation and policies to address climate change, the most relevant of which are summarized below.
• Executive Order S-3-05, signed in 2005, establishes statewide GHG emissions reduction goals to achieve long-term climate stabilization as follows: by 2020, reduce GHG emissions to 1990 levels, and by 2050, reduce GHG emissions to 80% below 1990 levels. The 2050 goal was accelerated by the 2045 carbonneutral goal established by EO B-55-18 and AB 1279, as discussed below. • Assembly Bill 32, known as the Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006, requires California's GHG emissions to be reduced to 1990 levels by the year 2020 (approximately a 15 % reduction from 2005 to 2008 levels). The 2008 Scoping Plan identifies mandatory and voluntary measures to achieve the statewide 2020 GHG emissions limit.
• Senate Bill 32, signed in 2016, establishes a statewide mid-term GHG emissions reduction goal of 40% below 1990 levels by 2030. CARB formally adopted the 2017 Scoping Plan Update in December 2017, laying the roadmap to achieve 2030 goals and giving guidance to achieve substantial progress toward the 2050 State goals. The Draft 2022 Scoping Plan Update provides further guidance for reaching the State's SB 32 goal.
• Executive Order B-55-18, signed in 2018, expanded upon EO S-3-05 by creating a statewide GHG emissions goal of carbon neutrality by 2045. EO S-55- 18 identifies CARB as the lead agency in developing a framework for implementation and progress tracking toward this goal in the 2022 Climate Change Scoping Plan Update.
• Assembly Bill 1279, known as the California Climate Crisis Act, signed by the governor in 2022, codifies the GHG emissions reduction goals of achieving carbon neutrality by 2045 and expands upon this goal to define carbon neutrality as reducing direct emissions 85% below 1990 levels and removing the remaining 15% of emissions via other technologies and practices, like carbon sequestration. The 2022 Scoping Plan Update (November 2022 provides the pathway for reaching the State's AB 1279 goal.

Work to Complete: Finalize Measures and Actions
Rincon and staff will finalize the measures and actions that incorporate feedback received from the community and City staff. Once the DRAFT CAAP measures and actions have been finalized, Rincon and City staff will complete additional tasks as described below.

CAAP Funding
460 of 704
11 a 10
Implementing the CAAP is a collaborative effort that will require significant investment.

However, the costs of inaction far outweigh the costs of proactive measures. Funding sources may include local government budgets, state and federal grants, and privatesector partnerships. In partnership with City staff and H.I.P Investor, Rincon will outline appropriate financing vehicles such as grants, energy savings contracts, fees, publicprivate partnerships, and more for the anticipated measures and actions. Rincon will identify the potential costs for each measure, and H.I.P. Investor will provide a matrix of the possible funding sources for the recommended measures.

CAAP Dash
Rincon will develop a dashboard, CAPDash, that allows the City to actively track progress toward CAAP goals. The tool updates a dashboard that can be used internally to display data and generate reports for staff and the public through a web-facing dashboard. It allows viewers to see real-time progress toward CAAP goals.

Qualified CAAP
Once the measures and actions have been finalized, Rincon and City Staff will begin the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) analysis of the DRAFT CAAP. CEQA is a set of statutes that require state and local agencies to evaluate the environmental impacts of their actions, including adopting climate action and adaptation plans. A qualified CEQA Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP) is a comprehensive strategy developed by a local government or agency to address and mitigate the impacts of climate change, both in terms of reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and adapting to climate change effects.
461 of 704
12 a 10
Projects consistent with the adopted CAAP can benefit from streamlined CEQA review processes. This can expedite development approvals and reduce the need for projectspecific GHG analysis. To this end, Rincon will be developing a project streamlining checklist that will allow development projects within the City to tier off the Final Environmental Impact Report prepared for the CAAP.

The CEQA analysis for the qualified CAAP involves several key steps:

1. Initial Study
An initial study is conducted to determine if the proposed climate action and adaptation plan may have a significant effect on the environment. This involves:
• Identifying potential environmental impacts.
• Determining the scope of the environmental analysis.

2. Environmental Impact Report EIR
Unless the data clearly reflect otherwise, the City intends on preparing an EIR, from which the environmental analysis for future projects may be tiered.

3. Scoping and Public Outreach
Scoping involves identifying the key environmental issues to be analyzed in the EIR.

Public outreach during this phase includes:
• Notifying the public and relevant agencies: Notices of Preparation (NOP) are sent out to inform stakeholders about the upcoming EIR. • Scoping meetings: These meetings gather input from the public and agencies on the scope and content of the EIR.

4. Draft EIR
The draft EIR is prepared, including:
• Impact analysis: Detailed examination of potential significant environmental impacts, such as greenhouse gas emissions, air quality, water resources, biological resources, and others.
• Mitigation measures: Strategies to reduce or eliminate significant impacts. • Alternatives analysis: Evaluation of alternative actions or strategies that could achieve the plan’s objectives with fewer environmental impacts. 462 of 704
13 a 10

5. Public Review and Comment
The draft EIR is circulated for public review, typically for 45 days. During this period:
• Public notices: Inform the community about the availability of the draft EIR and how to provide comments.
• Public hearings: Provide a forum for verbal comments and questions from the public.
• Written comments: Collected from the public, agencies, and other stakeholders.

6. Final EIR
The final EIR is prepared, which includes:
• Responses to comments: Addressing the substantive comments received during the public review period.
• Revisions to the draft EIR: Making necessary changes based on the comments and performing additional analysis where warranted.

7. Certification and Adoption
The lead agency certifies the final EIR and adopts the climate action and adaptation plan, ensuring:
• Findings: Making findings that the CAAP either avoids or mitigates significant impacts where feasible.
• Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program (MMRP): Ensuring the implementation of mitigation measures.

8. Notice of Determination (NOD)
After the plan is approved, a Notice of Determination is filed, marking the conclusion of the CEQA process unless the approval is challenged prior to the termination of the statute of limitations. The Notice of Determination includes:
• A brief description of the project.
• The agency’s decision.
• Any significant impacts identified.
• Measures to mitigate or avoid those impacts.

Next Steps
463 of 704
14 a 10
Rincon and City staff will work to finalize the draft measures and actions, complete the funding matrix, and CAAPDash. Once these items have been completed Rincon will draft the final CAAP. Staff and consultant will prepare a draft EIR to analyze the impacts of the final CAAP; the draft EIR will be circulated for public review and comment. Staff and consultant will prepare responses to any public comments received during the public review period, along with any additional study that may be warranted.

All of this information will be incorporated into the final EIR., The Final CAAP and final EIR will be presented to the Glendale City Council for the Council to consider certification of the final EIR (and mitigation, monitoring and reporting program), and adoption of the CAAP.

The CAAP represents a critical step forward for Glendale in addressing the climate crisis. If the City adopts the CAAP (anticipated for December 2024), the City will be making a commitment to protecting the environment, enhancing the community’s resilience, and fostering a sustainable and prosperous future.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
The success of the CAAP implementation hinges on the community's active involvement and support for any climate action programming. To ensure the community's voice is heard, we conducted extensive stakeholder outreach during the development of the DRAFT CAAP.

An Outreach, Education, and Engagement Plan (OEE Plan) was developed that described the engagement strategies that the City and consultant team deployed to meaningfully and equitably engage the Glendale community in the planning process for the development of the City of Glendale's first CAAP. Strategies in this OEE Plan include—and elevate—voices traditionally under-represented in the local decisionmaking process, including linguistically isolated, digitally isolated, foreign-born, Black, Indigenous, people of color, low-income, people with disabilities, youth, and seniors.

Table 5: Engagement Strategies
Engagement Type Outreach Type Lead Equity Approach
Online Engagement
Methods: Project Website,
Branding, Logo, Social
Media
Website, Branding
Logo
Written/Designed
Materials, City
Social Media
Channels
Rincon Branding and logo reflecting
Glendale’s diverse community.

Google plugin to allow for
language auto-translation.

Survey to allow for consistent
feedback from the public.
464 of 704
15 a 10
Online Engagement
Methods: ArcGIS Story
Map
Web-based spatial
tool
Rincon Incorporates community feedback
for highlighting of vision, issues,
priorities via the lens of culturally
appropriate outreach in Glendale
(for example, highlighting areas of
environmental justice concern
identified by the community).

Interdepartmental and
Agency Engagement: City
Staff Sustainability
Working Group
3 workshops, 10
department specific
calls (virtual)
PowerPoints and
notes from
meetings
Rincon, City
to schedule
and send
invites
Capturing feedback from internal
interested parties in plans,
prioritizing transparency of
feedback incorporation.

Community and CBO
Partners,
Interdepartmental and
Agency Engagement:

Focus Groups with Key
Interested Parties by Topic
Group:*
1: Adapting to a Changing
Climate
2: Transportation
3: Building Electrification
and Environmental Justice
4: Impacts on Glendale
Power Plant
4 focus groups Rincon, City
to identify
interested
parties
Incorporation of diverse voices
during City selection of key
interested parties, public facing
language, transparent feedback
incorporation and
documentation
Community and CBO
Partners, General Public:

Mini-Grants- Incorporating
Feedback from Hard-toReach Communities
Financial assistance
($4,000) via Visa gift
card, summary of
use of fund
disbursement +
outcomes
Rincon, City Multilingual and targeted
outreach to publicize use of minigrants, transparency of outcome of grants without additional
reporting burden placed on
community members.

General Public:

Community Workshops
2 workshops
(virtual)
PowerPoints, mural
boards, summaries
of meetings
Rincon Use of inclusive, public facing
language, transparent
incorporation of public feedback,
workshop timing to incorporate
best-time-of attendance for all
community members, significant
workshop lead time and outreach
via community-based
organizations to make sure
underrepresented communities
are aware of workshops.
465 of 704
16 a 10
Community workshop feedback
will be distilled into 4-5 equity
guardrails to be included in the
Final CAAP.

General Public: Mobile
Workshop Series
Two in-person
popup events,
(materials): two
flyer designs, up to
three social media
blurbs, sign in
sheets, comment
cards, nametags,
activities for
Touchpoints
Here LA,
City of
Glendale
Translation of all materials into
Spanish and Armenian as needed
and directed by City, timing of
touchpoints to maximize
community engagement and
availability
HereLA staf provided language
translation during mobile
workshops
General
Public: Engagement
Toolkit
Two poster
designs
One informational
PowerPoint
template
Template for a signup sheet and
comment cards
One postcard
design and flyer
design
Rincon Multi-lingual translations (English,
Spanish, Armenian); culturally
appropriate branding and writing
of materials
Boards and Commissions 4 Sustainability
Commission
Meetings
City of
Glendale
The outreach and engagement program took place over two phases. Phase one focused on defining equity guardrails and informing participants of the results of the GHG inventory and vulnerability assessment. The objective of phase one was to understand the community priorities and receive early input on how to shape the strategies of the CAAP.

Engagement approached included:

Phase 1

1. Community Meetings and Presentations:
o Total Meetings: 14
466 of 704
17 a 10
o Total Attendees: 120

2. Community Events:

1. Total Meetings: 12

2. Total Attendees: 451

3. CAAP Comment Cards Received: 223

4. CAAP Voting Boards: 234

5. CAAP Information Booklets: 100 booklets distributed.

6. Internal Meeting Review: 20 staff members

7. Greener Glendale Comment Cards: 437
Total people engaged in phase 1 for CAAP Outreach: 591 individuals spoken to, 994 feedback points received.

Phase two focused providing the community information on the key draft CAAP actions, gather input on what barriers the community faces in implementing key draft CAAP actions and to share upcoming engagement and next steps. Phase two strategies emphasized meeting the community where they are rather than formal workshops to engage community leaders and groups through in-person and virtual meetings to provide an early look at the CAAP.

Key Metrics:

1. Focus Groups:

1. Total Meetings: 3

2. Total Attendees: 15

2. Community Meetings and Presentation:

1. Total Meetings: 16

2. Total Attendees: 145

3. Open Houses (Climate Cafes):

1. Total Open Houses: 2

2. Total Attendees: 120

4. Pop-Up Events:

1. Total Events: 17

2. Total Attendees: 917

5. Internal Departmental Review:

1. Total Meetings: 6

2. Total Attendees: 39

6. Sustainability Commission Meeting: 8 present, 2 callers on the line

7. Pop-up feedback: 524
467 of 704
18 a 10
Total people engaged in phase 2 for CAAP Outreach: 1246 individuals spoken to, 534 feedback points received.

Total CAAP engagement: 1837 individuals spoken to, 1528 feedback points received.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
This item is not subject to CEQA as no action is being taken.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES TO STAFF RECOMMENDATION
None

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

John Takhtalian, Assistant City Manager
Prepared by:

David Jones, Sustainability Officer
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS

1. Draft Climate Action and Adaptation Plan Document

2. Emissions Inventory Report

3. Vulnerability Assessment
468 of 704
Climate Action and Adaptation Plan Draft Measures and Actions 1 1 Climate Action and Adaptation Plan
Draft Measures and Actions
Rincon Consultants, Inc. (Rincon) has drafted key strategies to establish the basis for the City of Glendale’s Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP) based on the existing conditions analyses, current trends and technologies in greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction, feedback received from City staff, focus groups, the Sustainability Commission, and the community, and the climate change vulnerability assessment. The strategies included in this internal document detail achievable and implementable emissions reduction measures and supporting actions that help the City reduce its emissions to meet the established target in line with the State of California’s goals. Additionally, they address climate vulnerabilities in the City, and include adaptation measures and supporting actions to increase the City and communities’ resilience to climate impacts. These GHG reduction and adaptation measures and supporting actions are organized into four systems that, when collectively implemented, will help put the City on a path towards reaching their climate goals. The strategies are organized in the following framework:
▪ Systems. A group of related elements that can be directly influenced by the City of Glendale.  Measures. Long-range goals that the City has established to reduce emissions and/or improve resilience in line with the State emission reduction goals and local resilience goals. − Actions. Discrete steps the City will take to achieve the measures. Over time, the CAAP will be reviewed, and additional actions will need to be added to make greater progress on the established measures.

The selection of strategies for the CAAP is intended to be an iterative process with City staff, interested parties, and the community. In general, the measures were designed to encompass actions that align with Glendale’s six Climate Policy Pillars that are essential to effective climate policy implementation:
▪ Feasibility. Actions that help the City understand the costs, benefits, obstacles, and opportunities associated with programs, policies, and ordinances to make decisions that best serve the community.
▪ Education. Actions to increase community awareness of programs available to reduce individual contributions to GHG emissions and increase resilience and to establish or strengthen communication channels between the City and the communities it serves. ▪ Equity. Actions that engage vulnerable populations in the decision-making process and establish the policies and programs to provide vulnerable populations with the resources to benefit from each measure’s objectives in an equitable manner.
▪ Funding. Actions that provide the financial backing (e.g., grant funding, rebates, financial incentives) and adequate City staffing to establish, implement, and maintain a program. ▪ Partnerships. Actions that establish partnerships with external government entities, including Tribes, and community-based organizations to leverage their expertise, resources, and networks to implement programs and policies the City would not be able to achieve alone. ▪ Structural Change. Actions that change existing City programs, policies, and ordinances to allow the City and community to reach the target established within a measure. 469 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
2 The measures and actions developed for the City of Glendale prioritize those activities which provide both mitigation (GHG emissions reductions) and resilience (preparedness for climate change) benefits. Glendale, and much of California, is already seeing the impacts of climate change and each measure taken to address local emissions should also prepare Glendale for future challenges. Any action that provides a resilience benefit includes a separate icon depicting the climate hazard it helps address. Areas for increased focus on resilience include:
▪ Wildfire
▪ Poor Air Quality
▪ Drought
▪ Extreme Heat
▪ Extreme Precipitation
The measures and actions have been developed to be implemented over time to reduce emissions and increase the City’s resilience in a thoughtful, achievable, and stepwise process. As such, the actions are anticipated to be completed in phases, as outlined below:
▪ Phase 1– 2025 – 2027
▪ Phase 2 – 2028 – 2030
▪ Phase 3 – 2031 – 2033
A lead City department is assigned to each action to clearly denote which department is responsible for implementing the action. Identified City departments include:

Department Abbreviation
Community Development CD
Community Services and Parks CSP
Economic Development ED
Finance F
Fire Department FD
Glendale Library Arts & Culture GLAC
Glendale Police Department GPD
Glendale Water and Power GWP
Human Resources HR
Information Technology IT
Management Services MS
Office of Sustainability OS
Public Works PW
470 of 704
Climate Action and Adaptation Plan Draft Measures and Actions 3 Community Development CD
Community Services and Parks CSP
Finally, a consistency column is included in the tables to indicate the action’s consistency, or alignment, with local/regional plans and programs as well as community feedback received during various engagement efforts throughout the CAAP’s development. 471 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
4 2 Systems, Measures, and Actions
Table 1 Climate Action and Adaptation Plan Systems and Measures Measure ID Measure Text
Social and Governance System
SG-1 Provide evacuation and health alert messaging in English, Spanish, Armenian, and Korean, and in multiple forms (e.g., online, brochure, radio) to amplify the Glendale community’s awareness of extreme weather and events (including wildfires, landslides, extreme heat events, and poor air quality days).

SG-4 Formalize City and community-based relationships to create meaningful and long-lasting relationships with non-profit organizations and increase engagement of vulnerable communities and Tribal governments in local government decision-making processes.

SG-5 Increase community capacity to better withstand climate shocks and stresses.

BLD-2 Require healthy, safe, decarbonized, and resilient new buildings by 2026.

BLD-3 Retrofit 25% of existing buildings by 2030 and 95% by 2045 to be zero-carbon and resilient to extreme heat and wildfires.

BLD-4 Decarbonize and make municipal buildings resilient by 2035.

MLS-3 Enhance the transit system to be more resilient, accessible, and convenient to increase mode share to 5% by 2030 and 10% by 2045.

MLS-4 Increase passenger and commercial zero-emission vehicle use and adoption to 25% by 2030 and 90% by 2045, respectively.

MLS-5 Electrify or otherwise decarbonize 30% of community-operated off-road equipment (e.g., lawnmowers, leaf blowers, and chainsaws) operations by 2030 and 100% by 2045.
472 of 704
Systems, Measures, and Actions
5 Measure ID Measure Text
MLS-6 Transition to 75% zero-emission municipal fleet by 2030 and 100% by 2040.

Urban Eco-System
UE-1 Increase organics diversion through SB-1383 to divert 75% of organic material by 2025.

UE-2 Increase tree canopy to 25% by 2030 and 30% by 2045 by focusing on communities most vulnerable to extreme heat.

UE-3 Reduce the potential for wildfire to spread in Glendale by actively managing XX acres of land annually through prescribed burns, brush clearance, grazing, and building hardening.

UE-4 Increase access to affordable and fresh produce through partnerships and technical assistance.

UE-6 Showcase municipal leadership through increased landfill diversion rates, climate-smart food and purchasing behavior, and enhanced water efficiencies. 473 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
6 3 Social and Governance Systems

3.1 Measure SG-1
Provide evacuation and health alert messaging in English, Spanish, Armenian, and Korean, and in multiple forms (e.g., online, brochure, radio) to amplify the Glendale community’s awareness of extreme weather and events (including wildfires, landslides, extreme heat events, and poor air quality days).

Metrics
▪ # of languages utilized for evacuation materials
▪ # of non-English speakers signed up to Everbridge emergency notification system ▪ # of people reached using non-digital methods
Table 2 Measure SG-1 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
SG-1.1 Partner with the County of Los Angeles Office of Emergency Management, local hospitals, non-profits, and/or Federally Qualified Health Centers, to establish coordinated notification and response services that seamlessly integrate with advanced communication technologies, providing timely dissemination of critical information through multiple channels, including mobile notifications, social media platforms, and community alert systems. Additionally, implement a robust feedback loop mechanism to gather real-time data from affected individuals, enabling continuous refinement of evacuation strategies and health alert messaging protocols for enhanced public safety and wellbeing.

Information
Technology,
Fire
Department
1 Partnerships,
Structural
Change
Wildfire,
Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality,
Extreme
Precipitation
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
SG-1.2 Conduct emergency alert notifications in English, Spanish, Armenian, and Korean. Distribute information about Emergency Alert Program sign-up in English, Spanish, Armenian, and Korean in areas of highest risk, including areas of high social sensitivity. Remove procedural equity barriers from the sign-up program. Every five years, reassess which languages are spoken jointly by 5% or more of the Glendale community Information
Technology,
Fire
Department,
Community
Development,
1 Education,
Equity
Wildfire,
Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality,
Extreme
Precipitation
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
474 of 704
Social and Governance Systems
7 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
and expand emergency alert translations to additional languages, consistent with Assembly Bill 1638.

GPD
SG-1.3 Continue to inform residents about the Community Emergency Response Team (CERT) program and the Neighborhood Watch program by disseminating information in English, Spanish, Armenian, and Korean.

Fire
Department
1 Education All climate
hazards
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback,
National CERT
Program
SG-1.4 Create neighborhood or regionally specific evacuation procedures for vulnerable populations in partnership with community-based organizations and facilities based on needs identified through outreach with affected populations. Once established, conduct short and frequent (e.g., annually) culturally responsive neighborhood evacuation capacity assessments; engaging and empowering evacuation preparedness drills that invite first responders to meet the community in a positive environment with opportunities for youth to see fire engines and other vehicles up-close; community leader trainings; and improved access to evacuation financial resources to streamline evacuation processes in an emergency.

Fire
Department,
Public Works,
GPD
2 Structural
Change,
Education,
Equity,
Partnerships
Wildfire,
Extreme
Precipitation
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback,
Glendale Safety
Element Update
SG-1.5 Increase redundancy in emergency evacuation communication systems in the event of an electric outage through a variety of measures, including back-up power for telecommunication towers and other critical facilities, distributing information via radio channels, promoting ownership of hand cranked radios, and other means. Regularly test alert systems for potential evacuation scenarios.

Information
Technology,
Glendale Water
and Power,
Glendale Fire
Department,
CMO, and
Public Works
3 Structural
Change
Wildfire,
Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality,
Extreme
Precipitation
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
475 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
8 3.2 Measure SG-2
Establish three resilience centers by 2030 in high social sensitivity areas that provide refuge for vulnerable populations from poor air quality and extreme heat conditions that serve as year-round community resource centers.

Metrics
▪ Establish three new resilience centers by 2030
Table 3 Measure SG-2 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar Climate Hazard Consistency
SG-2.1 Complete an analysis of physical locations and assets within the City that have the potential to serve as resilience centers in coordination with community-based organizations that serve vulnerable population groups.

Identify opportunities to establish new resilience centers or expand the functionality of existing community centers in areas of high social sensitivity first. As part of the assessment, identify the City’s current capacity to provide temporary refuge for residents including facilities, infrastructure, services, and community programs during an extreme weather event. Equitably distribute the resilience centers geographically throughout the City to provide convenient access.

Public Works,
Fire
Department,
CSP
1 Feasibility,
Partnerships
Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
SG-2.2 Complete the audit of existing heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems at City owned buildings and establish an upgrade and maintenance cycle, including replacement of filters with at least a MERV 11 rating on a quarterly basis.

Public Works 1 Feasibility Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
SG-2.3 Identify and apply for funding opportunities that support development of a resilience center, and/or staff positions to maintain the center, such as the Office of Planning and Research Regional Resilience Grant Program.

Community
Services & Parks
1 Funding Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
SG-2.4 Partner with local public or private entities to establish resilience centers at privately-owned facilities in the City.

Community
Services &
Parks, (Public
Works, City
Facilities),
Office of
Sustainability
2 Partnerships Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
476 of 704
Social and Governance Systems
9 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar Climate Hazard Consistency
SG-2.5 Provide essential resources such as health programs, food, refrigeration, charging stations, basic medical supplies, multi-lingual support services, and economic development resources at all City-run resilience centers.

Audit and refresh supplies on a biannual basis, including information on any new or updated programs. Expand operating hours of resilience centers during poor air quality days and extreme heat days. Adequately equip the resilience centers to accommodate pets, considering their specific needs and well-being during emergency situations. Additionally, provide information on a centralized climate action and adaptation website how to prepare homes and businesses for extreme weather events, including resources on what to have at home in an emergency kit, with giveaways (e.g., first aid or emergency kits) provided as available.

Management
Services, Office
of
Sustainability,
Community
Services & Parks
2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
SG-2.6 Offer fun and engaging year-round community events with educational resources at resilience centers, providing the community with free access to clear multi-lingual information, resources, and support to effectively prepare for and recover from poor air quality days, extreme weather events and other disasters, while making the resilience centers recognized fixtures in the community.

Management
Services, Office
of
Sustainability,
Fire,
Community
Services &
Parks, Library
Arts and
Culture
Department
2 Education Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
SG-2.7 Require that the City’s resilience centers (which could either be owned and operated by the City or owned and operated by private or other public entities) have adequate backup power sources and battery storage to mitigate service disruptions and provide redundancy in the event of a power outage.

Community
Development,
Public Works
2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
SG-2.8 Increase transportation access to resilience centers by adjusting the Glendale Beeline fare pricing and routes during extreme weather events and bad air quality days to better serve vulnerable population groups.

Public Works 2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat,
Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
477 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
10 3.3 Measure SG-3
Change internal protocols and procedures to incorporate a climate and equity lens into all government operational decision-making to increase investments in CAAP implementation for vulnerable populations.

Metrics
▪ % of Glendale budget invested in CAAP implementation, annually ▪ # of positions created
▪ # of staff hired
▪ % of Glendale budget targeting high social sensitivity census tracts, annually Table 4 Measure SG-3 Actions
Action
Lead
Department Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
SG-3.1 Develop a checklist with project design considerations for capital improvements projects to incorporate consideration of climate change impacts as part of the planning and design phase. Checklist will include consideration of future climate projections in project designs.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change
All climate
hazards
SG-3.2 Explore strategies to leverage Glendale’s financing processes and potential funding opportunities to implement CAAP actions. Develop:
▪ Ways in which CAAP strategies might fit into existing financing programs/strategies.
▪ Existing funding sources that could better tie to climate mitigation and adaptation to develop a list of possible external resources. ▪ Develop a high-level means to start tracking availability and applicability of external resources and grants for specific projects and activities.
▪ Start considering what local revenue streams (e.g., sewage, trash, and taxes) could be used as leverage to secure external funding or financing streams if they are connected to CAAP efforts.

Finance 1 Feasibility,
Funding
SG-3.3 Establish a Climate and Equity Core Team by 2025 that includes representatives across all City departments to coordinate the implementation and monitoring of this CAAP. The team will meet for quarterly peer-to-peer information sharing sessions to discuss challenges, brainstorm solutions, and track progress towards reaching Management
Services
1 Structural
Change
478 of 704
Social and Governance Systems
11 Action
Lead
Department Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
the City’s key performance indicators. This team will serve as the key organizers for cross-departmental collaboration needed to implement climate goals, as well as community contacts and key researchers for emerging technologies and best practices in climate action. The Chief Climate and Equity Officer (or equivalent role) will support this team with implementation of the CAAP and monitoring progress.

SG-3.4 Develop a training program to increase awareness of all City staff about climate risks to the community and contributions to GHG, importance of the CAAP and how it relates to the City, and internal and external resources. Information could consist of a handout with tailored details about the relevance and process of incorporating climate change in the agency’s process, a formal and recurrent training, onboarding training for new hires, etc.

Management
Services
1 Education All climate
hazards
SG-3.5 Include a description of Glendale’s climate goals and values in job postings, improving talent acquisition and potentially boosting retention and worker morale.

Human
Resources
1 Structural
Change
SG-3.6 Create five new positions and hire staff to fill those roles at the City, including a Chief Climate and Equity Officer (or equivalent), to support the development and implementation and enforcement of new ordinances, policies, and plans included in the CAAP.

Management
Services
1 – 2 Structural
Change
City Staff,
Sustainability
Commission
SG-3.7 Create a City-wide Sustainability Award Program to recognize and celebrate individuals, businesses, and community-based organizations that demonstrate outstanding commitment and innovation in the sustainability and climate realm. The award program will be used to acknowledge exemplary efforts and serve as a platform to share successful sustainability initiatives, fostering collaboration and driving positive and equitable change throughout Glendale.

Management
Services
2 Structural
Change
Sustainability
Commission
SG-3.8 Conduct a thorough review, involving climate data analysis, of health impacts to outdoor workers, and other experts in the field, and adjust policies to adapt City staff and contractor outdoor worker hours and conditions in response to changing climate, in compliance with Cal/OSHA standards and City programs, prioritizing worker safety and well-being.

Human
Resources
2 Feasibility Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
479 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
12 3.4 Measure SG-4
Formalize City and community-based relationships to create meaningful and long-lasting relationships with nonprofit organizations and increase engagement of vulnerable communities and Tribal governments in local government decision-making processes.

Metrics
▪ % change in annual budget directed to community-based organizations for CAAP implementation ▪ % of community-based organizations under contract or part of MOUs with City ▪ # of partnership agreements with Tribal governments
Table 5 Measure SG-4 Actions
Action
Lead
Department Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
SG-4.1 Use existing network channels (working groups, coalitions, meetings, projects, etc.) to build an understanding of adaptation projects and potential collaborators in the Los Angeles region by:
▪ Regularly engaging in the Los Angeles Regional Climate Collaborative (LARC).
▪ Participating in partner agency’s requests to coordinate and collaborate on adaptation projects to demonstrate Glendale’s commitment.
▪ Participating in regional projects as part of a technical advisory committee or on an ad hoc basis.

Use this engagement to learn about adaptation projects taking place in the Los Angeles region, and to foster strong relations with potential external agencies for future collaboration.

Management
Services
1 Feasibility,
Partnerships,
Education
SG-4.2 Develop a community-based organization (CBO) partnership program that includes criteria for partnership participation, funding for participant compensation, and a memorandum of understanding (MOU) to facilitate CBO partnerships in City-led engagement and implementation of CAAP actions.

Management
Services
1 Partnerships,
Funding
SG-4.3 Establish a formal consultation policy with local Tribes to increase Tribal involvement in the scoping, development, adoption, and implementation of sustainable projects beyond the requirements of Assembly Bill 52 and Management
Services,
Community
1 Partnerships,
Equity,
Structural
480 of 704
Social and Governance Systems
13 Action
Lead
Department Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
Senate Bill 18. Development Change
SG-4.4 In alignment with the Innovation Ecosystem-related goals included in the Economic Development Strategic Plan, enhance equitable workforce development programs, such as the Verdugo Job Center, designed to connect Glendale residents, particularly those from marginalized communities, to support unmet demand in climate-related industries in partnership with Unted States Green Business Council USGBC and in alignment with GWP initiatives, such as building electrification.

Community
Development,
Community
Services & Parks
2 Structural
Change, Equity
Economic
Development
Strategic Plan
SG-4.5 Create an Entrepreneurship Incubator, Growth or Startup Accelerator program that elevates Glendale’s profile as a hub for innovation. The program would promote business opportunities for Glendale residents in partnership with qualified operators, the Verdugo Workforce Development Board, Glendale Community College, or similar partners, to help local startups and companies. The intended goals would be to provide invaluable resources, connections, and knowledge to aspiring entrepreneurs and support entrepreneurs’ ability to innovate and scale up by connecting them with local resources including funding groups and mentorship.

Economic
Development,
Community
Development,
Community
Services &
Parks,
Information
Technology,
Glendale Water
and Power
3 Structural
Change,
Partnerships
City Staff, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
481 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
14 3.6 Measure SG-5
Increase community capacity to better withstand climate shocks and stresses.

Metrics
▪ # of Cool Block Programs deployed in high social sensitivity census tracts ▪ # of Block Captains trained
▪ # of vulnerable populations engaged in CAAP implementation outreach events Table 6 Measure SG-5
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
SG-5.1 Establish equitable community engagement guidelines, or a set of principles and strategies, to increase participation of vulnerable populations in local decision-making processes related to CAAP implementation including the incorporation of participatory budgeting so community members have a direct say in how funds are allocated and spent. Key aspects of equitable community engagement guidelines could include transparency, inclusivity, and responsiveness, with an aim to build trust over time. Strategies should include locating engagement events in areas of high social sensitivity, timing events outside of work hours, providing child-friendly options at the events, and providing translation services in Spanish, Korean, and Armenian. Implement the community engagement guidelines across all City departments that directly interact with the community as part of CAAP implementation.

Community
Services & Parks,
Management
Services,
Community
Development
Department
1 Equity,
Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Environmental
Justice Element
SG-5.2 Institute a Cool Block Program to encourage residents to get to know their neighbors and to organize neighborhood associations incorporating fun games and events to foster community engagement, through which communities in Glendale can collectively address issues such as safety and climate hazards, and methods to improve quality of life. Reach out to existing neighborhood associations to initiate the Cool Block Program to leverage their local networks and increase the reach of the program throughout the City.

Management
Services
1 Structural
Change
All climate
hazards
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
SG-5.3 Update existing City-run educational programs and campaigns to incorporate information regarding potential health and economic effects of climate change, particularly associated with worsening air quality and Management
Services,
Community
1 Education All climate
hazards
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
482 of 704
Social and Governance Systems
15 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
extreme heat days, including available mental, physical, and financial health/support resources. Incorporate opportunities to collect input from the community on lived experiences as it relates to climate impacts.

Services & Parks ,
Library Arts and
Culture
Department
Sustainability
Commission
SG-5.4 Develop an equity investment program with local employers, businesses, philanthropic institutions, educational institutions, trade associations, businesses, and non-profit organizations to secure local match funding for economic development and climate partner readiness grants for vulnerable populations and investments in areas of high social sensitivity.

Community
Development,
Economic
Development
3 Funding,
Equity
All climate
hazards
483 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
16 4 Building Systems

4.0 Measure BLD-1
Increase carbon-free electricity procurement to provide 100% carbon-free electricity community-wide by 2035 and improve electrical system resiliency through additional distributed energy resources, transmission capacity, and demand response.

Performance Metrics
▪ Average emission factor of less than 0.00009 MT CO2e/kWh by 2030 ▪ # of customer hours without power per year
Table 7 Measure BLD-1 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar Climate Hazard Consistency
BLD1.1Streamline permitting requirements for battery storage and solar to increase adoption rates.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD1.2Investigate the ability to pay customers for shifting load through demand response or installation of distributed energy resources such as solar and storage.

Glendale
Water and
Power
1 Feasibility Wildfire, Extreme
Heat
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD1.3Provide education and outreach, rate structures, or other incentives to facilitate the installation of an additional 34 MWh of solar electricity within Glendale by 2030.

Glendale
Water and
Power
1 - 3 Structural
Change
Wildfire, Extreme
Heat
Solar and
Energy
Storage Plan/
Clean Energy
Resolution,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD1.4Regularly update the Wildfire Mitigation Plan and establish a schedule for implementing the Preventative Strategies and Programs in the Wildfire Mitigation Plan. Issue an annual report that provides updates to the community regarding which strategies have been accomplished.

Glendale
Water and
Power, Fire
Department
1 Structural
Change
Wildfire Wildfire
Mitigation
Plan, CAAP
Focus Group
484 of 704
Building Systems
17 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar Climate Hazard Consistency
Implement 25% of the recommended strategies by 2030 and 50% by 2035.

Feedback
BLD1.5Continue to develop power purchase agreements or other contracts for renewable energy including solar, wind, and geothermal located outside the City of Glendale.

Glendale
Water and
Power
1 – 3 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD1.6Work with regional partners to increase the transmission capacity of Glendale, allowing for more external carbon free electricity to supplement local generation and storage.

Glendale
Water and
Power
1 - 3 Partnerships CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD1.7Install 75 MW of local battery storage to maximize renewable energy use and reduce reliance on transmission capacity.

Glendale
Water and
Power
2 Structural
Change
Wildfire, Extreme
Heat
City Council
Resolution
No. 22-29,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD1.8Offer rebates and educational materials to community members on the benefits of distributed energy resources for resilience. Upon completion of the Solar and Battery Storage Feasibility Study, provide education and/or incentives to residential customers and design guidelines for installing battery storage and solar to reduce the need for additional distribution resources and to create a more resilient local grid.

Glendale
Water and
Power
2 Structural
Change/
Funding
Wildfire, Extreme
Heat
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD1.9Evaluate the ability to rent, lease, or purchase and use mobile battery generators for emergencies as well as for events and activities that require a reliable power source outside. Mobile access in disasters can support community members, critical infrastructure, or emergency responders. Train staff on how to use mobile battery generators, including information on when and how they would be used in the City (e.g., deployed at facilities that may not have battery back-up onsite, or at a site in the community to charge medical devices, cell phones, radios, or other key devises during an outage).

Community
Services and
Parks, Public
Works, Fire
Department
2 Feasibility Wildfire, Extreme
Heat
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD1.10Identify City-owned locations that currently have diesel powered backup generators and create a timebound plan to install supplemental solar powered back-up generators onsite to create a seamless transition when the diesel generators reach the end of their useful lives. Prioritize locations in high social sensitivity census tracts.

Public Works 2 Feasibility Wildfire, Extreme
Heat
BLD- Increase the clearance requirements for distribution lines in very high fire Glendale 2 Structural Wildfire Wildfire 485 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
18 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar Climate Hazard Consistency

1.11 hazard severity zones so that is more stringent than current standards. Water and Power
Change Mitigation
Plan,
Sustainability
Commission
486 of 704
Building Systems
19 4.1 Measure BLD-2
Require healthy, safe, decarbonized, and resilient new buildings by 2026.

Metrics
▪ 95% of New Construction is Zero Carbon
▪ 95% of New Construction with Cool Roofs
▪ 100% of New Construction with Indoor Cooling
Table 8 Measure BLD-2 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
BLD2.1Based on available legal pathways, implement a new building electrification ordinance which limits the installation of new natural gas infrastructure to improve health, safety, and reduce costs associated with new construction.

Community
Development
1 Structural Change
BLD2.2Amend the building code to require CALGreen Tier 2 Voluntary Standards Section A5.106.11.2 for cool roofs and Section A5.106.7.2 for cool walls by 2026.

Community
Development
1 Structural Change Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
CALGreen
BLD2.3Amend the building code to require indoor cooling in new multi-family buildings by 2026. Monitor the California Department of Public Health guidance regarding indoor cooling which will inform the 2025 California building codes update cycle.

Community
Development
1 Structural Change Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD2.4Amend the building code to require all newly installed HVAC units for new buildings to have two-way air conditioning capabilities to provide heating and cooling.

Community
Development
1 Structural Change Extreme Heat
and Poor Air
Quality
BLD2.5Host regular workforce development programs for installers, local contractors, and building owners/operators to provide financial resources and technical requirements, including information on new electric appliances and approaches to electrification. Partner with community-based organizations to connect members of vulnerable communities to these training programs in a culturally appropriate and linguistically clear way.

Community
Development.

Community
Services and
Parks, Economic
Development
1 - 3 Education,
Funding, Equity,
Partnerships
487 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
20 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
BLD2.6Establish minimum standards for the use of low carbon or carbon-neutral building materials.

Community
Development
2 Structural Change
BLD2.7Work with local builders to pilot Sustainable Envelope and Orientation building design to enhance energy efficiency, occupant comfort, and overall sustainability by optimizing the building’s relationship with its environment and working towards zero net energy.

Community
Development,
Glendale Water
and Power, MS
2 Partnerships,
Feasibility
Extreme Heat
BLD2.8Create a partnership with Glendale Community College and/or the Glendale Youth Alliance by leveraging the City's resources to refine the existing curriculum/programs to align with high market demand industries, while actively supporting initiatives such as internships, apprenticeships, labor unions, and mentorship programs with local businesses to guide students towards high-road career paths.

Community
Services and
Parks
2 Partnership Focus group
feedback
488 of 704
Building Systems
21 4.2 Measure BLD-3
Retrofit 25% of existing buildings by 2030 and 95% by 2045 to be zero-carbon and resilient to extreme heat and wildfires.

Metrics
▪ 25% reduction in residential and commercial natural gas use compared to adjusted forecast ▪ # of buildings (residential and commercial) impacted by a natural disaster Table 9 Measure BLD-3 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
BLD3.1By 2026, complete an existing building electrification study to identify costs and benefits associated with retrofitting residential and commercial building systems, including long-term costs of transitioning fuel use. Based on the findings of the report, identify, and adopt additional cost effective, equitable, and implementable building electrification requirements for existing buildings.

Community
Development
Management
Services
1 Feasibility CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.2Establish partnerships with neighboring jurisdictions and industry experts to compile an annually reviewed and updated list of qualified installers and clearly identify disadvantaged businesses, women-owned businesses, veteranowned businesses, and other underrepresented groups knowledgeable in electrification that will be posted on the City’s centralized climate action and adaptation website and available at the permit counter. Regularly update the list of qualified installers.

Management
Services
Community
Development
1 Structural
Change,
Partnerships
Community
Feedback, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
BLD3.3Adopt an ordinance requiring new roof replacements to utilize cool roof materials by 2026.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.4Conduct a feasibility study to identify the potential to provide on-bill financing for residents to help finance building electrification.

Glendale Water
and Power
1 Feasibility
BLD3.5Adopt an electrify-on-replacement ordinance for residential hot water heaters and HVAC systems by 2027.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
Poor Air
Quality
Best Practice
BLD3.6
Create and promote DIY energy efficiency toolkits. Seek funding to create a lending library of air purifiers and cooling devices. Deploy the program in partnership with local community organizations and trusted community leaders, targeting high social sensitivity census tracts.

Community
Development,
Glendale Library
Arts & Culture
1 Education,
Partnerships,
Equity
Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
489 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
22 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
BLD3.7
Provide resources to landlords and tenants to develop costs/benefit sharing strategies associated with energy efficiency and electrification projects including energy efficiency leases.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat
and Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.8Review and update permitting requirements to require same day single permit processing of heat pump hot water heaters and HVAC units.

Glendale Water
and Power,
Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.9Prioritize a comprehensive assessment process to identify opportunities for adaptive reuse of structures as part of the permit application process before considering demolition, aiming to reduce environmental impact and promote sustainable urban development.

Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
Community
Feedback
BLD3.10Adopt a commercial building performance standard which requires buildings to report energy consumption by 2026, complete a building retrocommissioning by 2027, identify a GHG emissions reduction target, and reduce GHG emissions below the identified threshold by 2030. Work with regional partners to develop a consistent methodology and set of requirements for the building performance standard.

Management
Services
Community
Development
2 Structural
Change,
Partnership
Federal Building
Performance
Standard
BLD3.11Amend the building code to require all newly installed HVAC units for existing buildings to have two-way air conditioning unit capabilities to provide heating and cooling by 2026.

Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat
BLD3.12Develop a service/infrastructure upgrade cost sharing program to mitigate the cost for individual building/homeowners to upgrade their service/panel for electrification purposes.

Glendale Water
and Power
2 Feasibility,
Funding
Extreme Heat
and Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.13Create a water heater loan program so that residents who are replacing their natural gas-powered water heaters with electric-powered water heaters at the end of their useful lives can borrow or rent a working natural gas water heater from the City for a specified period of time (e.g., three weeks) to use during any electrical panel upgrade. Participation in this program could signify the initiation of the permit request process and serve as a mechanism to support thoughtful residential transition. Consider expanding the loan program to induction stoves as well.

Glendale Water
and Power,
Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.14Develop an electrification and weatherization concierge service which would guide building owners through the technical steps for electrifying and weatherizing buildings as well as connect them to incentives (e.g., rebates, subsidies, and tax credits) and other resources (e.g., multi-lingual education Glendale Water
and Power,
Community
Development
2 Funding,
Education
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback,
Community
Feedback
490 of 704
Building Systems
23 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
and technical expertise). Additionally, provide educational resources to residents and business owners on the benefits of electrification readiness including panel upgrades, wiring, and service lines to support building and vehicle electrification over time and avoid emergency repairs.

BLD3.15Improve indoor air quality for homes by establishing an educational campaign with demonstration kitchens to showcase the benefits of switching from gas to induction stoves. Create a rebate program to incentivize adoption of electrical appliances for low-income households. Target outreach to landlords by providing technical resources.

Management
Services,
Glendale Water
& Power
2 Education,
Equity
Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.16Complete the feasibility study to evaluate the relative cost and benefits of augmenting centralized power alongside distributed renewable resources through direct install solar and batteries for customers, targeting low-income households, affordable housing developments, and warehouses or large office buildings. The program will include benefit-sharing approaches which would allow Glendale Water and Power to tap into distributed battery storage to facilitate peak shaving during peak demands while providing lower energy costs and increased resilience to targeted customers.

Glendale Water
and Power,
Community
Development
2 Feasibility Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group Feedback,
Solar and Energy
Storage Plan/
Clean Energy
Resolution
BLD3.17Streamline permitting requirements and provide cost-saving design standards for replacing single-pane historic, uniquely shaped (e.g., curved) windows with dual-pane windows.

Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat
and Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.18Establish a local weatherization assistance program that builds on the work being done by the California Department of Community Services and Development through a partnership with Southern California Edison by creating a local program that provides energy efficiency and weatherization support for all residents, with an emphasis on reducing energy usage and lowering utility bills and addressing health and safety issues in homes, businesses, and public facilities.

Glendale Water
and Power,
Community
Development
3 Structural
Change,
Partnerships
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
491 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
24 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
BLD3.19Create an incentive program specifically for upgrades at multi-family homes, as well as low income and affordable housing units, to stack existing incentives from TECH Clean California1 and the Inflation Reduction Act funding mechanisms to connect residents to technical and financial support including direct install, incentives, and information on the benefits of electrification.

Deploy the program in partnership with local community organizations and trusted community leaders, targeting high social sensitivity census tracts. Aim to weatherize and decarbonize 100 units annually by 2031 to demonstrate the effectiveness and co-benefits associated with building electrification.

Glendale Water
and Power,
Community
Development
3 Equity,
Funding,
Structural
Change,
Partnerships
Extreme Heat
and Poor Air
quality
Community
Feedback, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
BLD3.20Work with home and business owners, including those in historic districts, to identify and promote zero-carbon and resilient homes as demonstration projects to showcase the benefits.

Community
Development
3 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat
and Poor Air
Quality
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
BLD3.21Identify locations to feasibly install community-serving microgrids and prioritize areas with high social vulnerability such as areas in South Glendale and Pacific Community Center & Park.

Glendale Water
& Power
3 Equity Extreme Heat
and Wildfire
Microgrid
Incentive
Program
1 https://techcleanca.com/
492 of 704
Building Systems
25 4.3 Measure BLD-4
Decarbonize and make municipal buildings resilient by 2035.

Metrics
▪ 90% of municipal buildings electrified
▪ 75% of upgraded/retrofitted municipal buildings with cool roofs ▪ 100% of municipal buildings in the Fire Hazard Severity Zone retrofitted to meet current fire standards Table 10 Measure BLD-4
Action
Lead
Department Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
BLD4.1Complete the current energy audit and subsequent retro-commissioning on all existing municipal buildings and facilities and inventory all fossil fuel-powered building equipment, identify zero carbon replacement technology, and develop a prioritized short- and long-term replacement schedule for equipment by 2025. As part of this analysis, identify opportunities to install solar PV on municipally owned land and buildings as well as funding sources.

Public Works 1 Feasibility
Study
Solar and
Energy
Storage Plan/
Clean Energy
Resolution
BLD4.2Once the analysis is complete as part of Action BLD-4.1, maximize solar installations on municipally owned land and buildings based on the results of the analysis.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change
Solar and
Energy
Storage Plan/
Clean Energy
Resolution
BLD4.3Continue to require the implementation of cool roofs in the construction of all new and upgraded City buildings (at the time of upgrade) to minimize absorption of solar energy and reduce building energy use.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD4.4Develop and adopt an electrification first policy for City-owned fossil fuel equipment (e.g., back-up generators and HVAC units) by 2025 that outlines a clear strategy for addressing cost impacts of future equipment purchases and supports a fiscally responsible equipment transition.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change
BLD4.5Utilize demand management technology on all applicable systems to reduce demand.

Public Works,
Glendale Water
and Power
1 Structural
Change
493 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
26 Action
Lead
Department Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
BLD4.6Implement a municipal standard for all non-essential electrical plug loads including computers, printers, and other equipment to be shut off during nights, weekends, and other City closures. Individual exceptions can be made, as appropriate.

Information
Technology
1 Structural
Change
BLD4.7Conduct a building audit of all existing City buildings in moderate, high, and very high fire hazard severity zones and implement retrofits to comply with California Building Code, Chapter 7A and Chapter 49 by 2030.

Public Works 2 Feasibility
Study
Wildfire CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
BLD4.8Calculate energy savings from energy efficiency and electrification upgrades and reinvest the savings back into a municipal cool roof program that funds future projects.

Finance, Public
Works
2 Funding Extreme Heat
BLD4.9Require a deconstruction or salvage assessment for all projects involving demolition of existing structures on City-owned property that includes a detailed analysis of structural components, materials, and potential salvageable items.

Public Works 2 Feasibility
BLD4.10Establish and incorporate a low embodied carbon criteria into government procurement policies for public infrastructure projects.

Public Works 3 Structural
Change
BLD4.11Conduct a comprehensive feasibility study to assess the cost, feasibility, and other relevant factors, such as energy efficiency, environmental impact, and long-term maintenance requirements, associated with transitioning the Glendale Civic Center to an electric-powered heating and cooling loop system.

Public Works 3 Feasibility Extreme Heat
BLD4.12Add energy storage such as battery back-up to all critical municipal buildings (e.g., fire stations, police stations, centralized storage locations of critical records) by 2035.

Public Works,
Glendale Water
and Power
3 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat
and Wildfire
494 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
27 5 Mobility and Land Use Systems

5.0 Measure MLS-1
Reduce reliance on single-occupancy vehicles by promoting increased residential densities along transit and commercial corridors, increasing mix of land uses and expanding the range of attainable housing choices.

Metrics
▪ # of affordable housing units constructed by 2035 near transit hubs ▪ # of transit-oriented development constructed by 2035 near transit hubs ▪ % mode share shift from single occupancy vehicle to alternative transportation modes in census tracts with major transit hubs by 2035 Table 11 Measure MLS-1
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS1.1As part of the outreach associated with planning initiatives, continue to engage with members of the community, landowners, local businesses, and community organizations to gather input and address concerns related to increased density and mixed-use development.

Community
Development
1 Education CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
SCAG Connect
SoCal
MLS1.2Partner with Glendale Housing Authority, private developers, non-profit organizations, and community-based organizations to create a network of information sharing to leverage resources and expertise related to affordable housing development by a diverse group of experts. The goal is to foster a dynamic exchange of knowledge, facilitate joint initiatives, and collectively address the challenges associated with creating accessible and affordable housing options.

Community
Development
1 Partnerships,
Equity
Housing
Element
Update 2021 –
2029, SCAG
Connect SoCal
MLS1.3As part of the Land Use Element update, conduct a comprehensive zoning review to identify underutilized areas around major corridors and nodes, strategically rezoning them to allow for increased residential density and/or mixed-use developments, while implementing inclusionary zoning policies to prioritize the creation of affordable housing units within these projects.

Community
Development
1 Feasibility Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
495 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
28 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS1.4Reach beyond the goals of AB 1317, which requires unbundling of parking costs from rental rates in new residential properties with 16 or more units, by updating the municipal code to separate residential parking costs from monthly rent in areas well served by high-quality transit.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
AB 1317
MLS1.5Identify appropriate locations to increase density near transit hubs by identifying suitable locations and implementing zoning changes to promote mixed-use development, thereby enhancing accessibility.

Community
Development
1 – 3 Feasibility
MLS1.6Review and, if necessary, update the current residential zoning districts to remove barriers to help accelerate production of missing ‘middlehousing,’ including townhouses, cottage housing, duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes. Additionally, create Objective Design Standards for these housing types to facilitate quality design and construction.

Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
SCAG Connect
SoCal
MLS1.7Require awnings and/or canopies that can encroach into required property setbacks to create shade for pedestrians as part of objective design standards for mixed use zoning districts, as well as first and last mile development standards that allow for shading pedestrians in mixeduse zones.

Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
Extreme heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS1.8Study the possible elimination of parking minimums and inclusion of parking maximums in zoning districts that are well-served by transit, in line with AB 2097 requirements.

Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
AB 2097
MLS1.9Install a dynamic smart parking program in Downtown Glendale. Earmark proceeds from the program that is in excess of structure parking maintenance costs to install walking and biking infrastructure in high social sensitivity census tracts
Public Works 2 Equity, Funding SCAG Connect
SoCal
MLS1.10Build on the success of surrounding programs and partnerships in the region, including the Southeast Los Angeles Cultural Center Development Advisory Panel to convene a residential-focused community stability working group with representatives from diverse interested parties to develop a community stability toolkit to be used in areas that have displacement risk. Track and monitor effectiveness of such strategies Community
Development
2 Equity,
Partnerships
SCAG Connect
SoCal
MLS1.11Implement a dynamic promotional strategy for Open Streets events (e.g., CicLAvia) including cutting-edge digital marketing tools and strategic community partnerships to maximize participation and foster a vibrant, inclusive urban experience with an emphasis on including the high social sensitivity census tracts
Management
Services,
Community
Services and
Parks
2 Partnership
496 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
29 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS1.12Conduct a study to determine the feasibility of implementing a congestion pricing plan for a specific area of the City with periods of heavy traffic to reduce traffic congestion, improve air quality, and enhance opportunities for multi-modal mobility, by analyzing key factors such as suitable locations, associated costs, optimal timing, potential impacts on traffic patterns, and overall effectiveness in addressing congestion Public Works 3 Feasibility City Staff,
SCAG Connect
SoCal ,
Sustainability
Commission
MLS1.13In support of the Innovation Ecosystem-related goals included in the Economic Development Strategic Plan, provide opportunities for affordable commercial development and redevelopment that supports small and locally owned businesses (e.g. fostering a business mentorship program, providing educational resources to commercial business owners, and facilitating access for incentives, etc.).

Community
Development
3 Structural
Change
Community
Feedback,
Economic
Development
Strategic Plan
497 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
30 5.1 Measure MLS-2
Increase active transportation mode share to 3% by 2030 and 10% by 2045 by increasing the safety and availability of the transportation system to support walking and biking for all members of the community.

Metrics
▪ % mode shift to bike/ped
Table 12 Measure MLS-2
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS2.1Update the Glendale Municipal Code to require the incorporation of standard charging outlets in bike parking zones and designated parking spaces, fostering the widespread adoption of electric bicycles.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
City Staff, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS2.2Review and amend the existing Transportation Demand Management (TDM) ordinance and require specific employers to include money-based incentives for employees to bike, walk, carpool, or take public transit to work, as well as those who work remotely.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback, City
Staff, SCAG
Connect SoCal
MLS2.3Continue to partner with the Glendale Police Department and the Glendale Unified School District to provide a bicycle safety course for both bicycle riders and vehicle drivers to provide education related to safe, active transportation. Utilize this opportunity to provide opportunities to community members to test drive electric bicycles (ebikes) from various manufacturers and learn more about how e-bikes operate. Prioritize outreach in communities with high social sensitivity.

Police
Department,
Glendale Water
and Power
1 Partnerships,
Education
Bicycle
Transportation
Plan, Be Street
Smart Glendale,
Glendale Safe
and Healthy
Streets Plan,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Glendale Water
and Power
Electric Vehicle
Navigator
Program
MLS2.4
Identify locations throughout the City to install additional bike repair stations, including near parks along bicycle routes, and consider Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
Bicycle
Transportation
498 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
31 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
partnering with a local bike shop to provide quarterly bicycle repair support for residents traveling along a main bike path or at a designated, central location. Additionally, develop a Maintenance Plan that outlines ongoing routine inspections and repairs to confirm the continued functionality, as well as a map showing all the repair stations.

Public Works Plan, Glendale
Safe and
Healthy Streets
Plan, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS2.5Partner with an entity such as L.A. Metro, Los Angeles County Bicycle Coalition (LACBC), or Walk Bike Glendale to expand existing rebate programs to help families living on low- and fixed-incomes purchase alternative modes of transportation (e.g., bicycles, scooters, rollerblades, skates, skateboards) and appropriate safety gear
Public Works 1 Partnerships,
Funding, Equity
Bicycle
Transportation
Plan,
Community
Feedback, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS2.6Continue to pursue funding from Caltrans’ Active Transportation Program or similar funding opportunities to implement improvements from the City’s long-range active transportation plans, including the Bicycle Transportation Plan, Circulation Element, Land Use Element Updates, and the Safe and Healthy Streets Plan.

Public Works 1 Funding Glendale Safe
and Healthy
Streets Plan,
Bicycle
Transportation
Plan
MLS2.7Re-evaluate the City’s Safe Routes to School Program to collect current data on access and use; evaluate physical safety; conduct feedback collection sessions from students, guardians, and staff; and provide updated information on pedestrian and bicycle safety programs as well as health benefits. Upon completion, take the updated plan to City Council for adoption.

Community
Development
1 Feasibility Glendale
Citywide
Pedestrian Plan,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS2.8Continue partnering with L.A. Metro to complete the Doran Street Grade Separation Project, which will include installation of an overpass to connect West San Fernando Road with the Fairmont Avenue Bridge, thereby replacing the at-grade crossing to increase pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicle safety.

Public Works 1 Partnerships Metro – Better
Transit Project
MLS2.9Build from the Wander the Wilderness Bus pilot program to formalize a transit to trails program drawing inspiration from successful models, incorporating community feedback, and establishing robust partnerships with public transit agencies, environmental organizations, and local communities to establish seamless and equitable access to natural spaces in the region. Deploy the program in high social sensitivity census Community
Services &
Parks, Public
Works
1 Partnerships,
Feasibility
499 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
32 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
tracts
MLS2.10Complete and implement the Vision Zero Pedestrian Plan by 2030, which includes a holistic realignment of traffic safety priorities, protocol, and procedures aimed at eliminating fatal and serious collisions. Prioritize implementation in high social sensitivity census tracts.

Community
Development,
Public Works
1 – 3 Structural
Change
Glendale
Citywide
Pedestrian Plan,
Sustainability
Commission
MLS2.11Leverage insights and best practices from successful initiatives in other jurisdictions (e.g., Los Angeles, Long Beach, and Metro), building on their experiences and lessons learned, to evaluate and if feasible design and implement a comprehensive Shared Bike program.

Public Works,
Community
Development
Community
Services &
Parks
1 – 3 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS2.12Implement the Bicycle Transportation Plan by 2045. Prioritize implementation in high social sensitivity census tracts.

Public Works,
Community
Development
1 – 3 Structural
Change
Air Quality, Bicycle
Transportation
Plan
MLS2.13Install XX public bike parking facilities that are safe, reliable, convenient, and accessible, enhancing the cycling infrastructure in the community with at least 75% of the new bike parking located in high social sensitivity census tracts. Promote the use of the bike parking facilities through awareness campaigns, multi-lingual convenient signage, and incentives to encourage sustainable transportation choices.

Public Works 1 – 3 Structural
Change
Bicycle
Transportation
Plan, Glendale
Safe and
Healthy Streets
Plan,
Community
Feedback, CAA
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS2.14Increase the linear miles of roadside vegetation clearance by 15%, consistent with the annually updated City of Glendale Fire Department/Los Angeles County Unit Strategic Fire Plan, to reduce the risk of ignition along roadways
Fire
Department
2 Structural
Change
Wildfire City of Glendale
Fire
Department/Lo
s Angeles
County Unit
Strategic Fire
Plan, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS- Install thermometers and ground-based thermal sensing tools along City Manager’s 2 Funding, Extreme Heat North Brand 500 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
33 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency

2.15 Brand near the cool pavement and tree planting pilot project at different heights ranging from the ground to the tops of the trees/surrounding buildings. Collect data regularly to analyze the benefits of the pilot program.

Office, Public
Works
Structural
Change
Boulevard
Complete
Streets
Demonstration
Project, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback, US
EPA Measuring
Heat Island
Impacts
Methodologies
MLS2.16Review and update the Pavement Management Report to incorporate cool pavement technologies during City repaving projects.

Public Works 2 Structural
Change
MLS2.17Create a Glendale Parklet and Community Greening program to identify and map opportunities to install parklets in the downtown and other commercial areas of the City. Engage with businesses to gain sponsorship for the parklets or greenspace. This will contribute to active transportation by converting curbside parking spaces into vibrant, pedestrian-friendly zones, providing additional room for walking, cycling, and other human-powered modes of travel. Additionally, work with private schools, utility right of ways, and Caltrans to identify and transition areas within their right of ways that could be transitioned into parklets and identify freeway airspace and vertical walls may also be used for planting or developed into mini gardens
Community
Development,
Public Works
2 Structural
Change
Community
Feedback, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
MLS2.18Adopt the 2025 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen) voluntary reach code for both residential and non-residential projects that establishes specific pavement options to reduce the heat island effect of sidewalks, patios, driveways, and parking lots by 2026.

Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat CalGreen,
Community
Feedback
MLS2.19Elevate street crosswalk components with artistic elements to enhance visibility and eliminate the need for pedestrians to navigate changes in height while crossing. Prioritize implementation in high social sensitivity census tracts.

Public Works,
Glendale
Library Arts &
Culture
2 Structural
Change
ADA Standards
for Accessible
Designs,
Glendale Urban
Art Program,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
501 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
34 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS2.20Partner with the Glendale Unified School District and private schools in the City to develop a plan to reduce the heat islands in the City’s schools and adjacent areas, including along walking routes, by removing impervious surfaces, planting trees, and increasing shade structures.

Prioritize schools that serve high social sensitivity census tracts. Develop a tree maintenance and monitoring program that details the additional resources required to protect and maintain the trees once planted.

Public Works 2 Partnerships,
Feasibility
Extreme Heat Mobility
Element,
Glendale Safe
and Healthy
Streets Plan,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS2.21Complete the traffic calming strategies along San Fernando Road, including bicycle lanes to access major employment centers (e.g., distribution warehouses) by 2030.

Public Works 2 Structural
Change
Circulation
Element,
Glendale
Citywide
Pedestrian Plan,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS2.22Complete the Glendale-Los Angeles Garden River Bridge Project (Glendale Narrows Riverwalk, Phase III), which will include a river crossing on the LA River near the Glendale Narrows Riverwalk that has specially designed lights to mitigate light pollution, multi-lingual signs, a bike repair station, and information about the region, such as cultural history of the land and people; native plants and animals; and how to protect our ecosystems.

Public Works 3 Structural
Change,
Education
Glendale
Narrows
Riverwalk
Master Plan,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Community
Feedback
MLS2.23Implement transportation improvements identified in the Safety Element to improve emergency evacuation by 2035.

Public Works 3 Structural
Change
Wildfire Safety Element
Update, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback, SCAG
Connect SoCal
MLS2.24Adjust asphalt binder grade based on future temperature projections using American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials guidelines and FHWA’s LTPPBind tool.

Public Works 3 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat American
Association of
State Highway
and
Transportation
Officials
guidelines
502 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
35 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS2.25Implement fortified street crossings with heightened safety measures at high-traffic or traditionally dangerous intersections, incorporating advanced signaling systems, pedestrian-friendly infrastructure, and community-informed designs to enhance road safety.

Public Works 3 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
503 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
36 5.2 Measure MLS-3
Enhance the transit system to be more resilient, accessible, and convenient to increase mode share to 5% by 2030 and 10% by 2045.

Metrics
▪ % mode shift to transit
▪ % of total transit stops in the City with shade features Table 13 Measure MLS-3 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS3.1Complete the current Bus Stop Improvement Program (BSIP) to survey all Beeline Metro, and Los Angeles Department of Transportation bus stops that Glendale is responsible and develop a “kit-of-parts” for each (approximately 467) bus stop which includes shelter and shade structures, and real-time bus information displays at key bus stops. As part of the analysis, identify the top priority locations for installation of shelters, shade structures, and bus stop amenities based on average use of the transit stop, location in high social sensitivity census tracts, and proximity to community parks.

Public Works 1 Feasibility,
Structural
Change
Extreme Heat Bus Stop
Improvement
Program – in
progress (as of
2/2024), SCAG
Connect SoCal,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
MLS3.2As part of the ongoing Comprehensive Transit Operations Analysis, evaluate the existing Beeline route and coordinate with Metro, BurbankBus, La Canada Flintridge (LCF) Shuttle, Metrolink, and Amtrak, to increase convenient and safe access to the transit system. Work with L.A. Metro and Glendale Beeline to identify opportunities to increase transit options in Glendale and coordinate around issue areas. Prioritize implementation in high social sensitivity census tracts.

Public Works 1 Feasibility,
Partnership
SCAG Connect
SoCal, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS3.3Partner with Metro to educate the community on available transit opportunities through informational workshops, highlighting the benefits and convenience of public transportation options, including the Guaranteed Ride Home program and Metro Micro.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change,
Partnerships
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
MLS- Continue to partner with Metro to provide qualifying low-income Public Works 1 Feasibility, Community 504 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
37 3.4 residents of Los Angeles County with monthly free regional rides as part of the Low Income Fare is Easy program and identify opportunities to expand the partnership to include Metrolink, Amtrak, and potentially rideshare companies to create a centralized program that establishes a monthly ticket covering multiple transportation systems to incentivize travelers.

Funding,
Partnerships
Feedback, City
Staff, SCAG
Connect SoCal,
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
MLS3.5As part of the Beeline Comprehensive Operations Analysis, continue to improve transit accessibility on the Beeline by actively engaging people with disabilities in the review and discussion of existing operations, and decision-making processes for future initiatives and upgrades.

Public Works 1 Equity SCAG Connect
SoCal, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS3.6Utilize Transit and Intercity Rail Capital Program (TIRCP) grant and local transportation sales tax measure funds to install the prioritized shelter and shade structures, bus stop amenities as identified in MLS-3.1., contactless fare payment program, and climate mobility, technology upgrades (e.g., Wi-Fi on bus, real time information system, etc.).

Public Works 2 Funding Extreme Heat City Staff, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS3.7Continue to partner with L.A. Metro and the Glendale Beeline to offer increased awareness of youth-targeted programs and continue to engage with Glendale Unified School District to offer membership in the GoPass program.

Public Works 2 Partnerships,
Funding, Equity
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback, SCAG
Connect SoCal
MLS3.8Work with regional transit providers to implement a transit signal priority system that implements a smart and integrated street lighting system aimed at minimizing wait times at intersections by optimizing traffic flow and enhancing energy efficiency.

Public Works 2 Structural
Change
Community
Feedback, SCAG
Connect SoCal,
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
MLS3.9Upon completion of the Comprehensive Transit Operations Analysis (Action MLS-3.2), develop a Beeline Service Plan that prioritizes high social sensitivity census tracts.

Public Works 3 Feasibility,
Equity
Comprehensive
Transit
Operations
Analysis, SCAG
Connect SoCal,
CAAP Focus
Group Feedback
MLS3.10Continue to partner with Metro to complete the North Hollywood to Pasadena Transit Corridor project to connect the cities of Los Angeles (North Hollywood and Eagle Rock communities), Burbank, Glendale, and Pasadena via Bus Rapid Transit (BRT), improving access to jobs, education, and other important destinations.

Public Works 3 Partnership Metro Better
Transit Projects,
SCAG Connect
SoCal, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
505 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
38 5.3 Measure MLS-4
Increase passenger and commercial zero-emission vehicle use and adoption to 25% by 2030 and 90% by 2045, respectively.

Metrics
▪ 25% of total passenger vehicles that are zero-emission in the City ▪ 25% of total commercial vehicles are zero-emission in the City ▪ # publicly accessible electric vehicle chargers in Glendale Table 14 Measure MLS-4
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS4.1Continue to leverage feasibility study information to evaluate opportunities for installation of electric vehicle charging stations at City-owned facilities and in the public right of way. The feasibility study will assess electrical capacity, electrical demand, financial constraints, and parking utilization to provide a prioritized list of locations to install new publicly accessible electric vehicle charging stations. In the feasibility study, include evaluation of opportunities and prioritization of locations to increase the equitable distribution of publicly available electric vehicle chargers to residents of multi-family homes in high social sensitivity tracts and residents living on low- and moderate-incomes, as well as consideration for optimizing daytime charging.

Glendale Water
and Power
1 Feasibility,
Equity
Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS4.2Continue to implement the Glendale Electric Vehicle Reach Code and review every code cycle (three years) to align with best practices and guidelines for electric vehicle charging.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
Air Quality
MLS4.3Continue to conduct at least two annual zero-emission vehicle education events for residents. Prioritize events for residents living on low- and moderateincomes as well as residents living in multi-family buildings that would engage the community to evaluate the barriers to zero-emission vehicle adoption, promote information on the costs and benefits of owning zero-emission vehicles, and detail the steps on how to receive incentives for zero-emission vehicles.

Glendale Water
and Power,
Library Arts and
Culture
Department
1 Education CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
MLS4.4Engage large employers and owners of parking structures in Glendale and provide technical support, such as design assistance, technical workshops, GWP Community
Development
1 Partnerships Community
Feedback
506 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
39 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
coordination, and permit streamlining to install public, shared, and private, DC fast charging infrastructure
MLS4.5Create a summary of commercial vehicle fleets in Glendale and identify employers to work with to accelerate zero-emission vehicle adoption through targeted education. Encourage commercial vehicle fleet operators to accelerate electrification by providing them educational material on the benefits of zeroemission vehicles (e.g., fuel cost savings through networked charging, and current availability of zero emission vehicles ahead of State mandates), the City’s streamlined permitting process, and compiling and distributing information on potential funding opportunities.

Glendale Water
and Power
1 Feasibility,
Education
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS4.6Develop outreach and education materials and distribute them to local businesses, property owners, and developers on the financial (e.g., new funding streams), environmental, health, and safety benefits of zero-emission vehicles.

Provide information on available funding opportunities and the City’s streamlined permitting process. Deploy the program in partnership with local community organizations and trusted community leaders.

Glendale Water
and Power ,
Library Arts and
Culture
Department
1 Education Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
MLS4.7Based on the prioritized list of locations developed through action MLS-4.1, install at least 25 level II chargers per year, through public-private partnerships and on City-owned properties.

Glendale Water
and Power
1 – 3 Structural
Change,
Partnerships
Air Quality Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS4.8Incentivize residential electric vehicle charger installations and panel upgrades.

Promote the incentives through multi-lingual outreach material on the City’s a centralized climate action and adaptation website and at community events.

Glendale Water
and Power
2 Funding CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS4.9Continue to work with the South Coast Air Quality Management District to identify and provide funding for electric vehicles and charging infrastructure for disadvantaged business owners.

Glendale Water
and Power
2 Partnerships
, Funding
Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS4.10Identify and create an equitable plan for a zero-carbon district in a high social sensitivity census tract to focus resources, support, and partnerships with local businesses, and engagement to develop a carbon free zone where all buildings and mobility options are carbon free. Avoid inequitable outcomes by engaging directly with high social sensitivity census tract households and businesses.

Community
Development
3 Structural
Change,
Partnerships
Focus Group
Feedback
507 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
40 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS4.11Conduct a comprehensive assessment of primary last-mile delivery routes, vehicle fleet composition, and energy infrastructure, exploring potential partnerships with electric vehicle manufacturers, charging station providers, and alternative solutions such as e-cargo bikes, AI-driven delivery systems, or other innovative approaches, as well as evaluating financial incentives and regulatory frameworks to formulate a well-informed strategy for the successful electrification of last-mile delivery.

Public Works,
Glendale Water
& Power
3 Feasibility City Staff,
SCAG Connect
SoCal
508 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
41 5.4 Measure MLS-5
Electrify or otherwise decarbonize 30% of community-operated off-road equipment (e.g., lawnmowers, leaf blowers, and chainsaws) operations by 2030 and 100% by 2045.

Metrics
▪ 30% reduction in off-road equipment fuel use
Table 15 Measure MLS-5
Actions
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
MLS5.1Investigate off-road equipment fleets in the City to identify fleets with the highest decarbonization potential, fleets owned by small and minority businesses that will need targeted support and incentives to decarbonize or electrify, and fleets that do not currently have zero-emission alternatives. Utilize these findings to develop the phased off-road ordinances (Action MLS-5.2).

Sustainability 1 Feasibility, Equity Community
Feedback
MLS5.2Continue to develop and adopt a phased series of ordinances that align with or exceed AB 1346 to ban local operation of specific types of gasoline and diesel-powered off-road equipment (e.g., lawn and garden, construction). Update the ordinances based on a regular review of relevant state regulations, regional rules, and available technology.

Sustainability,
Community
Development
(Code
Enforcement)
1 Structural
Change
Poor Air
Quality
Ordinance No.
6008 – Gas
Powered Leaf
Blower, AB
1346, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
MLS5.3Promote the multi-lingual Off-road Equipment Replacement Outreach Campaign that provides information to contractors, residents, and fleet operators in the City. Information should include equivalent alternatives to fossil-fuel powered off-road equipment, public health, safety benefits of alternative equipment technology, and funding opportunities available (i.e., Clean Off-Road Equipment Voucher Incentive Program [CORE]).

Information from the educational program should be summarized into an infographic format and posted at parks, City-owned and operated buildings, and shared in the City’s newsletter to highlight the emissions reductions and overall health benefits in a way that is easily understood.

Sustainability 1 Education, Equity CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS5.4Require zero emission off-road equipment as a mitigation measure for projects deemed to have an environmental impact for new construction Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
Poor Air
Quality
509 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
42 Actions
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard
Consistency
as part of the CEQA process.

MLS5.5Create an enforcement and implementation program to track the community's transition to electric off-road equipment and use of biofuels.

Sustainability,
Community
Development
(Code
Enforcement)
2 Structural
Change
MLS5.6Partner with surrounding jurisdictions and the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) to develop an expanded rebate and incentive program for upgrading off-road equipment and switching to electric or biofuels. Develop the program with a focus on procedural equity and prioritize funding distribution to vulnerable populations.

Sustainability,
Glendale
Water and
Power
2 Funding, Equity,
Partnerships
Air Quality CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
510 of 704
Mobility and Land Use Systems
43 5.5 Measure MLS-6
Transition to 75% zero-emission municipal fleet by 2030 and 100% by 2040.

Metrics
▪ % of Municipal Fleet Vehicles that are zero-emission
▪ % reduction in employee commute
Table 16 Measure MLS-6 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
MLS6.1Review and update the Fleet Electrification Study every two years to consider changes in vehicle operations and requirements, changes in costs, as well as improvements in technology.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change
Fleet
Electrification
Study,
American
Green Zone
Alliance
Certified
Green Zones
Program
MLS6.2Continue to highlight the City’s zero-emission vehicle fleet at community events such as Earth Day, Touch-A-Truck, and other events, to demonstrate how an electric vehicle fleet underscores Glendale's dedication to modernizing its infrastructure and aligning with evolving transportation trends and provide an opportunity to provide education about the benefits of electric vehicles, including lower air pollution, reduced noise levels, and the positive impact on public health.

Public Works 1 Education CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS6.3Develop an impact and risk assessment for power outages and use the information to develop risk mitigation strategies and a resilience plan that supports electric vehicle procurement.

Public Works 1 Feasibility Fleet
Electrification
Study
MLS6.4Implement the Zero-Emission Transition Bus Rollout plan by 2035. Public Works 1 – 3 Structural Change
Air Quality City Staff
MLS6.4Install battery backup combined with onsite solar and renewable diesel generator backups to provide resilience to the municipal fleet.

Public Works 2 Structural
Change
Air Quality,
Extreme Heat,
Wildfire
511 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
44 MLS6.5Explore options for installing showers in existing City-owned facilities and bike lockers along City-owned streets, where appropriate, to encourage City employees to bike to work and demonstrate the City’s commitment to sustainability and community bicycle safety.

Public Works 2 Feasibility,
Structural
Change
Bicycle
Transportation
Plan,
Community
Feedback
MLS6.6Secure funding from State programs (such as the California Air Resources Board's Clean Vehicle Rebate Project and the Truck and Bus Voucher Incentive Program, Hybrid and Zero-Emission Truck and Bus Voucher Incentive Project) and Federal sources to increase procurement of zeroemission cars, trucks, buses, and other vehicles and installation of zeroemission vehicle charging/fueling infrastructure at municipal facilities.

Additionally, explore opportunities for Low Carbon Fuel Standard credit generation from use of low carbon fuels/electricity for fleet vehicles.

Public Works 2 Funding CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
MLS6.7Meet or exceed the advanced clean fleets rules for medium and heavyduty vehicles.Public Works 3 Structural Change
Air Quality
512 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
45 6 Urban Eco-Systems

6.0 Measure-UE-1
Increase organics diversion through SB-1383 to divert 75% of organic material by 2025.

Metrics
▪ % reduction in organic material sent to landfill compared to 2014 ▪ Tons of organic material procured per year
▪ % reduction of edible food waste
Table 17 Measure UE-1 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
UE-1.1 Continue to support Los Angeles County Solid Waste Information Management System (SWIMS) complete robust analysis on the three major waste streams (landfill, recycle, and organics) as part of the Glendale Recycling Center Master Plan and the County’s Organic Waste Recycling and Edible Food Recovery Capacity Planning initiative by 2025.

Public Works 1 Feasibility Recycling
Center
Master Plan,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-1.2 Engage in edible food recovery capacity planning by completing the following actions:
▪ Estimate the amount of edible food that will be disposed of by organics generators in Glendale.
▪ Work regionally to establish a full list of food recovery organizations that can receive edible food from Glendale businesses.
▪ Optimize edible food collection and distribution logistics in the City by implementing a streamlined route planning system, coordinating with local businesses for organic waste contributions, and leveraging technology for real-time monitoring, thereby enhancing efficiency and sustainability in compost management.

Public Works 1 Feasibility SB 1383, Zero
Waste Action
Plan, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
513 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
46 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
▪ Continue to work with food recovery entities, such as ReCreate, to identify the minimum capacity required to recover 20% of edible food that is estimated to be disposed.
▪ Provide education regarding the good Samaritan law and infrastructure needed to store and manage food.

If existing and planned capacity is insufficient based on the above process, develop and submit an implementation schedule highlighting the planning effort to provide new or expanded capacity for increasing edible food donations and identify proposed new or expanded facilities to be used for additional capacity.

UE-1.3 In tandem with the Free Composting Bin and Organics Recycling Pail Pick Up programs, establish and maintain an ongoing education program informing the community about compostable materials, including regularly updated guidelines on composting, especially paper, distributed bi-annually and made available at the City permit counter, grocery stores, as well as at farmers' markets and other community events.

Public Works 1 Education Sustainability
Commission,
Zero Waste
Action Plan,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-1.4 Implement an equitable inspection and compliance program for the edible food recovery program and organics procurement program with equitable and clearly defined enforcement mechanisms and penalties, as required by Article 16 in SB 1383. Maintain records, including an initial compliance report, annual report, and implementation record as required by Articles 3, 14, and 16 of SB 1383 for (1) the organic waste collection program and (2) the edible food recovery program. Additionally, develop an organics procurement tracking program.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change, Equity
SB 1383, Zero
Waste Action
Plan
UE-1.5 Work with the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health to develop and pass an ordinance, with equitable enforcement mechanisms and technical and financial assistance for low-income entities, which requires organics diversion from businesses, including front-of-house (FOH) organics collection at most food service businesses. As part of the ordinance development process, identify local companies that provide composting support services and develop preliminary requirements for contracting.

Public Works 3 Feasibility,
Equity
UE-1.6 Continue working with waste haulers who can franchise in Glendale to provide clear and consistent composting education material to private and public schools and other community organizations to promote compost quality and avoid cross contamination with plastics and other trash.

Public Works 1 Education CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
514 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
47 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
Zero Waste
Action Plan
UE-1.7 Identify opportunities to meet the procurement targets of SB 1383 to procure 16,000 tons of organics per year and identify opportunities to apply compost on City parks to improve water-holding capacity and filtration.

Public Works,
Parks
1 Feasibility,
Structural
Change
Drought
UE-1.8 Work with regional partners in LA County to create a compost application trading program to support the application of compost and other organic matter in farms and parks in the County.

Public Works 1 Partnership
UE-1.9 Continue to work with ReCREATE or similar entity to develop and manage a comprehensive edible food recovery program based on food insecurity in Glendale that identifies and assists Tier 1 and Tier 2 generators with SB 1383 implementation; identifies food recovery services and organizations within the City; determines the capacity of food recovery services and organizations within the City; evaluates the need for development of food recovery kitchen sites or repackaging locations; and tracks the needs of Glendale’s food insecure population.

Public Works, 1 Partnerships,
Structural
Change
Glendale
Edible Food
Recovery
Program,
ReCreate
Contract
UE1.10Continue to identify and support school organizations (e.g., leadership, sustainability, and environmental groups or clubs) start “Go Organics” programs to initiate, educate, and implement robust organics collection programs in collaboration with public schools, Glendale Community College campuses, and private schools.

Public Works 1 Partnerships,
Education
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE1.11Develop community compost giveaway sites (e.g., at parks or other City owned and operated locations) to provide a constant resource to the community and education about how to reduce pests and potential odor and other relevant concerns.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change
Zero Waste
Action Plan,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE1.12 Develop a multi-family outreach program that engages with large and medium sized multi-family buildings to discuss opportunities and barriers to composting. Engagement should include outreach to property management and tenants. Based on feedback, identify recommendations for developing a multi-family composting program.

Public Works 1 Education Community
Feedback.

CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE1.13Increase the City of Glendale construction waste diversion requirement as part of the hauler c to 75% during the next contract negotiation.

Community
Development
1 Education
515 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
48 6.1 Measure UE-2
Increase tree canopy to 25% by 2030 and 30% by 2045 by focusing on communities most vulnerable to extreme heat.

Metrics
▪ # of (annually and total) trees planted in high social sensitivity census tracts ▪ % survival rate of trees planted
Table 18 Measure UE-2 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
UE-2.1 Complete analysis on success rates for trees planted over the past three years (planted 2020 – 2023), encompassing factors such as species selection, soil conditions, and maintenance practices, to determine the survival rate, thereby informing future tree planting initiatives and fostering sustainable urban forestry practices.

Public Works,
Community
Services and
Parks,
1 Feasibility Extreme Heat City Staff
UE-2.2 Continue to implement and regularly update the Open Space Management Plan sustainable management practices for land included in the San Gabriel and Verdugo Mountains, and the San Rafael Hills, incorporating the planting of trees with locally adapted genetics in historically forested areas, aiming to enhance ecosystem health, mitigate erosion, and preserve biodiversity. Add multi-lingual signs and/or information kiosks detailing the history of specific trees, where known, benefits of native trees, and information on how they are maintained.

Public Works,
Community
Services and
Parks, , Fire
1 Structural
Change
City Staff.

CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-2.3 Prioritize planting of 200 trees annually in high social sensitivity census tracts with the lowest tree equity score, along safe routes to school and near bus stops, as detailed in the City’s Community Forest Management Plan.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change, Equity
Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Draft
Community
Forest
Management
Plan
UE-2.4 Implement and regularly review and update the Community Forest Management Plan using the best available data (e.g., tree canopy Public Works 1 Feasibility,
Funding
Extreme Heat
516 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
49 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
tracking tools) to support the decision-making process and include parks and City open space.

UE-2.5 Re-evaluate the “Designated Street Tree List” for canopy potential and future climate conditions. Prioritize implementation of the City’s existing Urban Forest Reforestation Program in areas of high social sensitivity census tracts.

Public Works 1 Feasibility,
Structural
Change
Extreme Heat,
Drought
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-2.6 Conduct site assessments of parks located in areas with the greatest concentration of vulnerable populations. Evaluate thermal comfort, availability of shade, building and pavement materials, amenities, and landscape features. Survey park visitors to obtain input on park design and thermal comfort. Establish a schedule of capital expenditures to increase tree canopy, install shade structures (including those that cover picnic areas, general seating, walkways, play structures, and dog parks), misting stations, spray parks, and other cooling features, and change materials (e.g., paving, building) to those with low solar gain to increase comfort, safety, and promote prolonged outdoor activities by providing protection from the sun, ultimately fostering a more enjoyable and inclusive recreational environment for the community members and their pets that utilize the site(s). Focus investments and upgrades in areas of high social sensitivity first.

Public Works,
Community
Services & Parks
1 Feasibility,
Equity
Extreme Heat Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-2.7 Review, enhance, update, and regularly maintain the City’s existing “Public Tree” webpage with relevant information, such as best practices for watering and fertilizing trees, guidelines for pruning and maintenance, information on local tree species, and resources for reporting tree damage or disease. Additionally, provide information on the benefits of a healthy tree canopy, including improved air and water quality, reduced urban heat island effects, and increased property values.

Public Works 1 Education Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-2.8 Continue to pursue and obtain grant funding for tree planting and urban forest management. Identify and apply for Federal and State grants annually to meet the tree planting goal identified in Action UE-2.3 (e.g., USDA, California ReLeaf, Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities Program, Cal Fire’s Urban and Community Forestry Program, and the California Natural Resources Agency’s Urban Greening Program).

Public Works 1 Funding Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-2.9 Partner with a non-profit entity to enhance and promote the existing Tree Power Program to generate more donations, optimize the Earth Community
Services &
1 Partnerships,
Education
Extreme Heat Tree Power
Program, CAAP
517 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
50 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
Day/Arbor Day program, and generate more community support for the urban forest.

Parks, Public
Works
Focus Group
Feedback
UE2.10Contract with local nurseries to grow indigenous species of trees with local genetics to be used for City planting.

Public Works,
Community
Services & Parks
1 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat
UE2.11Update the municipal code shade tree requirement for new developments; greening of parking lots; planting replacement trees that offer a large mature tree canopy with low water requirements; and increase permeable surfaces in new developments.

Community
Development,
Public Works
2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat,
Drought
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE2.12Adopt an ordinance that establishes strict guidelines and limits on the allowable extent of impervious surfaces in City-owned and operated parkways. The ordinance should include provisions for permeable pavement options, green infrastructure, and stormwater management practices that promote sustainable urban design and preserve ecological health.

Public Works 2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE2.13Create a communitywide ban on rock mulch, plastic/landscape fabric, and artificial turf under trees citywide that includes an educational component for residents and business owners on the impacts of these materials on tree health and the ultimate impact on increased heat and poor air quality. Additionally, include information on the benefits of mulching with natural materials, highlighting their ability to enrich soil fertility, reduce erosion, and provide a habitat for beneficial organisms.

Community
Development
2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat
and Poor Air
Quality
City Staff,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE2.14Prepare an Urban Forestry Map to identify and map vacant planting areas beyond public lands and rights-of-way that can be converted into greenspace with tree canopy, including on private property in parking lots and front and side-yard setbacks, and on City-owned vacant lands.

Public Works 2 Feasibility Extreme Heat CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE2.15In areas with low canopy coverage and small parkways (10’ or under) in high social sensitivity areas, complete analysis on the potential to remove parking lanes or change traffic flow to one-way to create space for an active transportation lane with potential for largest shade trees in the highest foot traffic. Establish a prioritized list of locations that could feasibly be transitioned. Complete this action as part of the Glendale Parklet and Community Greening program identified in Action MLS-2.17.

CDD 2 Feasibility,
Structural
Change
Extreme Heat,
Drought
City Staff,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE- Partner with local landscape architects or urban design experts to create Public Works, 2 Structural Sustainability 518 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
51 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency

2.16 a set of sample landscape designs options with native, drought-tolerant, and edible plants, providing detailed specifications on what to buy (e.g., a kit of tools) and offering guidance to community members in planning their outdoor spaces. Create demonstration gardens on City-owned sites, including planting events tailored especially to schools and student groups
CSP,
Community
Development
Change,
Partnerships
Commission,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE2.17Develop an ordinance requiring tree maintenance of protected trees on private lots be performed by an arborist to increase tree health and longterm wellness to increase the urban forest canopy.

Public Works 2 Structural
Change
Extreme Heat City Staff
UE2.18Reduce competition from invasive grasses and restore existing nonnatives to native landscape on City property.Public Works, Parks
2 Structural
Change
Wildfire City Staff
UE2.19Establish a Tree Trust or Tree Endowment where the interest on the principal can be used for purchasing and planting trees in prioritized areas pursuant to the Urban Forest Inventory and Management Plan, paying for tree maintenance in high social sensitivity census tracts in the City, supporting tree management in City-owned parks, or supporting staff resources for the Urban Forest Management Program.

Public Works 3 Funding, Equity Extreme Heat
UE2.20Partner with local conservation groups such as the Arroyos & Foothills Conservancy and Glendale Environmental Coalition to acquire key parcels for conservation and perform restoration projects on existing parcels in Glendale’s open spaces and along the Wildland-Urban Interface which are vulnerable to development for wildfire mitigation.

Public Works,
Parks
3 Structural
Change,
Partnerships
State's 30x30
goals, City
Staff
519 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
52 6.2 Measure UE- 3
Reduce the potential for wildfire to spread in Glendale by actively managing XX acres of land annually through prescribed burns, brush clearance, grazing, and building hardening.

Metrics
▪ # of acres of brush clearance
▪ # of acres of grazing land
▪ # prescribed burn projects
▪ # of participants in home hardening workshops
Table 19 Measure UE-3 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
UE-3.1 Conduct analysis to identify high risk and high fuel load areas within the Wildland Urban Interface by 20XX.

Fire Department 1 Feasibility Wildfire
UE-3.2 Apply innovative and thoughtful vegetation management such as grazing or vegetation thinning and composting to reduce fuel loads and fire intensity in Wildland Urban Interface areas. Establish an implementation schedule to actively manage XX acres annually. Using the Herbivory Intensity Class I or Class 2 categories, grazing would be predominantly achieved by either cattle and horses, or goats, respectively, to help reduce the fine fuels and, therefore, a potential fire’s rate of speed.

Monitor the native versus invasive species growth after each management technique is applied and adjust the process where appropriate to protect the native species, while also decreasing fire risk.

Fire Department 1 Structural Wildfire Vegetation
Management
and Brush
Abatement
Program, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
UE-3.3 Seek funding to prepare a Community Wildfire Protection Plan consistent with the latest Healthy Forests Restoration Act standards.

Fire Department 1 Funding Landslide CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-3.4 In partnership with local Tribal groups, conduct a feasibility study to find the total acreage on lands suited for prescribed burning (i.e., based on fuel type, fuel density, proximity to sensitive resources and receptors, control points, and topography).

Fire Department 1 Feasibility,
Partnerships
Wildfire
UE-3.5 Identify and apply for grant opportunities to fund wildfire vegetation Fire Department 1 Funding Wildfire CAAP Focus 520 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
53 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
management, including grants from CAL FIRE. Group
Feedback
UE-3.6 Continue to implement the Vegetation Management Program and conduct on-going workshops on defensible space, vegetation management, and home-hardening techniques based upon the most up to date Los Angeles County Fire Department and CAL FIRE management guidelines and policies for property owners in moderate, high, and very high fire hazard severity zones. Connect vulnerable populations (e.g., single heads of households, individuals on fixed income/low-income, older adults, individuals living with a disability) to funding resources.

Track the number of current participants and establish a goal to increase the number of individuals who participate in the home hardening workshops or programs. Monitor progress towards the goal and adapt the program as necessary to increase community involvement.

Fire
Department,
Public Works
1 Education Wildfire Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-3.7 Increase Tribal coordination efforts to manage lands and increase resilience based on traditional practices and historic vegetation through co-management agreements and Tribal-led projects.

Public Works 1 Equity,
Partnerships
Wildfire CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-3.8 Maintain multiple contracts with private contracting shepherds to increase the acres of land by 10% that are grazed to reduce wildfire risk.

Fire Department 2 Structural
Change
Wildfire CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-3.9 Sponsor at least one Community Chipper Event annually by providing free mobile onsite chipping at designated locations to reduce private burden for fuels reduction and to generate woodchips from brush while maintaining LA County Defensible Space Standards Zone 0 (0-5 feet ember resistant zone from structure).

Public Works,
Fire
Department,
Information
Technology
2 Structural
Change
Wildfire CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE3.10Establish a post-wildfire or extreme rain event inspection and mitigation program to evaluate and reduce the risk of landslides for areas near critical buildings and infrastructure. The inspection program should include assessment of:
▪ Previous vegetation cover class and percent cover
▪ Post fire vegetation cover percent
▪ Slope percent
▪ Soil type and erosivity
▪ Proximity of the facility to the high-use area
▪ Weather forecast
Fire
Department,
Public Works
3 Structural
Change
Landslide Citywide
Emergency
Plan, CAAP
Focus Group
Feedback
521 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
54 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
▪ Features between the facility and area of damage
UE3.11Install landslide monitoring equipment in landslide susceptibility areas that are adjacent to critical assets to monitor and detect any changes in local hillside hydrologic conditions using surface or subsurface data. Data collected and used could include rainfall, air temperature, relative humidity, soil-water content, soil suction, soil temperature, and groundwater pressure.

Public Works,
Information
Technology
3 Structural
Change
Landslide CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
522 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
55 6.3 Measure UE-4
Increase access to affordable and fresh produce through partnerships and technical assistance.

Metrics
▪ # of new community gardens in high social sensitivity census tracts Table 20 Measure UE-4 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar Climate Hazard Consistency
UE-4.1 Continue partnering with the Glendale Unified School District to create school community garden programs to educate students about gardening, farming, healthy food, and providing a source of fresh fruits and vegetables. Utilize City recognition forums, such as the Sustainable Stewardship Award, to highlight schools or clubs that collect and manage organic materials, maintain a school garden, and provide education to students on the life cycle of organics.

Public Works,
Library Arts
and Culture
Department
1 Partnership,
Education
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
UE-4.2 Expand existing community garden programs by revitalizing and expanding gardening sites in areas of high social sensitivity or with high food insecurity rates. Conduct a feasibility study of vacant sites, evaluate zoning constraints, and identify partnerships and funding opportunities.

Additionally, invest in a local food recovery distribution system (e.g., a food truck or other method of transportation) to transfer fresh, healthy food to those in greatest need to increase access.

Community
Service &
Parks, Public
Works
2 Feasibility,
Structural
Change, Equity,
Partnerships
Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-4.3 Partner with an entity such as LA Compost to create small community garden programs at existing community centers. Provide training on gardening, food harvest, and food preparation, as well as the health and climate benefits of reducing meat consumption.

Public Works,
Community
Service &
Parks, Library
Arts and
Culture
Department
2 Structural
Change,
Education,
Partnership
Community
Feedback,
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
UE-4.4 Partner with local chefs or other non-profits to provide vegetarian cooking classes (on electric cooktops) at community centers or test kitchens within Glendale. Identify opportunities to offer longer-term classes and provide a demonstration garden to educate the community as well.

Sustainability
Community
Service &
Parks, Library
Arts and
2 Partnerships,
Education
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
523 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
56 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar Climate Hazard Consistency
Culture
Department
UE-4.5 Partner with local Tribes and/or Indigenous communities to create native gardens for community use and food to foster a collaborative and inclusive approach that respects and integrates traditional ecological knowledge, cultural practices, and community goals into the sustainable development of shared spaces.

Community
Service & Parks
2 Partnership CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-4.6 Establish a food business development center that provides start-up funds, such as low interest matching loans, and access to technical assistance tailored to starting entrepreneurs and cooperative food initiatives.

Economic
Development
3 Structural
Change
Community
Feedback
524 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
57 6.4 Measure UE-5
Reduce per capita water use X% by 2030 and Y% by 2045 by enhancing water conservation and water quality and increase the Glendale water system's resilience to climate extremes by upgrading water and stormwater facilities.2
Metrics
▪ % change in annual gallons of water consumed per capita Table 21 Measure UE-5 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
UE-5.1 Adopt an ordinance to ban the use of non-functional turf in new building design.

Community
Development
1 Structural
Change
AB 1572
UE-5.2 Upon the next update to the Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP)), review the historical record to identify the longest recorded drought and consider a similar drought length in the UWMP analysis.

Glendale Water
and Power
1 Feasibility Drought CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-5.3 As part of the COSA, conduct an energy/water nexus study to inform future water rate structure. Explore approaches to structure water rates more progressively. To avoid inequitable outcomes, engage directly with low-income households with high utility burdens during water rate structure changes.

Glendale Water
and Power
1 Feasibility,
Equity
Drought CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-5.4 Continue to coordinate with neighboring jurisdictions to provide adequate water availability and peak load water supply for fire suppression efforts in alignment with CAL FIRE recommendations.

Glendale Water
and Power
1 Partnership Wildfire
UE-5.5 Partner with Metropolitan Water District of Southern California to expand the rain barrel program by implementing community outreach campaigns. Collaborate with Metropolitan and/or other experts to provide educational workshops on rainwater harvesting and sustainable water management practices.

Glendale Water
and Power
1 Structural
Change,
Partnerships
Drought CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-5.6 Perform a study to understand the feasibility and potential potable water savings of adopting a Dual Plumbing Ordinance. The feasibility study will Community
Development,
2 Feasibility Drought Sustainability
Commission
2 The target usage beyond 2035 will depend on future updates to SB 606 and AB 1668. 525 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
58 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
help the City determine the size threshold for future development projects subject to the ordinance.

Glendale Water
and Power
UE-5.7 Evaluate the adequacy of the City’s stormwater infrastructure and promote best management practices (BMPs) based on future precipitation projections and confidence intervals using the Cal-Adapt tool and guidance from the Federal Highway Administration.

Public Works 2 Feasibility Extreme
Precipitation
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-5.8 Conduct an evaluation of impacts that future extreme precipitation events or extended drought conditions could have on the Glendale Water Treatment Plant by 2030 as part of the Recycled Water Master Plan.

Glendale Water
and Power
2 Feasibility Extreme
precipitation,
drought
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-5.9 Based on the results of the analysis included in the COSA, expand existing Glendale Water and Power programs to increase leakage detection systems and repairs; drought tolerant landscaping; low-flow fixtures, fittings, and appliances; greywater capture and reuse; leakage repairs; and/or financial and technical resources to subsidize costs to landlords and low-income households.

Glendale Water
and Power
2 Structural
Change
Drought CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE5.10As part of the Water Master Plan, conduct an assessment to identify opportunities to upgrade or add field instrumentation hardware including sensors, actuators, relays, control units, and samplers (e.g., for automatic leak detection) throughout the Glendale Water and Power water distribution system. Utilize artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to automate SCADA data collection and analysis to provide additional operational improvements and achieve energy efficiency.

Glendale Water
and Power
2 Feasibility Drought CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE5.11Based on the results of the Recycled Water Master Plan, expand recycled water lines throughout the City, with an emphasis on connecting to parks and open spaces.

Glendale Water
and Power
3 Structural
Change
Drought
526 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
59 6.5 Measure UE-6
Showcase municipal leadership through increased landfill diversion rates, climate-smart food and purchasing behavior, and enhanced water efficiencies.

Metrics
▪ # of Sq. ft. of non-functional turf remaining on City maintained lands annually ▪ # of new bioswales constructed
▪ % total reduction in municipal water use
Table 22 Measure UE-6 Actions
Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
UE-6.1 Evaluate the existing custodial contracts at City-owned and operated buildings and facilities to update contract terms if necessary to include collection and disposal of organics, recyclables, and landfilled solid waste.

As part of the evaluation, complete an audit of the existing external waste collection bins at each location and if necessary, work with the waste hauler(s) to acquire supplemental bins and collection services for organics, recyclables, and landfilled solid waste at each City-owned and operated facility by 2026. Adopt the City's administrative policy requiring all City staff to follow the source-separation requirement.

Sustainability,
Finance
1 Structural
Change
CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
UE-6.2 Complete an annual audit on current bin location and signage for landfill, recycle, and compost waste in municipal buildings and on municipalowned land to confirm that bins have clear signage and are collocated together for appropriate disposal. Where necessary, establish a plan to improve signage that clearly outlines what is accepted in each receptacle.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change
Community
Feedback
UE-6.3 Provide free or reduced cost recycling bins and continue to provide free or reduced cost composting and/or vermiculture bins to residents to encourage community-wide participation as well as workshops to inform the community on the benefits of composting.

Public Works 1 Structural
Change
Community
Feedback
UE-6.4 Create a Buy Nothing group for City staff to exchange items from their offices or homes.

Sustainability,
HR
1 Structural
Change
Buy Nothing
Project
UE-6.5 Establish a City policy to provide vegetarian and other climate smart food Sustainability, 1 Structural 527 of 704
City of Glendale
Draft CAAP Actions
60 Action
Lead
Department(s) Phase Pillar
Climate
Hazard Consistency
options at all municipal events, along with information on health, environmental, and carbon benefits for City employees.

Change,
Education
UE-6.6 Complete a municipal water use analysis and implement recommendations resulting from the analysis to reduce total water use 25% by 2030.

Public Works 1 - 2 Feasibility Drought
UE-6.7 Identify and replace non-functional turf at City-owned and operated facilities and locations. Additionally, replace non-native vegetation with native and drought tolerant species throughout Glendale parks, medians, and other landscapes and create bioswales on City land and along roadway right-of-way to increase stormwater capture and groundwater recharge by 2027. Train City and contracted staff tasked to maintain landscaping on how to manage specific plants, including increased watering schedules for the first through third month after planting, with a decreased watering schedule following.

Public Works,
Community
Services &
Parks
2 Feasibility,
Structural
Change
Drought CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback,
Sustainability
Commission
UE-6.8 Implement the goals included in the Emergency Action Plan, including conducting hardening upgrades to water structures and facilities (i.e., reservoirs, pump structures, treatment facilities, and administrative offices) that are in or immediately adjacent to CAL FIRE High and Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zones by 2030. Install back-up power generators for all critical water facilities by 2027.

Glendale
Water and
Power
3 Structural
Change
Wildfire CAAP Focus
Group
Feedback
528 of 704
Urban Eco-Systems
61 529 of 704
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report
prepared by
City of Glendale
Office of Sustainability
613 E. Broadway
Glendale, California 91206
Contact: David Jones, Sustainability Officer
prepared with the assistance of
Rincon Consultants, Inc.
180 N. Ashwood Avenue
Ventura, California 93003
October 2023
530 of 704
531 of 704
Introduction
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report i
Table of Contents
1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................4 2 Background ....................................................................................................................................5

2.1 Legislative Context .............................................................................................................5

2.2 Climate Science Context.....................................................................................................6 3 GHG Emissions Inventory - Community .........................................................................................8

3.1 Methodology......................................................................................................................8

3.2 2021 Community GHG Emissions Inventory.......................................................................9

3.2.1 Energy ................................................................................................................9

3.2.2 Transportation .................................................................................................15

3.2.3 Solid Waste ......................................................................................................20

3.2.4 Water ...............................................................................................................23

3.2.5 Wastewater......................................................................................................26 2021 Community GHG Emissions Inventory Results....................................................................34 4 GHG Emissions Inventory - Municipal..........................................................................................38

4.1 Methodology....................................................................................................................38

4.2 2021 Municipal GHG Emissions Inventory .......................................................................39

4.2.1 Buildings and Other Facilities...........................................................................39

4.2.2 Streetlights and Traffic Signals .........................................................................41

4.2.3 Water Delivery Facilities ..................................................................................41

4.2.4 Vehicle Fleet.....................................................................................................43

4.2.5 Transit Fleet .....................................................................................................43

4.2.6 Solid Waste Facilities........................................................................................44

4.2.7 Wastewater Facilities .......................................................................................45

4.2.8 Employee Commute.........................................................................................46

4.2.9 Business Travel.................................................................................................47 5 GHG Forecast ...............................................................................................................................48

5.1 Business-as-usual Forecast...............................................................................................48

5.2 Adjusted Forecast.............................................................................................................50

5.2.1 Legislative Reduction Programs .......................................................................50

5.2.2 Legislative GHG Emission Reduction Contribution...........................................54

5.2.3 Adjusted Forecast Results ................................................................................54 6 Provisional GHG Emissions Targets..............................................................................................56

6.1 1990 Level GHG Emissions Back-cast ...............................................................................56

6.2 GHG Emissions Reduction Target Setting.........................................................................57 Tables
Table 1 2021 Inventory GHGs and GWPs........................................................................................7 Table 2 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Electricity Use ...........................10 Table 3 Community Residential and Nonresidential Electricity Activity Data Adjustment...........10 Table 4 Community Residential and Nonresidential Electricity GHG Emissions Calculations.......11 532 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
ii
Table 5 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Electricity T&D Loss...................11 Table 6 Community Electricity T&D Loss GHG Emissions Calculations .........................................12 Table 7 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Natural Gas Use ........................13 Table 8 Community Residential and Nonresidential Natural Gas GHG Emissions Calculations....14 Table 9 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Natural Gas Leaks .....................14 Table 10 Community Natural Gas Methane Leaks GHG Emissions Calculations ............................15 Table 11 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community On-road Transportation............16 Table 12 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community On-road Transportation............17 Table 13 Community On-road EV Activity Data Calculations..........................................................18 Table 14 Community On-road Transportation GHG Emissions Calculations ..................................18 Table 15 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Off-Road Equipment .................19 Table 16 Community Off-road Equipment Sector Attributions ......................................................19 Table 17 Community Off-road GHG Emissions Calculations ...........................................................20 Table 18 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Solid Waste ...............................21 Table 19 Community Solid Waste Proportions and Emissions Factors...........................................22 Table 20 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Solid Waste ...............................23 Table 21 Community Solid Waste Tonnage Allocation ...................................................................23 Table 22 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Water ........................................24 Table 23 Community Water Activity Data.......................................................................................25 Table 24 Community Water Energy Intensities Per Water District.................................................25 Table 25 Community Water Emissions Factors Per Water District.................................................26 Table 26 Community Water GHG Emissions and Inclusions ...........................................................26 Table 27 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.1.(alt) ............27 Table 28 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.2.(alt) ............28 Table 29 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.7....................29 Table 30 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.12 .................30 Table 31 Community Wastewater WW.12 Nitrogen Load Activity Data Calculations....................31 Table 32 Community Wastewater WW.12 Percent Attribution Calculations .................................31 Table 33 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.15 .................32 Table 34 Community Wastewater GHG Emissions Calculations .....................................................32 Table 35 2021 Community GHG Emissions Inventory.....................................................................36 Table 36 Municipal Buildings and Facilities Sector Natural Gas GHG Emissions Calculations ........40 Table 37 Municipal Buildings and Facilities Sector Electricity GHG Emission Calculations.............41 533 of 704
Introduction
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report iii
Table 38 Municipal Streetlights and Traffic Signals Sector Electricity GHG Emission Calculations.41 Table 39 Municipal Water Consumption GHG Emissions Calculations...........................................42 Table 40 Municipal Vehicle Fleet Sector GHG Emission Calculations ............................................43 Table 41 Municipal Transit Fleet Sector GHG Emission Calculations..............................................44 Table 42 Municipal Solid Waste GHG Emission Calculations ..........................................................44 Table 43 Municipal Wastewater GHG Emissions ............................................................................46 Table 44 Municipal Employee Commute GHG Emissions ..............................................................47 Table 45 Municipal Business Travel GHG Emissions Calculations...................................................47 Table 46 GHG Emission Sources and Growth Factors for BAU Scenario Forecast ..........................49 Table 47 BAU Forecast Demographic and Projection Metrics by Forecast Year.............................50 Table 48 BAU Forecast Results Summary by Emission Sector (MT CO2e).......................................50 Table 49 Glendale Forecasted RPS and Electricity Emission Factors ..............................................53 Table 50 Summary of Legislative GHG Emissions Reductions (MT CO2e) .......................................54 Table 51 Adjusted Forecast Results (MT CO2e)...............................................................................55 Table 52 990 Back-cast Calculations ...............................................................................................57 Table 53 GHG Emissions Reduction Targets and Gap Analysis .......................................................58 Figures
Figure 1 Community Inventory GHG Emissions by Sector..............................................................34 Figure 2 Community Inventory GHG Emissions by Sub-Sector ......................................................35 534 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
4 1 Introduction
This document presents the data, methods, and results for the 2021 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions inventory and forecast for the City of Glendale (the City). Included is an analysis of findings and trends in the City’s GHG emissions developed to support the City’s GHG emissions reduction targets and ultimately the City’s Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP).

California (the State) has set statewide GHG emissions reduction goals to mitigate negative climate change impacts and transition the State to a low-carbon economy. In particular, the State has established goals to reduce statewide GHG emissions 40% below 1990 levels by 2030, as established by Senate Bill (SB) 32 and achieve net zero GHG emissions as soon as possible, but no later than 2045, as established by Assembly Bill (AB) 1279.1 The California Air Resources Board (CARB) is the agency responsible for addressing these goals and developing strategies to achieve them. Many local jurisdictions are completing their own GHG inventories, forecasts, and CAPs to align with SB 32 and AB 1279.

Local governments play a fundamental role in reducing local GHG emissions and preparing for a more resilient future. Local government policies can influence high-emissions behavior and mitigate climate change effects.2 To this end, the City is developing a CAAP to align with SB 32 and AB 1279 goals, increase resilience and climate change preparedness, maintain healthy air and water resources, and improve community health and the local economy. The forthcoming CAAP update will include the 2021 GHG inventory for the community (2021 Community GHG Inventory) and the associated GHG emissions forecast, in addition to the municipal operations inventory (2021 Municipal GHG Inventory). Municipal GHG emissions are a subset of community GHG emissions and are therefore included in the community GHG inventory and associated forecast.

The 2021 Community GHG Inventory completed for the City includes GHG emissions from activities within the City’s jurisdictional boundaries during 2021. Based on the inventory, Rincon developed a back-cast of the City’s GHG emissions to 1990 as well as a forecast to 2030, 2035, 2040, and 2045.

The forecast provides an up-to-date projection of how GHG emissions are expected to change for the City in the future based on changes in population and employment, as well as existing State and federal legislation aimed at reducing GHG emissions through 2045. This document also presents provisional GHG targets and a gap analysis, developed to help identify GHG emissions reduction activities that will be needed to achieve the provisional GHG emissions reduction targets. Like all GHG inventories, forecasts, and targets, the analysis in this document relies on the best available data and calculation methodologies currently available. 1 AB 1279 defines net zero GHG emissions as reducing GHG emissions at least 85% below 1990 levels. California also set a goal to reach 1990 levels by 2020, as established by AB 32, The 2020 goal set by AB 32 was achieved by the State in 2016. CARB. Frequently Asked Questions – California’s 2022 Climate Scoping Plan. Accessed November 14, 2022 at: https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2022- 06/2022_Scoping_Plan_FAQ_6.21.22.pdf
2 CARB. California’s 2017 Climate Change Scoping Plan. Accessed November 14, 2022 at:
https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/classic/cc/scopingplan/scoping_plan_2017.pdf 535 of 704
Background
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 5
2 Background

2.1 Legislative Context
The State has developed statewide legislative goals and programs to reduce GHG emissions. CARB has issued guidance concerning the establishment of GHG emissions reduction targets for local CAPs so local communities can contribute their fair share towards the States achievement of the GHG emissions reductions goals. In the first Climate Change Scoping Plan (hereafter referred to as the 2008 Scoping Plan), CARB encouraged local governments to adopt a reduction target for their own community emissions that parallels the State commitment to reduce GHG emissions.3 In 2017, CARB published the 2017 Climate Change Scoping Plan (hereafter referred to as the 2017 Scoping Plan Update) outlining the strategies the State will employ to reach the additional State targets set by SB

32.4 On May 10th, 2022, the Draft 2022 California Climate Change Scoping Plan Update was published for public comment and includes recommendations for achieving the goal of carbon neutrality by 2045 codified by AB 1279.5 Legislative Targets
The State of California has adopted legislation and policies to address climate change, the most relevant of which are summarized below.
▪ Executive Order S-3-05, signed in 2005, establishes statewide GHG emissions reduction goals to achieve long-term climate stabilization as follows: by 2020, reduce GHG emissions to 1990 levels and by 2050, reduce GHG emissions to 80% below 1990 levels. The 2050 goal was accelerated by the 2045 carbon neutral goal established by EO B-55-18 and AB 1279, as discussed below. ▪ Assembly Bill 32, known as the Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006, requires California’s GHG emissions be reduced to 1990 levels by the year 2020 (approximately a 15 % reduction from 2005 to 2008 levels). The 2008 Scoping Plan identifies mandatory and voluntary measures to achieve the statewide 2020 GHG emissions limit.
▪ Senate Bill 32, signed in 2016, establishes a statewide mid-term GHG emissions reduction goal of 40% below 1990 levels by 2030. CARB formally adopted the 2017 Scoping Plan Update in December 2017, laying the roadmap to achieve 2030 goals and giving guidance to achieve substantial progress toward the 2050 State goals. The Draft 2022 Scoping Plan Update provides further guidance for reaching the State’s SB 32 goal.
▪ Executive Order B-55-18, signed in 2018, expanded upon EO S-3-05 by creating a statewide GHG emissions goal of carbon neutrality by 2045. EO S-55-18 identifies CARB as the lead agency to develop a framework for implementation and progress tracking toward this goal in the 2022 Climate Change Scoping Plan Update.
3 CARB. Climate Change Scoping Plan: A Framework for Change. Dec. 2008. Accessed November 14, 2022 at:
ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/classic//cc/scopingplan/document/adopted_scoping_plan.pdf 4 CARB. California’s 2017 Climate Change Scoping Plan. Accessed November 14, 2022 at:
https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/classic/cc/scopingplan/scoping_plan_2017.pdf 5 CARB. Draft 2022 Scoping Plan Update. Accessed November 14, 2022 at:
https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2022-05/2022-draft-sp.pdf 536 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
6 ▪ Assembly Bill 1279, known as the California Climate Crisis Act, signed by the governor in 2022, codifies the GHG emissions reduction goals of achieving carbon neutrality by 2045 and expands upon this goal to define carbon neutrality as reducing direct emissions 85% below 1990 levels and removing the remaining 15% of emissions via other technologies and practices, like carbon sequestration. The 2022 Scoping Plan Update (November 2022 provides the pathway for reaching the State’s AB 1279 goal.

2.2 Climate Science Context
Greenhouse Gases
GHGs are chemical compounds found in the earth’s atmosphere which affect climate conditions by trapping infrared radiation from sunlight which can serve to raise global temperatures. Emissions can occur from natural processes as well as human activities which release excess GHGs into the atmosphere. GHG emissions quantification frameworks have been developed over the years in an effort to standardize GHG accounting, particularly for those generated from human activities. The ICLEI International Council for Local Government Initiatives (ICLEI) protocols for community and municipal inventories (discussed further in Section 3 and Section 4, respectively) assess GHG emissions associated with the six internationally recognized GHGs, as outlined in Table 1. The 2021 inventories focus on the three GHGs most relevant to the City’s operations: carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen dioxide (N2O), methane (CH4 ). The other gases (hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, and sulfur hexafluorides) are emitted primarily in private sector manufacturing and electricity transmission and are therefore omitted from the inventory. This approach is consistent with typical community and municipal inventory approaches, as industrial emissions are typically outside of the City’s jurisdictional control. Table 1 also includes the global warming potentials (GWP) for each gas.

The 2021 inventories used 100-year global warming potentials (GWP) for each gas that are consistent with the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Fifth Assessment Report,6 which were also used by the State in their latest GHG emissions inventory. The GWP refers to the ability of each gas to trap heat in the atmosphere. For example, one pound of methane gas has 28 times more heat capturing potential than one pound of carbon dioxide gas. GHG emissions are reported in metric tons of CO2 equivalent (MT CO2e).
6 Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2014. AR5 Synthesis Report: Climate Change 2014. Accessed January 5, 2023 at:
https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar5/syr/
537 of 704
Background
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 7
Table 1 2021 Inventory GHGs and GWPs
Greenhouse Gas Primary Source
100-year
GWP
Carbon dioxide (CO2) Combustion 1
Methane (CH4) Combustion, anaerobic decomposition of organic waste (e.g., in landfills, wastewater treatment plants)
28 Nitrous Oxide (N2O) Leaking refrigerants and fire suppressants 265 Hydrofluorocarbons Leaking refrigerants and fire suppressants 4 - 12,400 Perfluorocarbons Aluminum production, semiconductor manufacturing, HVAC equipment manufacturing
6,630 -
11,100
Sulfur Hexafluoride
(SH6)
Transmission and distribution of power 23,500
Source: Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2014. AR5 Synthesis Report: Climate Change 2014. Available at:
https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar5/syr/
538 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
8 3 GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Conducting a GHG emissions inventory serves to provide a comprehensive understanding of a jurisdiction’s GHG emissions, and may be developed to serve the following purposes:
▪ Establishes perspective of GHG emissions conditions in the applicable inventory year. ▪ Provide an understanding of where the highest sources of GHG emissions in the jurisdiction originate and where the greatest opportunities for emissions reduction exist. ▪ Create a GHG emissions baseline from which the jurisdiction can establish a forecast, reduction targets, and track progress over time.

GHG inventories are developed by identifying the sources and sinks (sectors) for GHGs within the geographic or system boundary of interest (e.g., the City of Glendale), establishing activity data for each sector, and applying an emissions factor to determine the carbon dioxide equivalence (CO2e).

On the level of cities or counties, there are often many potential sectors contributing to the jurisdiction’s GHG emissions. However only a select few sectors are typically considered the major contributors to the jurisdiction’s GHG inventory are considered. The GHG emissions sectors used for the City’s GHG inventory are identified in Section 3.

3.1 Methodology
The City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory was developed in alignment with accounting protocols provided by the International Council for Local Government Initiatives (ICLEI). ICLEI protocols are designed for local-scale accounting of GHG emissions that contribute to climate change and provide authoritative guidance to account for GHG emissions accurately and consistently. The ICLEI U.S.

Community Protocol for Accounting and Reporting Greenhouse Gas Emissions Version 1.2 (Community Protocol) serves to guide the measurement and reporting of GHG emissions in a standardized way and is used by other jurisdictions to support their own inventory, forecast, and climate action planning efforts. The Community Protocol also includes steps to evaluate the relevance, completeness, consistency, transparency, and accuracy of data used in the GHG inventory.

Emissions Boundary
The City’s community inventory covers the relevant emissions sources within the boundary of the City of Glendale. The inventory thereby reflects emissions over which the City has direct control.

Scope
The Community Protocol recommends reporting GHG emissions from five basic reporting activities in a community inventory, which include:
▪ Use of electricity by the community
▪ Use of fuel in residential and commercial stationary combustion equipment ▪ On-road passenger and freight motor vehicle travel
▪ Use of energy in potable water and wastewater treatment and distribution ▪ Generation of solid waste by the community
539 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 9
The Community Protocol also provides recommendations for additional GHG emissions source reporting for activities that can be influenced by the accounting agency. Based on reporting practices in California, it is recommended that GHG emissions from off-road equipment fuel combustion and wastewater treatment processes are also included in community GHG emissions inventories. The full selection GHG emissions sources can be categorized more generally into the following five activity sectors:
▪ Electricity
▪ Natural Gas
▪ Transportation
▪ Water and Wastewater
▪ Solid Waste
The City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory includes an assessment of the community-wide GHG emissions associated with these five sectors which serve as the basis for the GHG emissions forecast and target setting.

3.2 2021 Community GHG Emissions Inventory
Generally, GHG emissions were calculated by multiplying the activity data in each GHG emissions sector (e.g., transportation, energy, waste, water) by an associated emission factor. Activity data refer to the relevant measured or estimated energy usage or GHG-generating process data.

Emission factors are observation-based conversion factors used to equate activity data to generated GHG emissions. The 2021 Community GHG Inventory leverages the latest available models and best available data in accordance with the Community Protocol. The inventory serves to provide a comprehensive understanding of the community’s current GHG emissions. The following sections contain further information on the inventory approach, calculation methodologies, data used, and results.

3.2.1 Energy
Energy: Residential and Nonresidential Electricity
The community’s residential and nonresidential sectors source electricity from Glendale Water and Power (GWP) which is owned and operated by the City. GWP provided the activity data through electricity usage reports for the residential sector and nonresidential sector (including commercial, and industrial sectors). In general, industrial GHG emissions are assumed to be covered by the State Cap and Trade program. Therefore, industrial electricity reported by GWP was excluded from the 2021 Community GHG Inventory. GWP also provided information regarding total electricity generation, electricity purchases, and associated GHG emissions which were used to determine GWP’s emissions factor.

Emissions from residential and nonresidential electricity were calculated using Community Protocol Equation BE.2.1. The equation has been adjusted to remove electricity consumed by electric vehicles (EVs) by removing passenger car EV electricity use from residential electricity consumption and commercial and bus EV electricity consumption from nonresidential consumption. Electricity use from passenger, commercial, and bus EVs are added back into the inventory under the transportation sector to provide a more thorough differentiation between building and transportation sector emissions. More information regarding electric vehicle energy use can be 540 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
10 found in Section 3.2.2. Equation 3.1 and Table 2 provide the adjusted equation, associated parameters, and data sources used to quantify GHG emissions associated with community electricity consumption.

EQUATION 3.1
BE.2.1 RESIDENTIAL/NONRESIDENTIAL ELECTRICITY SECTOR EMISSIONS 𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦,𝑗 =
𝑖
𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑖,𝑗 ― 𝐸𝑉𝑖,𝑗 × 𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖,𝑗

3.1 Table 2 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Electricity Use Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Annual GHG emissions from
electricity consumption per
building type
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦,𝑗 See Table 4 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Electricity consumption per
building type per energy
provider
𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑖,𝑗 See Table 3 kWh/year GWP 2021 Electricity Report1 Attributed electric vehicle
electricity consumption
𝐸𝑉𝑖,𝑗 See Table 3 kWh/year EMFAC20212
Electricity emission factor
based on energy provider
𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖,𝑗 See Table 4 MT CO2e/kWh GWP 2021 Electricity Report Energy Providers 𝑖 GWP Categorical
Building type 𝑗 Residential
Nonresidential3
Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; MWh = megawatt hour

1. Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on February 16, 2023

2. California Air and Resources Board. 2023. Emission FACtor (EMFAC2021 v1.0.1) Model. Available at:
https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/emissions-inventory/5e0cb7d6006cc10661f4b3ffb9c120a486d46ea6

3. Nonresidential includes kWh consumption from commercial sources and excludes energy consumption from industrial sources.

Table 3 below shows the original electricity activity data, allocated electric vehicle adjustment, and subsequent adjusted activity data used to determine GHG emissions for the community’s electricity consumption.

Table 3 Community Residential and Nonresidential Electricity Activity Data Adjustment Sector Provider
Original Activity Data
[kWh]
Attributed EV1
[kWh]
Adjusted Activity Data
[kWh]
Residential GWP 426,523,449 11,350,951 415,172,498
Nonresidential2 GWP 258,150,763 135,816 258,014,947
Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; EV = electric vehicles

1. EV kWh usage from passenger vehicles are removed from residential electricity, while commercial and bus EV kWh usage is removed from nonresidential electricity. If multiple providers exist for a community, attributed EV allocates electric vehicle kWh consumption to each provider based on the proportion of electricity provided by each provider per building type.

2. Nonresidential includes kWh consumption from commercial sources and excludes energy consumption from industrial and sources. 541 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 11
Resulting activity data, emissions factors, and GHG emissions per building type and provider is summarized in Table 4.

Table 4 Community Residential and Nonresidential Electricity GHG Emissions Calculations
Sector Provider
Adjusted Activity Data
[kWh]
Emission Factor
[MT CO2e/kWh]
GHG Emissions
[MT CO2e]
Residential GWP 415,172,498 0.000218 90,318
Nonresidential GWP 258,014,947 0.000218 56,129
Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent Energy: Electricity Transmission and Distribution Losses Electricity Transmission and Distribution (T&D) losses arise from electricity lost during delivery to the buildings and associated end-uses in the City. Electricity T&D losses occur in the electricity transmission and distribution system and are therefore upstream of the delivery endpoints located within the City’s jurisdictional boundaries. This means this electricity is lost before it is counted.

However, T&D losses are estimated and included in the 2021 Community GHG Inventory as they are associated with energy usage in the City and thereby directly impacted by the community’s electricity consumption. Additionally, emissions from T&D losses are recommended for inclusions in community GHG inventories by the Community Protocol. Equation 3.2 and Table 5 provide the calculation method, associated parameters, and data sources used to quantify GHG emissions associated with community T&D losses from electricity consumption. As T&D losses associated with EV electricity use are considered negligible and therefore are included in the quantification of residential and nonresidential electricity T&D.

EQUATION 3.2
BE.4 ELECTRICITY T&D LOSS SECTOR EMISSIONS
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑇&𝐷,𝑗 =
𝑖
𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑖,𝑗 × 𝐿𝑇&𝐷 × 𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖,𝑗

3.2 Table 5 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Electricity T&D Loss Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Annual GHG emissions from
transmission and distribution
losses per building type
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑇&𝐷,𝑖 See Table 6 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Electricity consumption per
energy provider and building
type
𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑖,𝑗 See Table 6 MWh/year GWP 2021 Electricity Report1 Electricity emissions factor per
energy provider and building
type
𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖,𝑗 See Table 6 MT CO2e/MWh GWP 2021 Electricity Report Electricity loss factor 𝐿𝑇&𝐷4.40% Percent EPA eGRID2
Energy Providers 𝑖 GWP Categorical
Building type 𝑗 Residential Categorical
542 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
12 Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Nonresidential3
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; MWh = megawatt hour

1. Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on February 16, 2023

2. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2023. eGRID Data Explorer 2021 Western Energy Grid. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/egrid/data-explorer

3. Nonresidential includes kWh consumption from commercial sources and excludes energy consumption from industrial sources.

The activity data, emissions factors, and GHG emissions associated with electricity T&D losses is summarized in Table 4 per building type and provider.

Table 6 Community Electricity T&D Loss GHG Emissions Calculations Sector Provider
Activity Data
[kWh]
T&D Losses
[kWh]1
Emission Factor
[MT CO2e/kWh]2
GHG Emissions
[MT CO2e]
Residential GWP 426,523,449 18,767,032 0.000218 4,083
Nonresidential GWP 258,150,763 11,358,634 0.000218 2,471 Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. T&D losses include the kWh consumption associated with EV charging.

Energy: Residential and Nonresidential Natural Gas
GHG emissions from natural gas result from the stationary combustion of natural gas in both the residential and nonresidential building sectors. Glendale’s natural gas is supplied by Southern California Gas Company (SoCalGas) which provided activity data through natural gas usage reports.

GHG emission calculations are based on natural gas used in residential and nonresidential buildings (i.e., commercial and industrial). Like industrial electricity use, industrial use of natural gas is excluded from the GHG inventory as these emissions are regulated by the Cap-and-Trade program.

Emissions from residential and nonresidential natural gas use were calculated using Community Protocol Equation BE.1.1. Though the majority of GHG emissions result from the combustion of natural gas, not all the natural gas used is combusted. Natural gas that leaks from pipes and processing plants has a larger GHG impact compared to combusted natural gas due to the higher global warming potential of methane. Some natural gas also leaks from fittings and appliances within a building, after the natural gas meter which is used to quantify total gas usage. Therefore, Community Protocol has been adjusted to remove this small percentage of “behind the meter” natural gas from the combustion calculation, and instead count it as leakage. More information regarding emissions associated with natural gas leaks can be found under “Energy: Natural Gas Methane Leaks” subsection below. Equation 3.3 and Table 7 provide the adjusted equation, associated parameters, and data sources used to quantify GHG emissions associated with community natural gas consumption in residential and nonresidential buildings. 543 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 13
EQUATION 3.3
BE.1.1 RESIDENTIAL/NONRESIDENTIAL NATURAL GAS SECTOR EMISSIONS 𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑁𝑎𝑡𝐺𝑎𝑠,𝑖 = (𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙𝑁𝐺,𝑖 ― [1 ― 𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑢𝑠𝑒])
× (𝐸𝐹𝑁𝐺,𝐶𝑂2 × 𝐺𝑊𝑃𝐶𝑂2) + (𝐸𝐹𝑁𝐺,𝐶𝐻4 × 𝐺𝑊𝑃𝐶𝐻4) + (𝐸𝐹𝑁𝐺,𝑁2𝑂 × 𝐺𝑊𝑃𝑁2𝑂) × 10―1 × 10―3

3.3 Table 7 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Natural Gas Use Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Annual GHG emissions from
stationary combustion of
natural gas per building type
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑁𝑎𝑡𝐺𝑎𝑠,𝑖 See Table 8 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Natural gas consumed per
building type
𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙𝑁𝐺,𝑖 See Table 8 therms/year SoCalGas Natural Gas Report1 Percent natural gas lost during
consumer end-use
𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑢𝑠𝑒 0.50% Percent Environmental Defense Fund2
Carbon dioxide emission
factor for natural gas
combustion
𝐸𝐹𝑁𝐺,𝐶𝑂2

53.06 kg CO2/mmBTU
natural gas
EPA Emission Factors Hub3
Methane emission factor for
natural gas combustion
𝐸𝐹𝑁𝐺,𝐶𝐻4
.001 kg CH4/mmBTU
natural gas
EPA Emission Factors Hub
Nitrous oxide emission factor
for natural gas combustion
𝐸𝐹𝑁𝐺,𝑁2𝑂
.0001 kg
N2O/mmBTU
natural gas
EPA Emission Factors Hub
Global warming potential of
carbon dioxide
𝐺𝑊𝑃𝐶𝑂2
1 IPCC Fifth Assessment Report4
Global warming potential of
methane
𝐺𝑊𝑃𝐶𝐻4
28 IPCC Fifth Assessment Report
Global warming potential of
nitrous oxide
𝐺𝑊𝑃𝑁2𝑂
265 IPCC Fifth Assessment Report
Conversion factor 10―1 0.1 mmBTU/therm
Conversion factor 10―3 .001 MT/kg
Building type (i.e. residential
or nonresidential)
𝑖 Residential
Nonresidential5
Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; therms = thermal unit; mmBTU = metric million British thermal unit; kg = kilograms

1. Southern California Gas (SOCALGAS) Natural Gas Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on March 20, 2023

2. Environmental Defense Fund USER GUIDE FOR NATURAL GAS LEAKAGE RATE MODELING TOOL. Available at:
https://www.edf.org/sites/default/files/US-Natural-Gas-Leakage-Model-User-Guide.pdf

3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Emission Factors Hub. April 1, 2022. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghg-emission-factors-hub

4. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2014. AR5 Synthesis Report: Climate Change 2014. Available at:
https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar5/syr/

5. Nonresidential includes natural gas use from commercial sources and excludes energy consumption from industrial and sources. 544 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
14 The total natural gas consumption, combusted natural gas activity data, emissions factors, and GHG emissions associated with community natural gas use is summarized in Table 8 per building type and provider.

Table 8 Community Residential and Nonresidential Natural Gas GHG Emissions Calculations
Sector
Activity Data
[therms]
End-use Leakage
[therms]
Adjusted Activity
Data
[therms]
Emissions Factor
[MT CO2e/therm]
GHG Emissions
[MT CO2e]
Residential 26,190,181 130,951 26,059,230 0.005311 138,412 Nonresidential 9,862,627 49,313 9,813,314 0.005311 52,123 Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent Energy: Natural Gas Methane Leaks
Natural gas methane leaks occur during delivery to the buildings and during associated end-uses in the community. Gas methane leaks from delivery occur in the pipeline distribution system and are therefore upstream of the delivery endpoints located in Glendale and not reflected in reported total natural gas usage. While natural gas pipeline distribution leakage is technically outside of the City’s jurisdictional boundaries, the leakage is still directly impacted by natural gas consumption in the community. As leakage is directly connected to the community’s natural gas consumption, it is best practice to include leakage as an emissions sector and is therefore included in the City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory. Methane leaks from end-use discussed previously occur at the point of use in the City and therefore occur within the City’s jurisdictional boundaries. Though a recommended source of emissions, the Community Protocol does not provide a specific calculation methodology for determining GHG emissions from natural gas leakage. Therefore, emissions from natural gas leaks were calculated using Equation 3.4 which estimates emissions in alignment with energy calculation principles set forth by the Community Protocol and the guidance provided under Community Protocol Section BE.5 Upstream Emissions from Energy Use. Table 9 shows the parameters and data sources associated with Equation 3.4 which were used to quantify GHG emissions from natural gas distribution and end-use leakage.

EQUATION 3.4

NATURAL GAS LEAKAGE SECTOR EMISSIONS
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑘,𝑖 = 𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙𝑁𝐺,𝑖 × 𝐸𝐹𝑁𝐺 𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑘 × (𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑢𝑠𝑒 + 𝐿𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡) 3.4 Table 9 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Natural Gas Leaks Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Annual GHG emissions from
natural gas distribution
leakage per building type
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑘,𝑖 See Table 10 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Natural gas consumed per
building type
𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙𝑁𝐺,𝑖 See Table 10 therms/year SoCalGas Natural Gas Report1 Emission factor for natural gas
leakage
𝐸𝐹𝑁𝐺 𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑘 0.053067 MT
CO2e/therm
Calculated2
545 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 15
Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Percent natural gas lost during
distribution
𝐿𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡 2.3% Percent Alvarez, Ramón et al. (2018)3
Percent natural gas lost during
consumer end-use
𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑢𝑠𝑒 0.5% Percent Environmental Defense Fund4
Building type (i.e. residential
or nonresidential)
𝑖 Residential
Nonresidential5
Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; therms = thermal unit

1. Southern California Gas (SoCalGas) Natural Gas Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on March 20, 2023

2. Emission factor is calculated using the following equation:

2.85 𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑚 ∗ 95% 𝑚𝑒𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑡 ∗ 0.7
𝑘𝑔
𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
∗ 28
𝐶𝑂2𝑒
𝐶𝐻4
∗ 0.001
𝑀𝑇
𝑘𝑔

3. Alvarez, Ramón et al. (2018). Assessment of methane emissions from the U.S. oil and gas supply chain. Science. 361. Accessed January 12, 2023 at: https://www.science.org/doi/abs/10.1126/science.aar7204

4. Environmental Defense Fund USER GUIDE FOR NATURAL GAS LEAKAGE RATE MODELING TOOL. Accessed January 12,2023 at:
https://www.edf.org/sites/default/files/US-Natural-Gas-Leakage-Model-User-Guide.pdf

5. Nonresidential includes natural gas use from commercial sources and excludes energy consumption from industrial and sources.

The total natural gas use and resulting leakage activity data, emissions factors, and GHG emissions per building type is summarized in Table 10.

Table 10 Community Natural Gas Methane Leaks GHG Emissions Calculations Natural Gas Sector
Leakage
Source
Activity Data
[therms]
Methane
Leakage
[therms]
Emissions Factor
[MT
CO2e/therm]
GHG Emissions
[MT CO2e]
Distribution 26,190,181 602,374 0.053067
Residential
End-use 26,190,181 130,951 0.053067
38,915
Distribution 9,862,627 226,840 0.053067
Nonresidential
End-use 9,862,627 49,313 0.053067
14,655
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

3.2.2 Transportation
Transportation: On-road
On-road vehicles in the community produce GHG emissions from the mobile combustion of fossil fuels (i.e., internal combustion engines) and up-stream from the production of electricity (i.e., electric vehicles). GHG emissions from the on-road transportation sector were calculated in accordance with Community Protocol TR.1.A and TR.2.B. The methodology leverages on-road transportation data from CARB’s 2021 EMission FACtor (EMFAC2021) model.7 EMFAC2021 provides data on the county-wide data level and does not differentiate data according to cities.

The Community Protocol recommends use of regional travel demand models to differentiate passenger, commercial, and bus vehicle miles travelled activity data. This assessment utilizes data 7 California Air and Resources Board. 2023. Emission FACtor (EMFAC2021 v1.0.1) Model. Available at:
https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/emissions-inventory/5e0cb7d6006cc10661f4b3ffb9c120a486d46ea6 546 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
16 provided by Replica.8 The Replica model uses big data sources such as GPS, cell phone, credit card transactions, real estate data, and ground truthing along with powerful machine learning techniques to generate a statewide land use and VMT model that is then scaled with census data and updated on a quarterly basis. For this assessment, Replica provided origin-destination average daily weekday and weekend VMT for each quarter of the year for the City of Glendale. Quarterly daily VMT provided by Replica was averaged and scaled9 to determine 2021 VMT activity data for the City.

Equation 3.5 and Table 11 define the equations, parameters, and data sources used to convert resulting Replica VMT activity data to GHG emissions from on-road transportation fuel combustion.

EQUATION 3.5
TR.1.A & TR.2.B ON-ROAD TRANSPORTATION COMBUSTION EMISSIONS 𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑜𝑛𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑,𝑖 = 𝑇𝑖 +
1 2
𝑇𝑂,𝑖 +
1 2
𝑇𝐷,𝑖 × 𝐸𝐹𝑎𝑢𝑡𝑜,𝑖

3.5 Table 11 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community On-road Transportation Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Total annual community onroad GHG emissions per
vehicle class
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑂𝑛𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑,𝑖 See Table 14 MT CO2e/year Calculated
VMT occurring within
jurisdictional boundaries per
vehicle class
𝑇𝑖
See Table 14 miles Replica Model1
VMT originating within and
terminating outside of
jurisdictional boundaries per
vehicle class
𝑇𝑂,𝑖 See Table 14 miles Replica Model
VMT originating outside of and
terminating within
jurisdictional boundaries per
vehicle class
𝑇𝐷,𝑖 See Table 14 miles Replica Model
Emissions factor for on-road
vehicles per vehicle class
𝐸𝐹𝑎𝑢𝑡𝑜,𝑖 See Table 14 MT CO2e/mile EMFAC2021 v1.0.12
Vehicle class 𝑖 Passenger
Commercial
Bus
Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; VMT = vehicle miles travelled

1. Replica VMT data for the City of Glendale provided via email on February 6, 2023.

2. California Air Resources Board (CARB). 2023. EMission FACtor (EMFAC2021 v1.0.1) Model. Available at:
https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/emissions-inventory/5e0cb7d6006cc10661f4b3ffb9c120a486d46ea6 In addition to mobile combustion emissions accounted under Community Protocol Equations TR.1.A and TR.2.B, GHG emissions from electric vehicles were included in the City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory for more accurate accounting of on-road transportation trends. This was achieved through modifying Equation 3.5 to account for EV modeshare estimates based on total VMT. Note 8 https://www.replicahq.com/
9 Weekend daily VMT is scaled assuming 104 weekends in a year, while weekday daily VMT was scaled assuming 261 weekdays in a year. 547 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 17
that EV activity data is not deducted from Equation 3.5 due to the use of EMFAC2021 emissions factors which account for EV activity but attribute GHG emissions to be zero, and therefore should not result in double counting. The adjusted equation, parameters, and data sources used to estimate GHG emissions attributable to on-road EV activity is provided in Equation 3.6 and Table 12 below.

EQUATION 3.6

ON-ROAD TRANSPORTATION ELECTRIC VEHICLE EMISSIONS
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑜𝑛𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑,𝐸𝑉,𝑖 = 𝑇𝑖 +
1 2
𝑇𝑂,𝑖 +
1 2
𝑇𝐷,𝑖 × 𝐸𝑉𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑒,𝑖 × 𝐸𝑃𝑀𝑖 × 𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑗

3.6 Table 12 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community On-road Transportation Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Total annual community onroad EV GHG emissions per
vehicle class
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑂𝑛𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑,𝐸𝑉,𝑖 See Table 14 MT CO2e/year Calculated
VMT occurring within
jurisdictional boundaries per
vehicle class
𝑇𝑖
See Table 13 miles Replica Model1
VMT originating within and
terminating outside of
jurisdictional boundaries per
vehicle class
𝑇𝑂,𝑖 See Table 13 miles Replica Model
Vehicle miles travelled
originating outside of and
terminating within
jurisdictional boundaries per
vehicle class
𝑇𝐷,𝑖 See Table 13 miles Replica Model
Percent share of VMT
attributable to EVs
𝐸𝑉𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑒,𝑖 See Table 13 % EMFAC2021 v1.0.12
Average rate of electricity
consumption per EV-mile per
vehicle class
𝐸𝑃𝑀𝑖
See Table 13 kWh/mile EMFAC2021 v1.0.1
Weighted average electricity
emissions factor per building
type
𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑗 See Table 13 MT CO2e/kWh GWP 2021 Electricity Report3 Vehicle class 𝑖Passenger
Commercial
Bus
Categorical
Building type 𝑗 Residential
Nonresidential
Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; EV = electric vehicles; VMT = vehicle miles travelled; kWh = kilowatt hour

1. Replica VMT data for the City of Glendale provided via email on February 6, 2023.

2. California Air Resources Board (CARB). 2023. EMission FACtor (EMFAC2021 v1.0.1) Model. Available at:
https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/emissions-inventory/5e0cb7d6006cc10661f4b3ffb9c120a486d46ea6

3. Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on February 16, 2023 548 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
18 Table 13 shows the VMT activity data for community vehicles per vehicle class as well as the EV share of VMT and EVMT used to determine EV activity data expressed as electricity consumption.

Table 13 Community On-road EV Activity Data Calculations Vehicle Class
VMT Activity
Data [miles] EV Share [%] EVMT [miles] EPM [kWh/mile]
EV Activity Data
[kWh]
Passenger 1,230,370,632 2.54% 31,251,414 0.36 11,350,951 Commercial 47,569,751 0.00% 0 0.00 0
Bus 12,605,474 0.51% 64,288 2.11 135,816
Notes: VMT = vehicle miles travelled; EV = electric vehicle; EPM = electricity per mile; EVMT = electric vehicle miles traveled; kWh = kilowatt hour
The activity data, emissions factors, and resulting GHG emissions from on-road transportation quantified in accordance with Equation 3.5 and Equation 3.6 is summarized in Table 14 below.

Table 14 Community On-road Transportation GHG Emissions Calculations Sector Activity Data1 Emission Factor
GHG Emissions
[MT CO2e]
Passenger VMT 1,230,370,632 VMT 0.000354 MT CO2e/mile 435,551 Commercial VMT 47,569,751 VMT 0.001198 MT CO2e/mile 56,989 Bus VMT 12,605,474 VMT 0.002123 MT CO2e/mile 26,761
Passenger EVMT1 11,350,951 kWh 0.000218 MT CO2e/kWh 2,469 Commercial EVMT2 0 kWh 0.000218 MT CO2e/kWh 0
Bus EVMT2 135,816 kWh 0.000218 MT CO2e/kWh 30
Total 521,800
Notes: VMT = vehicle miles traveled; EVMT = electric vehicle miles traveled; kWh = kilowatt hour; MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. EV activity data does not include kWh associated with T&D losses as these emissions are considered negligible and are included under energy sector emissions.

2. Emissions factor for on-road passenger EV electricity use is weighted according to the portion of electricity supplied per provider in the residential electricity sector (see Table 4)

3. Emissions factor for on-road commercial and bus EV electricity use is weighted according to the portion of electricity supplied per provider in the residential electricity sector (see Table 4) Transportation: Off-road
Off-road equipment and vehicles in the community generate GHG emissions from the mobile combustion of fossil fuels. Off-road fuel usage results from equipment operation for sectors such as agricultural, construction, lawn and garden, or recreational equipment. Community Protocol Equation TR.8 was used to quantify GHG emissions from off-road equipment fuel consumption and is shown under Equation 3.7 below. Table 15 lists the parameters, values, and data sources used to quantify emissions in according with the Community Protocol. 549 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 19
EQUATION 3.7
TR.8 OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT SECTOR EMISSIONS
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑,𝑗 = 𝐸𝐹𝑗 ×
𝑖
𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑,𝑖,𝑗 × 𝐴𝐹𝑖

3.7 Table 15 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Off-Road Equipment Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Annual GHG emissions from
offroad equipment
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑜𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑,𝑗 See Table 17 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Annual fuel consumption in
the County per sector per fuel
type
𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑑,𝑖,𝑗 See Table 17 Gallons/year OFFROAD20211
Fuel attribution factor per
equipment type
𝐴𝐹𝑖
See Table 16 Percent SCAG Growth Forecast2
Emission factor per fuel type 𝐸𝐹𝑗See Table 17 MT CO2e/gallon EPA Emission Factors Hub3 Equipment Type 𝑖 See Table 16 Categorical OFFROAD2021
Fuel type 𝑗 Gasoline
Diesel
Natural Gas
Categorical OFFROAD2021
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. California Air Resource Board (CARB). 2023. Mobile Source Emissions Inventory Off-road (OFFROAD2021 v1.0.3). Available at:
https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/emissions-inventory/5e0cb7d6006cc10661f4b3ffb9c120a486d46ea6

2. Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG). 2023. 2016-2040 RTP/SCS Final Growth Forecast by Jurisdiction. Available at: https://scag.ca.gov/sites/main/files/file-attachments/2016_2040rtpscs_finalgrowthforecastbyjurisdiction.pdf?1605576071

3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2022. GHG Emission Factors Hub. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghg-emission-factors-hub Locally applicable activity data in alignment with ICLEI protocol standards reports off-road equipment fuel consumption on a county-wide basis. Attribution factors per equipment type used to allocate City off-road fuel usage were determined based on demographic data and land use data relating to population size, number of jobs, and agricultural acreage where applicable. The demographic attribution metrics and percent attribution used for each off-road equipment type is shown in Table 16.

Table 16 Community Off-road Equipment Sector Attributions Equipment Type Attribution Metric Attribution Data Source Agricultural Excluded – Other1 0.00% Not Applicable
Airport Ground Support Excluded – Not Under Jurisdictional Control

0.00% Not Applicable
Cargo Handling Equipment Excluded – Not Under Jurisdictional Control

0.00% Not Applicable
Commercial Harbor Craft Excluded – Not Under Jurisdictional Control

0.00% Not Applicable
Construction and Mining Employment 2.56% SCAG Growth Forecast2 Industrial Employment 2.56% SCAG Growth Forecast
550 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
20 Equipment Type Attribution Metric Attribution Data Source Lawn and Garden Population 1.93% SCAG Growth Forecast
Light Commercial Employment 2.56% SCAG Growth Forecast
Locomotive Excluded – Not Under Jurisdictional
Control

0.00% Not Applicable
Ocean Going Vessel Excluded – Not Under Jurisdictional
Control

0.00% Not Applicable
Oil Drilling Excluded – Not Under Jurisdictional
Control

0.00% Not Applicable
Outboard Marine Tanks Excluded – Not Under Jurisdictional Control

0.00% Not Applicable
Pleasure Craft Population 1.93% SCAG Growth Forecast
Portable Equipment Employment 2.56% SCAG Growth Forecast Transport Refrigeration
Unit
Employment 2.56% SCAG Growth Forecast
Recreational Population 1.93% SCAG Growth Forecast
Military Tactical Support Excluded – Not Under Jurisdictional Control

0.00% Not Applicable
Forestry Excluded – Other3 0.00% Not Applicable
Notes:

1. Agricultural off-road equipment was excluded to remain consistent with the scope of the City’s 2021 Community Inventory which excludes agricultural electricity and natural gas sector GHG emissions due to aggregation rules.

3. Though forestry occurs withing the County of Los Angeles, there appears to be minimal opportunity for forestry within the City’s boundaries. Therefore, it is assumed that offroad fuel consumption for forestry activities is negligible and thereby excluded.

The allocated and aggregated activity data by fuel type, emission factors, and emissions results for the inventory’s off-road equipment sector are provided in Table 17.

Table 17 Community Off-road GHG Emissions Calculations
Fuel Type
Activity Data
(gallons)
Emission Factor
(MT CO2e/gallon)1
GHG Emissions
(MT CO2e)
Diesel 2,227,013 0.010470 23,317
Gasoline 2,109,767 0.009189 19,386
Natural Gas 1,369,734 0.005862 8,030
TOTAL 50,732
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; Values may not add due to rounding

1. Emission factors per fuel type represent a weighted average based on the emissions factor and fuel consumption per offroad equipment type as determined according to EPA’s Emissions Factor Hub available at: https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghgemission-factors-hub

3.2.3 Solid Waste
GHG emissions associated with the waste sector result from the decomposition of waste at a landfill as well as landfill operation processes. Scholl Canyon Landfill is the primary landfill utilized by the City of Glendale and is owned and operated by the City. GHG emissions from waste decomposition 551 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 21
were calculated using Community Protocol Method SW.4. Equation 3.8 and Table 18 provide the calculation method, associated parameters, and data sources used to quantify GHG emissions in accordance with Community Protocol SW.4.

EQUATION 3.8
SW.4.1 SOLID WASTE FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑎𝑠𝑡𝑒,𝑓𝑢𝑔𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 = 𝐺𝑊𝑃𝐶𝐻4 × (1 ― 𝐶𝐸) × (1 ― 𝑂𝑋) × 𝑀 × 𝑖
𝑃𝑖 × 𝐸𝐹𝑖

3.8 Table 18 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Solid Waste Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Annual community
generated waste GHG
emissions
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑎𝑠𝑡𝑒,𝑓𝑢𝑔𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 75,067 MT
CO2e/year
Calculated
Methane global warming
potential
𝐺𝑊𝑃𝐶𝐻4
28 IPCC Fifth Assessment
Report1
Default LFG collection
efficiency
𝐶𝐸 0.75 Fraction ICLEI Community Protocol
Oxidation rate 𝑂𝑋 0.10 Fraction ICLEI Community Protocol Total mass of waste entering
landfill
𝑀 244,904 Wet short
tons
City of Glendale2
Proportion of total waste
material per material type
𝑃𝑖
See Table 19 Fraction Go2Zero Strategies3
Emission factor per material
type4
𝐸𝐹𝑖
See Table 19 MT CH4/wet
short ton
ICLEI Community Protocol
Material type 𝑖 Multiple Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2014. AR5 Synthesis Report: Climate Change 2014. Available at:
https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar5/syr/

2. Tons of waste activity data provided by the City of Glendale via SharePoint on March 9, 2023

3. Go2Zero Strategies. 2019. City of Glendale Waste Characterization Study. Provided by the City via SharePoint on March 9, 2023 While the Glendale Waste Characterization Study conducted by Go2Zero10 provides an extensive assessment of the community’s waste, the material types identified do not directly correlate with those identified in the Community Protocol. Default emissions factors provided in the Community Protocol per material type were thus determined by cross-referencing material types between the City’s waste characterization study and the Community Protocol. Where multiple material types were found to be applicable, an average emissions factor was calculated based on Community Protocol default values. Table 19 provides the proportion of solid waste per material type, identified material cross-references, and the resulting average methane emissions factors. 10 https://go2zero.net/
552 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
22 Table 19 Community Solid Waste Proportions and Emissions Factors Glendale
Material Types Proportion Protocol Cross-Reference
Average Methane
Emissions Factor1
[MT CH4/ton]
Green Waste 13.00% Grass
Leaves
Branches
Lumber

0.0433
Compostable Paper 4.00% Newspaper 0.0429
Food 18.00% Food Waste 0.0776
Liquid 2.00% Food Waste 0.0776
Corrugated 3.00% Corrugated Cardboard 0.1200
Mixed Paper 9.00% Office Paper
Coated Paper

0.1257
Plastic Containers 2.00% N/A 0.0000
Durable Plastics 4.00% N/A 0.0000
Glass 3.00% N/A 0.0000
Metal 5.00% N/A 0.0000
Inorganics 4.00% Construction and Demolition 0.0121
Textiles 6.00% Textiles 0.0726
Other Plastics 7.00% N/A 0.0000
Mixed Residue 6.00% Coated Paper
Corrugated Cardboard
Diapers

0.0804
HHW & E-waste 10.00% N/A 0.0000
Bulky & Special Waste 3.00% Medical Waste
Sludge and Manure
Lumber

0.0403
Weighted Average2 0.0487
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. Average methane emissions are calculated by cross-refencing material types between Glendale’s Waste Characterization Study conducted by Go2Zero with those identified in the Community Protocol and averaging applicable default emissions factors per material type.

2. The weighted average methane emissions factor is calculated based on the average emissions factor per material type and the proportion of material in the solid waste stream as identified in Glendale’s Waste Characterization Study conducted by Go2Zero.

Landfill process emissions result in GHG emissions due to the consumption of energy to power the equipment necessary to manage the landfill. However, as Scholl landfill is located within the City’s boundaries, energy consumption for landfill processes are anticipated to be included under the nonresidential energy sector of Glendale’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory. To avoid the risk of double counting, GHG emissions associated with energy use at Scholl landfill were not included in the City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory, but are quantified below for informational purposes.

Landfill process emissions were quantified according to Community Protocol SW.5 which is outlined in Equation 3.10 and Table 19 below.
553 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 23
EQUATION 3.9
SW.5 SOLID WASTE PROCESS EMISSIONS
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑎𝑠𝑡𝑒,𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑒𝑠𝑠 = 𝑀 × 𝐸𝐹𝑝 3.10
Table 20 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Solid Waste Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Annual landfill process GHG
emissions
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑎𝑠𝑡𝑒,𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑒𝑠𝑠 2,694 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Total mass of solid waste that
enters the landfill in the
inventory year
𝑀 244,904 Wet short
tons/year
City of Glendale1
Emissions factor for landfill
process emissions
𝐸𝐹𝑝

0.011 MT CO2e/wet
short ton
ICLEI Community Protocol
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. Tons of waste activity data provided by the City of Glendale via Sharepoint on March 9, 2023 The total GHG emissions from solid waste emissions sources is summarized in Table 21.

Table 21 Community Solid Waste Tonnage Allocation
Emissions Source GHG Emissions [MT CO2e/year]
Landfill Fugitive Emissions 75,067
Landfill Process Emissions1 2,694
Total 75,067
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. As Scholl Canyon Landfill is within City boundaries and is owned and operated by the City, process related emissions are anticipated to be included under energy sector GHG emissions and thus are excluded from total GHG emissions attributable to the solid waste sector.

3.2.4 Water
Water consumption generates GHG emissions from the electricity used to deliver water to the community, as well as the energy used to treat and convey the water prior to delivery. GWP provides ground water to the City and is classified as locally sourced water in this assessment. The majority of water supplied to the City is imported from Municipal Water District of Southern California (MWD). Table 22 shows the parameters and data sources associated with Equation 3.11 which were used to quantify GHG emissions from local and imported water sources. 554 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
24 EQUATION 3.11
WW.14 WATER SECTOR EMISSIONS
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟,𝑖 = 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑖 ×
𝑗
𝐸𝐼𝑖,𝑗 × 𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖,𝑗

3.11 Table 22 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Water Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Annual GHG emissions from
water consumption per water
district
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟,𝑖 See Table 26 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Volume of water supplied to
the community per water
district
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑖
See Table 23 AF GWP 2021 Water Production
Report1
Energy intensity of water
distribution per water district
𝐸𝐼𝑖,𝑗
See Table 24
kWh/AF

1. GWP 2021 Water Production
Report

2. ICLEI Community Protocol

3. GWP 2020 UWMP2

4. MWD 2020 UWMP3
Electricity emissions factor per
water process stage per source
type
𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖,𝑗 See Table 25 MT CO2e/kWh 1. GWP 2021 Electricity Report4

2. EPA eGRID5
Water district 𝑖 See Table 23 Categorical
Water process stage 𝑗 Extraction
Conveyance
Treatment
Distribution
Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; AF = acre-feet; kWh = kilowatt hour; UWMP = Urban Water Management Plan

1. Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Water Production Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on March 8, 2023

2. City of Glendale. 2021. Urban Water Management Plan, Appendices, Table O-1A. Available at:
https://www.glendaleca.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/62414/637623899860970000

3. Municipal Water District of Southern California (MWD). 2021. 2020 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP)Table A.10-5 2018 Treated and Untreated Water Energy Intensity. Available at: https://www.mwdh2o.com/media/21641/2020-urban-watermanagement-plan-june-2021.pdf

4. Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on February 16, 2023

5. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2023. eGRID Data Explorer 2021 Western Energy Grid. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/egrid/data-explorer
Table 23 shows the total water supplied to the City by each water district or provider and classifies the activity data as local vs imported sources of water. 555 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 25
Table 23 Community Water Activity Data
Water Districts Activity Data [AF]
Local Water Supply
Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 8,586.11
Imported Water Supply
Municipal Water District of Southern California
(MWD) 14,816.00
Notes: AF = acre-feet
The energy intensities and emissions factors per water district or provider are summarized in Table 24 and Table 25, respectively. As MWD’s operations occur outside of the City’s jurisdictional boundaries and is anticipated to be supplied by multiple electricity providers, the CAMX grid mix emissions factor provided by eGRID was used to estimate emissions. However, at the distribution to consumer stage of water management, imported water is managed within the City’s boundaries using Glendale’s water infrastructure and therefore GWP’s emissions factor is utilized.

Table 24 Community Water Energy Intensities Per Water District Energy Intensities [kWh/AF]
Water District Extraction Conveyance Treatment Distribution (Purveyor)
Distribution
(Consumer) All Stages
Local Water Supply
GWP1 309.70 — 120.00 — 384.70 814.40
Imported Water Supply
MWD2 — 1,919.90 69.70 -152.60 384.70 2,221.70
Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; AF = acre-feet

1. Energy Intensity information for Glendale Water and Power (GWP) was acquired from the following sources:

1.a. Extraction: Calculated based on electricity consumption and AF produced from GWP wells as reported in the GWP 2021 Water Production Report.

1.b. Conveyance: Included under Extraction energy intensity

1.c. Treatment: Based on ICLEI Community Protocol default factor as provided under Appendix F Wastewater and Water Emissions Activities and Sources, Table WW.14.4: Energy Intensities for Water Treatment

1.d. Distribution: Based on the City's 2020 UWMP, Appendix E Table O-1A available at:
https://www.glendaleca.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/62414/637623899860970000

2. Energy Intensity information for Municipal Water District (MWD) was sourced from the company’s 2020 Urban Water Management Plan available at: https://www.mwdh2o.com/media/21641/2020-urban-water-management-plan-june-2021.pdf

2.a. Distribution: Due to the high elevations from which MWD water is sourced, MWD’s distribution system to purveyors relies primarily on gravity with minimal electricity input. Additionally, MWD’s distribution system is lined with hydroelectric generation plants along the pipelines. Therefore, the energy intensity for MWD distribution to purveyors is negative as the energy input combined with electricity generation results in a net production, rather than consumption, of power. 556 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
26 Table 25 Community Water Emissions Factors Per Water District Emissions Factors [MT CO2e/kWh]
Water District Extraction Conveyance Treatment
Distribution
(Purveyor)
Distribution
(Consumer) All Stages
Local Water Supply
GWP1 0.000218 0.000218 0.000218 0.000218 0.000218 0.000218 Imported Water Supply
MWD2 0.000242 0.000242 0.000242 0.000242 0.000218 0.000238 Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; AF = acre-feet

1. Emissions factors are sourced from Glendale Water and Power’s (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report

2. As Municipal Water District (MWD) operation are outside of City boundaries, the CAMX grid mix emissions factor provided by eGRID was used to estimate emissions. Information on CAMX emissions factor for 2021 is available at: https://www.epa.gov/egrid/dataexplorer Table 26 shows the City’s water sector GHG emissions and total GHG emissions added to Glendale’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory. MWD imported water is distributed to City residents using water infrastructure, such as pumps, which are owned and operated by GWP. Therefore, the energy used to distribute imported water was accounted for in the energy section and and is thus excluded from total water sector emissions to avoid double counting.

Table 26 Community Water GHG Emissions and Inclusions
Emissions [MT CO2e/year]
Water District Extraction Conveyance Treatment
Distribution
(Purveyor)
Distribution
(Consumer)
All
Stages
Local Water Supply
Emissions 578 — 224 — 719 1,521
GWP
Inclusion No — No — No No
Imported Water Supply
Emissions 6,886 — 250 -547 1,240 7,828
MWD
Inclusion Yes Yes Yes Yes No1 —
Total Water Supply
Total 6,588
Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; AF = acre-feet

1. As MWD is distributed to consumers within City boundaries using the City’s water infrastructure, distribution GHG emissions are anticipated to be accounted in energy sector emissions and are thereby excluded from total water sector GHG emissions.

3.2.5 Wastewater
Management of wastewater produces emissions through every stage of the process from collection to final use or discharge. Glendale’s wastewater is treated by the Los-Angeles-Glendale Water Reclamation Plant (LAGWRP) which is equitably co-owned by the City of Glendale and the City of Los Angeles, though it lies outside of Glendale’s city boundaries. The wastewater reclamation plant (WRP) uses tertiary treatment nitrification/denitrification processes to produce recycled water for 557 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 27
irrigation and industrial re-use.11 Glendale is entitled to 50% of recycled water produced by LAGWRP but currently only uses 25-33% of the City’s entitlement. Recycled water not utilized by the City is discharged into the Los Angeles River. 12
The LAGWRP is part of an integrated system of wastewater treatment plants (WRP) which include the Tillman WRP, Burbank WRP, and the Hyperion WRP. The four water treatment facilities are known as the North Outfall Sewer (NOS). Biosolids and excess flows from Tillman WRP, LAGWRP, and Burbank WRP are diverted to the Hyperion WRP for treatment and disposal.12 Hyperion WRP utilizes a primary and secondary treatment process using digester tanks to treat wastewater for reclamation purposes or discharge to the Santa Monica Bay.13 Currently, Hyperion WRP processes an average of 260 million gallons (MG) per day with approximately 220 MG being discharged into the sea.14
GHG emissions from LAGWRP operations are a result of process emissions from nitrification/denitrification (see Equation 3.14 and Table 29), excess recycled water discharge into the LA River (see Equation 3.15 and Table 30), and electricity use (see Equation 3.16 and Table 33).

As primarily only biosolids are sent from LAGWRP to Hyperion WRP for treatment, only stationary combustion emissions from combustion of digester gas was included with relation to Hyperion WRP operations in this assessment. The set of methods used to quantify stationary combustion emissions is outlined in Equation 3.12 and Table 27 as well as Equation 3.13 and Table 28 below.

EQUATION 3.12
WW.1.(ALT) WASTEWATER DIGESTER GAS STATIONARY COMBUSTION EMISSIONS (CH4) 𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊,𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑡,𝐶𝐻4,𝑖 = 𝑃𝑖 × 𝐷𝑖𝑔𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐺𝑎𝑠 × 𝑓𝐶𝐻4 × 𝐵𝑇𝑈𝐶𝐻4 × 10―6 × 𝐸𝐹𝐶𝐻4 × 365.25 × 10―3 × 𝐺𝑊𝑃𝐶𝐻4

3.12 Table 27 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.1.(alt) Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Total annual GHG emitted by
devices designed to combust
digester gas
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊,𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑡,𝐶𝐻4 See Table 34 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Population served1 𝑃𝑖320,787 People 1. SCAG Growth Forecast2 Rate of digester gas volume
production
𝐷𝑖𝑔𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐺𝑎𝑠 1.00 std
ft3/person/day
ICLEI Community Protocol
Fraction of methane in
digester gas
𝑓𝐶𝐻4 0.65 Fraction ICLEI Community Protocol
Default higher heating value
of methane
𝐵𝑇𝑈𝐶𝐻4 1,028 BTU/ft3
ICLEI Community Protocol
11 City of Los Angeles Sanitation. 2023. Los Angeles-Glendale Water Reclamation Plant. Available at:
https://www.lacitysan.org/san/faces/home/portal/s-lsh-wwd/s-lsh-wwd-cw/s-lsh-wwd-cw-p/s-lsh-wwd-cw-p-lagwrp?_adf.ctrlstate=t7b1utnjj_5&_afrLoop=12857866421655975#! 12 City of Glendale. 2020. 2020 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP). Available at:
https://www.glendaleca.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/62412/637623898692530000 13 City of Los Angeles Sanitation. 2023. Hyperion Reclamation Plant. Available at: https://www.lacitysan.org/san/faces/home/portal/slsh-wwd/s-lsh-wwd-cw/s-lsh-wwd-cw-p/s-lsh-wwd-cw-p-hwrp?_adf.ctrl-state=t7b1utnjj_752&_afrLoop=12859331002222320#! 14 558 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
28 Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Conversion factor 10―6 0.000001 mmBTU/BTU
Methane emissions factor 𝐸𝐹𝐶𝐻4 0.0032 kg CH4/mmBTU ICLEI Community Protocol Conversion factor 365.25 365.25 Days/year ICLEI Community Protocol Conversion factor 10―3 0.001 MT/kg
Global warming potential of
methane
𝐺𝑊𝑃𝐶𝐻4 25 IPCC Fifth Assessment Report
Wastewater treatment plant
(WWTP)
𝑖
Hyperion
WRP
Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; std ft3 = standard cubic feet; BTU = British thermal unit; mmBTU = one million British thermal units; kg = kilograms;

1. Population serviced (or service population) is the sum of population and employment

3.13 Table 28 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.2.(alt) Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Total annual GHG emitted by
devices designed to combust
digester gas
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊,𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑡,𝑁2𝑂 See Table 34 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Population served1 𝑃𝑖320,787 People 1. SCAG Growth Forecast2 Rate of digester gas volume
production
𝐷𝑖𝑔𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐺𝑎𝑠 1.00 std
ft3/person/day
ICLEI Community Protocol
Fraction of methane in
digester gas
𝑓𝐶𝐻4 0.65 Fraction ICLEI Community Protocol
Default higher heating value
of methane
𝐵𝑇𝑈𝐶𝐻4 1,028 BTU/ft3
ICLEI Community Protocol
Conversion factor 10―6 0.000001 mmBTU/BTU
Nitrous Oxide emissions factor 𝐸𝐹𝑁2𝑂 0.0006 kg
N2O/mmBTU
ICLEI Community Protocol
Conversion factor 365.25 365.25 Days/year ICLEI Community Protocol Conversion factor 10―3 0.001 MT/kg
Global warming potential of
nitrous oxide
𝐺𝑊𝑃𝑁2𝑂 265 IPCC Fifth Assessment Report
Wastewater treatment plant
(WWTP)
𝑖
Hyperion
WRP
Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; std ft3 = standard cubic feet; BTU = British thermal unit; mmBTU = one million British thermal units; kg = kilograms;

1. Population serviced (or service population) is the sum of population and employment 559 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 29
Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source

2. Southern California Association of Governments. 2023. 2016-2040 RTP/SCS Final Growth Forecast by Jurisdiction. Available at:
https://scag.ca.gov/sites/main/files/file-attachments/2016_2040rtpscs_finalgrowthforecastbyjurisdiction.pdf?1605576071 EQUATION 3.14
WW.7 CENTRALIZED WWTP W/ NITRIFICATION/DENITRIFICATION
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊,𝑛𝑖𝑡/𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑖𝑡,𝑖 = 𝑃𝑖 × 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑―𝑐𝑜𝑚 × 𝐸𝐹𝑛𝑖𝑡/𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑖𝑡 × 10―6 × 𝐺𝑊𝑃𝑁2𝑂 3.14 Table 29 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.7 Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Total annual GHG emitted by
WWTP processes
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊,𝑛𝑖𝑡/𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑖𝑡,𝑖 See Table 34 MT CO2e/year Calculated Population served1 𝑃𝑖320,787 People 1. SCAG Growth Forecast2 Factor for insignificant
industrial or commercial
discharge
𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑―𝑐𝑜𝑚

1.25 ICLEI Community Protocol
Emissions factor for a WWTP
without nitrification or
denitrification
𝐸𝐹𝑤/𝑜 𝑛𝑖𝑡/𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑖𝑡 7.00 g
N2O/person/year
ICLEI Community Protocol
Conversion factor 10―6 0.000001 mmBTU/BTU
Global warming potential of
nitrous oxide
𝐺𝑊𝑃𝑁2𝑂 265 IPCC Fifth Assessment Report
Wastewater treatment plant
(WWTP)
𝑖
LAGWRP Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; std ft3 = standard cubic feet; BTU = British thermal unit; mmBTU = one million British thermal units; kg = kilograms;

1. Population serviced (or service population) is the sum of population and employment

2. Southern California Association of Governments. 2023. 2016-2040 RTP/SCS Final Growth Forecast by Jurisdiction. Available at:
https://scag.ca.gov/sites/main/files/file-attachments/2016_2040rtpscs_finalgrowthforecastbyjurisdiction.pdf?1605576071 Community Protocol Equation WW.12 used to quantify emissions associated with LAGWRP effluent discharge into the Los Angeles River we modified to account for the proportion of Glendale’s wastewater processed by LAGWRP and the proportion of recycled water used by the City. The adjusted equation is provided in Equation 3.15 with associated parameters and data sources identified in Table 30.
560 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
30 EQUATION 3.15
WW.12 NITROUS OXIDE EMISSIONS FROM EFFLUENT DISCHARGE
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊,𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡,𝑖 = 𝑁 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑 × 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑜𝑙 × 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡 × 𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡,𝑖 × 44 28 × 365.25 × 10―3
× 𝐺𝑊𝑃𝑁2𝑂

3.15 Table 30 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.12 Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Total annual GHG emitted
by WWTP processes
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊,𝑤/𝑜 𝑛𝑖𝑡/𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑖𝑡,𝑖 See Table 34 MT CO2e/year Calculated Average total nitrogen per
day
𝑁 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑 See Table 31 kg N/day LAGWRP Effluent Quality
Report1
Percentage of total
reclaimed water
attributable to the City
𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑜𝑙 See Table 32 % City of Glendale 2020
UWMP2
Percentage of reclaimed
water discharged as
effluent into designated
water body
𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡 See Table 32 % City of Glendale 2020
UWMP
Emissions factor of
discharge to water body
type (river)
𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡,𝑖 0.005 kg N2O-N/kg
sewage-N
discharged
ICLEI Community Protocol
Molecular weight ratio of
N2O to N2
44 28

1.57 Fraction
Conversion factor 365.25 365.25 Days/year
Conversion factor 10―3 0.001 MT/kg
Global warming potential
of nitrous oxide
𝐺𝑊𝑃𝑁2𝑂 265 IPCC Fifth Assessment
Report
Wastewater treatment
plant (WWTP)
𝑖
LAGWRP Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; std ft3 = standard cubic feet; kg = kilograms

1. Los-Angeles-Glendale Water Reclamation Plant (LAGWRP) Summary of Overall Treatment Plant Effluent Quality Report provided by the City via email on March 15, 2023

2. City of Glendale. 2020. 2020 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP). Available at:
https://www.glendaleca.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/62412/637623898692530000 The Effluent Quality Report provided by LAGWRP reports the minimum, maximum, and average volume of wastewater effluent processed per day as well as the concentration of NH3-N, NO2-N, and NO3-N in the effluent. Summarized data from this report used to determine the total nitrogen load is provided in Table 31.
561 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 31
Table 31 Community Wastewater WW.12 Nitrogen Load Activity Data Calculations Month
Effluent Processed1
[gal/month]
Nitrogen Concentration2
[kg N/gal]
Nitrogen Load
[kg N/month]
January 498,864,100 0.00002217 11,062
February 438,241,900 0.00001943 8,514
March 503,650,000 0.00002197 11,064
April 515,708,500 0.00002043 10,534
May 527,492,500 0.00002414 12,736
June 501,357,000 0.00002313 11,596
July 500,676,800 0.00002309 11,561
August 492,802,000 0.00002214 10,912
September 472,441,800 0.00002316 10,942
October 485,735,000 0.00002144 10,412
November 468,319,000 0.00002290 10,726
December 483,537,100 0.00002263 10,942
Notes: kg = kilograms; gal = gallons

1. Effluent processed per month was determined by summing the reported daily average volume processed per month in LAGWRP’s Effluent Quality Report.

2. Nitrogen concentration was calculated by averaging LAGWRP’s reported daily average mg N/L to determine a monthly average, summing across NH3-N, NO2-N, and NO3-N chemical constituents, and converting to kg N/gal Table 32 shows the calculation method for the percent LAGWRP treated wastewater attributable to Glendale and the percent recycled water which is released as effluent rather than being recycled for reuse.

Table 32 Community Wastewater WW.12 Percent Attribution Calculations Attribution Metric Total [AF] Community Total [AF] Percent Attribution 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑜𝑙1 14,983 6,024 40.21%
𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡2 8,000 2,000 75.00%
Notes: AF = acre-feet

1. Percent of wastewater attributable to the community is based on the total LAGWRP wastewater processed (14,983 AF) and wastewater produced by Glendale (6,024 AF) in 2020 as reported in the City of Glendale’s 2020 UWMP, available at:
https://www.glendaleca.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/62412/637623898692530000

2. Percent of wastewater effluent is conservatively estimated based on Glendale’s current recycled water use (2,000 AF) and the maximum potential recycled water entitlement (8,000 AF) as reported in the City of Glendale’s 2020 UWMP, available at:
https://www.glendaleca.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/62412/637623898692530000 Though the City of Glendale co-owns LAGWRP, the facility lies outside of the City’s boundaries which means that electricity used at the WRP is not captured under community nonresidential energy use. Community Protocol Equation WW.15 was used to determine LAGWRP electricity-based emissions and adjusted to allocate emissions attributable to the Glendale community. 562 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
32 EQUATION 3.16
WW.15 ENERGY-RELATED EMISSIONS ASSOCIATED WITH WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TREATMENT 𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖 = 𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑊𝑊,𝑖 × 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑜𝑙 × 𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖 3.16
Table 33 Emissions Parameters and Data Sources – Community Wastewater WW.15 Definition Parameter Value Unit Data Source
Total annual GHG emitted
by WWTP electricity use
𝐶𝑂2𝑒𝑊𝑊𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖 See Table 34 MT CO2e/year Calculated
Electricity use of WWTP 𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑊𝑊,𝑖 10,018,136 kWh LAGWRP 2021 Electricity Report2
Percentage of total
reclaimed water
attributable to the City
𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑜𝑙 See Table 32 % City of Glendale 2020
UWMP2
Electricity emission factor
per WWTP
𝐸𝐹𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑐,𝑖 0.000242 MT CO2e/kWh EPA eGRID3
Wastewater treatment
plant or (WWTP)
𝑖
LAGWRP Categorical
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; MG = million gallons; AF = acre-feet; kWh = kilowatt hour

1. Los-Angeles-Glendale Water Reclamation Plant (LAGWRP) Summary of Overall Treatment Plant Effluent Quality Report provided by the City via email on March 15, 2023

2. Los-Angeles-Glendale Water Reclamation Plant (LAGWRP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via SharePoint on April 5, 2023

3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2023. eGRID Data Explorer 2021 Western Energy Grid. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/egrid/data-explorer
Table 34 summarizes the City’s wastewater sector activity data, emissions factors, and GHG emissions per WWTP.

Table 34 Community Wastewater GHG Emissions Calculations Emissions Source
Protocol
Equation Activity Data Emissions Factor1
GHG Emissions
[MT CO2e/year]
LAGWRP
Nit/Denit Process
N2O WW.7 320,787 persons 0.0023188 MT CO2e/person 744
Effluent Discharge WW.12 52,669 kg N/year 0.0020803 MT CO2e/kg N 110 Stationary
Combustion — — — — — —
Electricity Use WW.15 4,027,848 kWh 0.0002421 MT CO2e/kWh 975 Hyperion WRP
Nit/Denit Process
N2O — — — — — —
Effluent Discharge — — — — — —
Stationary
Combustion
WW.1.(alt)
WW.2.(alt)
320,787 persons 0.0000626 MT
CO2e/person 20
Electricity Use — — — — — —
All WWTP
563 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 33
Emissions Source
Protocol
Equation Activity Data Emissions Factor1
GHG Emissions
[MT CO2e/year]
Nit/Denit Process
N2O WW.7 320,787 persons 0.002319 MT CO2e/person 744
Effluent Discharge WW.12 52,669 kg N/year 0.002080 MT CO2e/kg N 110 Stationary
Combustion
WW.1.(alt)
WW.2.(alt)
320,787 persons 0.000063 MT
CO2e/person 20
Electricity Use WW.15 4,027,848 kWh 0.000242 MT CO2e/kWh 975 Total 1,848
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; kg = kilograms; kWh = kilowatt hour 564 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
34 2021 Community GHG Emissions Inventory Results
The inventory provides the City with current GHG emissions estimates that follow the Community Protocol and current best practices for GHG accounting. The results of the GHG inventory are summarized in Figure 1 and Figure 2 and shown in detail in Table 35.

Figure 1 Community Inventory GHG Emissions by Sector
565 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 35
Figure 2 Community Inventory GHG Emissions by Sub-Sector 566 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
36 Table 35 2021 Community GHG Emissions Inventory
GHG
Emissions
Sector
GHG Emissions
Subsector Activity Data Emission Factor
GHG Emissions
(MT CO2e)
Residential
Electricity
415,172,498 kWh 0.000218 MT
CO2e/kWh
90,318
Residential
Electricity T&D
18,767,032 kWh 0.000218 MT
CO2e/kWh
4,083
Nonresidential
Electricity
258,014,947 kWh 0.000218 MT
CO2e/kWh
56,129
Nonresidential
Electricity T&D
11,358,634 kWh 0.000218 MT
CO2e/kWh
2,471
Residential Natural
Gas
26,059,230 therms 0.005311 MT
CO2e/therm
138,412
Residential Natural
Gas Leaks
733,325 therms 0.053067 MT
CO2e/therm
38,915
Nonresidential
Natural Gas
9,813,314 therms 0.005311 MT
CO2e/therm
52,123
Energy
Nonresidential
Natural Gas Leaks
276,154 therms 0.053067 MT
CO2e/therm
14,655
Passenger VMT 1,230,370,632 VMT 0.000354 MT CO2e/mile 435,551 Commercial VMT 47,569,751 VMT 0.001198 MT CO2e/mile 56,989 Bus VMT 12,605,474 VMT 0.002123 MT CO2e/mile 26,761
Passenger EVMT 11,350,951 kWh 0.000218 MT
CO2e/kWh
2,469
Commercial EVMT 0 kWh 0.000218 MT
CO2e/kWh
0 Bus EVMT 135,816 kWh 0.000218 MT
CO2e/kWh
30 Off-road Diesel 2,227,013 Gallons 0.010470 MT
CO2e/Gallon
23,317
Off-road Gasoline 2,109,767 Gallons 0.009189 MT
CO2e/Gallon
19,386
Transportation
Off-road Natural
Gas
1,369,734 Gallons 0.005862 MT
CO2e/Gallon
8,030
Solid Waste Landfill Methane 244,904 tons 0.306515 MT CO2e/ton 75,067 Process Emissions - tons - MT CO2e/ton -
Local - kWh - MT
CO2e/kWh
Water -
Imported 27,216,992 kWh 0.000242 MT
CO2e/kWh
6,588
Wastewater Nitrification/
Denitrification
Process N2O
320,787 persons 0.002319 MT
CO2e/person
744
Effluent Discharge
Fugitive N2O
52,669 kg N/year 0.002080 MT CO2e/kg
N
110
567 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Community
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 37
GHG
Emissions
Sector
GHG Emissions
Subsector Activity Data Emission Factor
GHG Emissions
(MT CO2e)
Stationary
Combustion
320,787 persons 0.000063 MT
CO2e/person
20 Energy Use 4,027,848 kWh 0.000242 MT
CO2e/kWh
975
Total 1,053,141
Notes: VMT = vehicle miles traveled; EVMT = electric vehicle miles traveled; kWh = kilowatt hour; MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; gal = gallons
568 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
38 4 GHG Emissions Inventory - Municipal

4.1 Methodology
The City’s municipal GHG inventory (2021 Municipal Inventory) was competed using the Local Government Operations Protocol15 (LGOP) developed by Local Governments for Sustainability (ICLEI), California Air Resources Board (CARB), California Climate Action Registry, and The Climate Registry (TCR). The LGOP methodology includes the calculation of GHG emissions which can be attributed directly to the City’s operations in the given inventory year. The municipal inventory allows the City to track its GHG emissions resulting from the municipally owned facilities, vehicles, and equipment over which it can exert control with GHG reduction policies and ultimately lead by example.

The results of GHG emission calculations are presented by emissions scope, relating to the degree of control the City has over emissions sources, and the specific sources that the emissions are associated with. Emissions sources are categorized as direct (i.e., Scope 1) or indirect (i.e., Scope 2 or Scope 3), in accordance with the World Resources Institute and the World Business Council for Sustainable Development’s Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Standard, which are summarized below:
▪ Scope 1: Direct GHG emissions from sources within a local government’s operations that it owns and/or controls. This includes stationary combustion to produce electricity, steam, heat, and power equipment; mobile combustion of fuels; process emissions from physical or chemical processing; fugitive emissions that result from production, processing, transmission, storage, and use of fuels; and other sources.
▪ Scope 2: Indirect GHG emissions associated with the consumption of electricity, steam, heating, or cooling that are purchased from a utility provider that also provides energy to other jurisdictions and/or is located outside City boundaries. ▪ Scope 3: All other indirect GHG emissions not covered in Scope 2, such as emissions resulting from the extraction and production of purchased materials and fuels, transport-related activities in vehicles not owned or controlled by the City (e.g., employee commuting and business travel, outsourced activities, waste disposal, etc.).

Scope
Similar to the community inventory, the GHG emissions sources and sectors for the municipal operations inventory are categorized into various sectors and subsectors to match the GHG emissions reporting of the community GHG emissions inventory, with the granularity required by the LGO Protocol. The primary sectors of GHG emissions sources include:
▪ Electricity
▪ Natural Gas
▪ Transportation
▪ Water and Wastewater
15 ICLEI. May 2010. Local Government Operations Protocol for the quantification and reporting of greenhouse gas emissions inventories. 569 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Municipal
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 39
▪ Solid Waste
Further granularity can be achieved by also reporting GHG emissions sources by the following subsectors when possible:
▪ Buildings and other facilities
▪ Streetlights and traffic signals
▪ Water delivery facilities
▪ Port Facilities
▪ Airport Facilities
▪ Vehicle fleet
▪ Transit fleet
▪ Power Generation Facilities
▪ Solid Waste Facilities
▪ Wastewater facilities
The following LGOP recommended sectors have also been included in the City’s 2021 Municipal Inventory:
▪ Employee commute
▪ Employee business travel
The City’s 2021 Municipal Inventory includes an assessment of the City’s operational GHG emissions according to the above subsectors and categorized to reflect the City’s municipal Scope 1-3 emissions.

Emissions Boundary
The 2021 Municipal GHG Inventory includes all emissions occurring within the City of Glendale’s direct jurisdictional authority (i.e., sources of emissions resulting from facilities that the City owns and/or operates). The City of Glendale operates and maintains multiple buildings and facilities across the City such as Glendale Water and Power and the Scholl Canyon Landfill. The City also coowns the LAGWRP for wastewater management which is located outside of Glendale’s city boundaries. Though the wastewater reclamation facility lies outside of the Glendale, emissions associated with LAGWRP are included in the 2021 Municipal GHG Inventory as a direct Scope 1 source of emissions in accordance with LGOP as it is under the City’s jurisdictional authority.

4.2 2021 Municipal GHG Emissions Inventory

4.2.1 Buildings and Other Facilities
Buildings and facilities generate Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions that relate to the stationary combustion of natural gas (i.e., Scope 1) and the use of electricity (i.e., Scope 2) in the City’s facilities.

Natural gas which is used for heating and cooling of buildings and facilities is provided to the City by SoCalGas. However, similar to the community natural gas used, not all the natural gas used is 570 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
40 combusted. It’s estimated that 2.3% of natural gas is leaked through the distribution pipelines,16 while about 0.5% of the natural gas delivered is leaked at end-uses and not combusted.17 The activity data provided by SoCalGas is adjusted to remove end-use leakage and an emission factor from the EPA Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories report is applied to calculate GHG emissions from natural gas combustion.18 Emissions from distribution and end-use methane leaks are calculated separately using the adjusted activity data and a calculated natural gas methane leak emission factor. The GHG emission calculation details associated with the buildings and other facilities sector’s natural gas usage and leakage are provided in Table 36.

Table 36 Municipal Buildings and Facilities Sector Natural Gas GHG Emissions Calculations
GHG Emissions Source
Activity Data
[therms]
Adjusted
Activity Data
[therms]
Emissions Factor
[MT CO2e/therm]
Emissions
[MT CO2e] Scope
Natural Gas
Consumption 345,399 0.005311 1,835 Scope 1
Natural Gas Methane
Leaks1
347,135
9,720 0.053067 516 Scope 1
Total 2,350 Scope 1
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. Emission factor is calculated using the following equation:

2.85 𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑚 ∗ 95% 𝑚𝑒𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑡 ∗ 0.7
𝑘𝑔
𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
∗ 28
𝐶𝑂2𝑒
𝐶𝐻4
∗ 0.001
𝑀𝑇
𝑘𝑔
The City owns and operates Glendale Water and Power (GWP) which provides all of Glendale’s electricity utility services. As the City has direct control over GWP and is thereby responsible for all GHG emissions associated with its operations, GHG emissions associated with GWP supplied electricity is already accounted under the City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory. Therefore, the City’s 2021 Municipal GHG Inventory only considers the electricity consumed to operate the buildings and facilities that the City owns as a subset of the 2021 Community GHG Inventory and is thereby included as Scope 2 emissions. Additionally, though not recommended under the LGOP, T&D electricity losses are included in the City’s 2021 Municipal Inventory to align with sector inclusions of Glendale’s 2021 GHG Community Inventory.

GWP provided the electricity consumption activity data as well as annual electricity and GHG emissions information used to determine GWP’s emissions factor.19 Electricity T&D loss was 16 Alvarez, Ramón et al. (2018). Assessment of methane emissions from the U.S. oil and gas supply chain. Science. 361. https://www.science.org/doi/abs/10.1126/science.aar7204 17 Environmental Defense Fund USER GUIDE FOR NATURAL GAS LEAKAGE RATE MODELING TOOL. Available at:
https://www.edf.org/sites/default/files/US-Natural-Gas-Leakage-Model-User-Guide.pdf 18 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2022. GHG Emission Factors Hub. Available at: https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghgemission-factors-hub 19 Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on February 16, 2023 571 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Municipal
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 41
calculated based on a 4.40% loss rate as specified by eGRID.20 The GHG emission calculation details associated with buildings and other facilities sector’s electricity usage are provided in Table 37.

Table 37 Municipal Buildings and Facilities Sector Electricity GHG Emission Calculations GHG Emissions Source
Utility
Provider
Activity Data
[kWh]
Emissions Factor
[MT CO2e/kWh]
Emissions
[MT CO2e] Scope
Electricity Consumption2 GWP 30,753,161 0.000218 6,690 Scope 2 Electricity Consumption
T&D2 GWP 1,357,214 0.000218 295 Scope 2
Total 6,985 Scope 2
Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

1. Excludes electricity used by GWP for water distribution pumping stations.

2. Electricity consumption T&D includes the T&D associated with electric vehicle charging at City buildings and facilities.

4.2.2 Streetlights and Traffic Signals
The City’s buildings and facilities, streetlights and traffic signals generate Scope 2 emissions related to the use of electricity and resulting T&D losses. Activity data and emissions factors were reported in GWP’s 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City.21 Electricity T&D loss was calculated based on a 4.40% loss rate as specified by eGRID.22 The GHG emission calculation details associated with buildings and other facilities sector’s electricity usage are provided in Table 38.

Table 38 Municipal Streetlights and Traffic Signals Sector Electricity GHG Emission Calculations
GHG Emissions Source
Utility
Provider
Activity Data
[kWh]
Emissions Factor
[MT CO2e/kWh]
Emissions
[MT CO2e] Scope
Streetlights & Traffic Signals GWP 9,616,044 0.000218 2,092 Scope 2 Streetlights & Traffic Signals
T&D GWP 423,106 0.000218 92 Scope 2
Total 2,184 Scope 2
Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

4.2.3 Water Delivery Facilities
Water consumption typically generates Scope 3 GHG emissions from the electricity used to deliver water to the City facilities, as well as the energy used to treat and convey the water prior to delivery. A portion of The City’s water which is purchased from MWD by GWP is considered Scope 3 as GWP does not control the electricity used to extract, convey, treat, and transport MWD’s water prior to delivery into GWP’s local distribution system. However, GWP produced water distributed to the City is considered a Scope 2 emissions source as the facility and distribution infrastructure are owned and operated by the City. As the City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory water sector 20 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2023. eGRID Data Explorer 2021 Western Energy Grid. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/egrid/data-explorer
21 Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on February 16, 2023 22 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2023. eGRID Data Explorer 2021 Western Energy Grid. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/egrid/data-explorer
572 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
42 includes all GHG emissions associated with GWP water management, the 2021 Municipal GHG Inventory only includes the energy associated with the City’s distribution infrastructure and facility water consumption as a subset of the 2021 Community GHG Inventory. The inventory for wastewater delivery facilities also includes T&D losses associated with the City’s water pump distribution infrastructure to maintain consistency with the community inventory and the buildings and facilities emissions sectors. This will provide the City a better understanding of GHG emissions attributable to its facility and irrigation activities.

Activity data on the City’s water pump station electricity use was provided by the City and excludes the electricity associated with GWP well water extraction and treatment. Electricity T&D loss was calculated based on a 4.40% loss rate as specified by eGRID.23 The City also provided activity data regarding the total volume of water consumed by City facilities and used for irrigation which was apportioned between GWP and MWD supplied water based on the 2021 Water Production Report provided by GWP.24 As the electricity use of the City’s water pump distribution infrastructure is included in the 2021 Municipal GHG Inventory, only the energy intensities associated with the extraction, conveyance, and treatment of the City’s water was included to avoid double counting.

The energy intensity for water extraction was provided by GWP and the energy intensity for treatment was estimated based on Community Protocol default values.25 The emissions factor for GWP supplied water was determined based on annual electricity supply and GHG emissions as reported by GWP.26
The energy intensities of MWD’s water management was determined according to the 2020 UWMP27 and emissions factor was approximated according to the eGRID reported CAMX grid mix emissions factor.28 The GHG emission calculations details are provided in Table 39.

Table 39 Municipal Water Consumption GHG Emissions Calculations Water District
Activity
Data [AF]
Energy
Intensity
Factor
[kWh/AF]
Electricity
Usage
[kWh]
Emission
Factor [MT
CO2e/kWh]
GHG
Emissions
[MT CO2e]
Emission
Source
Scope
City Consumption
(GWD)1,2 335.28 429.70 144,070 0.000218 31 Scope 2
City Consumption
(MWD)3
578.56 1,837.00 1,062,807 0.000242 257 Scope 3
Water Pump Stations — — 11,095,371 0.000218 2,414 Scope 2 23 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2023. eGRID Data Explorer 2021 Western Energy Grid. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/egrid/data-explorer
24 Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Water Production Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on March 8, 2023 25 ICLEI Community Protocol. Appendix F Wastewater and Water Emissions Activities and Sources, Table WW.14.4: Energy Intensities for Water Treatment.
26 Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on February 16, 2023 27 Municipal Water District of Southern California (MWD). 2021. 2020 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP)Table A.10-5 2018 Treated and Untreated Water Energy Intensity. Available at: https://www.mwdh2o.com/media/21641/2020-urban-water-managementplan-june-2021.pdf 28 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2023. eGRID Data Explorer 2021 Western Energy Grid. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/egrid/data-explorer
573 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Municipal
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 43
Water Pump Stations
T&D — — 488,196 0.000218 106 Scope 2
Total 2,551 Scope 2
Total 257 Scope 3
Notes: kWh = kilowatt hour; MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; Values may not add due to rounding

1. Activity data for GWP supplied City water was calculated based on the total AF of water consumed by City facilities (914 AF) and the proportion of water produced in 2021 by GWP (8,586 AF, 36.69 %) versus the proportion of water purchased from MWD in 2021 (14,816 AF, 63.31%) as specified in GWP’s 2021 Water Production Report.

2. The energy intensity of GWP provided water is the sum of the energy intensity of GWP’s extraction and conveyance (309.70 kWh/AF) as estimated based on GWP’s 2021 Water Production Report and the energy intensity for treatment (120 kWh/AF) as provided in the Community Protocol.

3. Activity data for GWP supplied City water was calculated based on the total AF of water consumed by City facilities (914 AF) and the proportion of water produced in 2021 by GWP (8,586 AF, 36.69 %) versus the proportion of water purchased from MWD in 2021 (14,816 AF, 63.31%) as specified in GWP’s 2021 Water Production Report.

4.2.4 Vehicle Fleet
Vehicle fleet emissions include Scope 1 sources that relate to the mobile combustion of fossil fuels in the City’s fleet vehicles as well as Scope 2 emissions from the charging of EVs. Fleet vehicles include light and medium-duty vehicles and trucks as well as the use of personal vehicles for work.

The employee commute sector accounts for emissions generated by City employees’ trips to and from work and is treated as separate from the use of personal vehicles for work and is discussed in the section below. The City tracks data for the vehicle fleet including diesel, gasoline, natural gas use, and electricity consumption from vehicle charging which provided the activity data for this sector. Emission factors for diesel, gasoline, and natural gas were obtained from the EPA Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories report.29 The grid emissions factor for vehicle fleet EV charging was determined based on annual electricity supply and GHG emissions as reported by GWP.30 The GHG emission calculation details associated with vehicle fleet sector sources are provided in Table 40.
29 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2022. GHG Emission Factors Hub. Available at: https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghgemission-factors-hub 30 Glendale Water and Power (GWP) 2021 Electricity Report provided by the City via Sharepoint on February 16, 2023 574 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
44 Table 40 Municipal Vehicle Fleet Sector GHG Emission Calculations GHG Emission Source Activity Data Emissions Factor
Emissions
[MT CO2e] Scope
Diesel 74,050 Gallons 0.01024 MT CO2e/gal 758 Scope 1
Gasoline 294,610 Gallons 0.00881 MT CO2e/gal 2,596 Scope 1 Natural Gas 279,330 Therms 0.00531 MT CO2e/therm 1,484 Scope 1 Electric 92,614 kWh 0.000218 MT CO2e/kWh 20 Scope 2
Total 4,838 Scope 1
Total 20 Scope 2
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; gal = gallons; kWh = kilowatt hour; Values may not add due to rounding

4.2.5 Transit Fleet
Transit fleet emissions include Scope 1 sources that relate to the mobile combustion of fossil fuels in the City’s public transit fleet (e.g., buses and Dial-A-Ride). The City tracks gasoline and natural gas usage for the transit fleet, which provided the activity data for this sector. Emissions factors for gasoline and natural gas were obtained from the EPA Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories report.31 The GHG emission calculation details associated with transit fleet sector sources are provided in Table 41.

Table 41 Municipal Transit Fleet Sector GHG Emission Calculations GHG Emission Source Activity Data Emissions Factor
Emissions
[MT CO2e] Scope
Natural Gas 307,021 Therms 0.00531 MT CO2e/therm 1,631 Scope 1 Gasoline 14,065 Gallons 0.00881 MT CO2e/gal 124 Scope 1 Total 1,755 Scope 1
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; gal = gallons; Values may not add due to rounding

4.2.6 Solid Waste Facilities
Scholl Canyon Landfill is owned and operated by the City and provides waste disposal services for the City of Glendale as well as other surrounding jurisdictions. Ownership of the solid waste facility places the entirety of its process related energy consumption and fugitive emissions under the City’s control, making it a Scope 1 emissions source. However, as Scholl landfill is located within the City’s boundaries, energy consumption for landfill processes are anticipated to be included under the buildings and facilities energy sector of Glendale’s 2021 Municipal GHG Inventory. To avoid the risk of double counting, GHG emissions associated with Scholl landfill processes have been excluded from the City’s 2021 Municipal GHG Inventory, but are quantified below for informational purposes.

The GHG emissions associated with fugitive emissions from municipal generated waste was also quantified for informational purposes but excluded from the 2021 Municipal Inventory.

GHG emissions from waste decomposition were calculated using Community Protocol Method SW.4.1 based on the waste tonnage processed by the landfill and default factors for landfill gas 31 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2022. GHG Emission Factors Hub. Available at: https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghgemission-factors-hub 575 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Municipal
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 45
collection efficiency (i.e., 0.75) and oxidation rate (i.e., 0.1). Similarly, process emissions were calculated using Community Protocol Method SW.5 based on the waste tonnage processed by the landfill and the default factor for compressed natural gas (CNG) fuel use. Total waste tonnage activity data for Scholl Canyon Landfill was sourced from CalRecycle tonnage reports for 2021,32 while municipal solid waste tonnage was provided by the City. A methane emissions factor was developed based on Glendale’s Go2Zero Waste Characterization Study33 and emissions factors per waste material type as provided by the Community Protocol (see Table 19). The GHG emissions calculations for Scholl Canyon process and fugitive emissions as well as municipal solid waste generation are shown in Table 42.

Table 42 Municipal Solid Waste GHG Emission Calculations Sector
Activity Data
[wet short ton]
Emission Factor
[MT CO2e/wet
short ton]
GHG Emissions
[MT CO2e]
Emission Source
Scope
Landfill Decomposition 422,785 0.3065 129,590 Scope 1
Landfill Process 422,785 0.0110 4,651 Scope 1
Municipal Decomposition 10,790 0.3065 3,307 Scope 1
Total 129,590 Scope 1

4.2.7 Wastewater Facilities
The LAGWRP produces emissions through every stage of the process and falls under Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions as it is co-owned and operated by the City. Scope 1 emissions result from LAGWRP’s nitrification/denitrification processes and fugitive emissions from discharging treated water into the Los Angeles River. Scope 2 emissions are produced from the wastewater facility’s electricity consumption which are not included under the City’s building and facilities energy use as LAGWRP is located outside of the City of Glendale. Though Scope 3 emissions would as a result of municipal wastewater downstream processing at the Hyperion WRP, these emissions are anticipated to be negligible and are therefore not included in the City’s 2021 Municipal GHG Inventory.

GHG emissions from wastewater treatment were calculated using Community Protocol Methods WW.7 for process emissions and WW.12 for fugitive emissions. Activity data was calculated based on total effluent and nitrogen concentration data provided by LAGWRP34 (see Table 31).

Additionally, activity data was adjusted to reflect the City’s 50% co-ownership of LAGWRP. Default emission factors were applied to the activity data based on guidance from the Community Protocol.35 GHG emissions from electricity use were calculated using activity data provided by 32 California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle). 2019. 2021 Landfill Summary Tonnage Report. Available at:
https://www2.calrecycle.ca.gov/LandfillTipFees/
33 Go2Zero Strategies. 2019. City of Glendale Waste Characterization Study. Provided by the City via SharePoint on March 9, 2023 34 Los-Angeles-Glendale Water Reclamation Plant (LAGWRP) Summary of Overall Treatment Plant Effluent Quality Report provided by the City via email on March 15, 2023
35 See Community Protocol Methods WW.7 and WW.12 for all default inputs including emissions factors used to calculate wastewater emissions.
576 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
46 LAGWRP and the eGRID reported CAMX grid mix emissions factor.36 The total process and fugitive wastewater emissions generated by the City can be found in Table 43.

Table 43 Municipal Wastewater GHG Emissions
GHG Emission Source
Adjusted Activity
Data1 Emissions Factor
Emissions
[MT CO2e] Scope
Nitrification/Denitrifica
tion Process N2O 9,036 AF 0.002319 MT CO2e/person
21 Scope 1
Effluent Discharge
Fugitive N2O 49,125 kg N/year 0.002080 MT CO2e/kg N 102 Scope 1 Energy Use 5,009,068 kWh 0.000242 MT CO2e/kWh 1,213 Scope 2 Total 123 Scope 1
Total 1,213 Scope 2
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; AF = acre-feet; kg = kilogram; kWh = kilowatt hour; Values may not add due to rounding

1. Adjusted activity data reflects 50% of the total activity data to account for the City’s partial ownership of LAGWRP.

4.2.8 Employee Commute
Emissions from employee commute include Scope 3 GHG emissions sources from the mobile combustion of fossil fuels generated by the City of Glendale’s employee vehicles as employees commute to and from work. The City provided employee commute data in the form of number of employees, peak and off-peak average vehicle ridership (AVR) survey responses, and household zip code data. The zip codes of employees were used to determine an average one-way trip distance to work per work day which was then scaled by 260 days per year to reach an annual number of miles per vehicle. A weighted average AVR based survey responses was then applied to convert the activity data from miles per vehicle to annual miles per employee. This was then multiplied by the number of City employees to determine annual milage activity data. As the AVR factor accounts for and removes public transit, active transport, and zero emission vehicles to determine ridership, a mobile combustion emissions factor for passenger vehicles provided by EMFAC202137 was applied to the activity data to determine GHG emissions from employee commute. The GHG emissions associated with the employee commute sector are provided in Table 44. 36 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2023. eGRID Data Explorer 2021 Western Energy Grid. Available at:
https://www.epa.gov/egrid/data-explorer
37 California Air and Resources Board. 2023. Emission FACtor (EMFAC2021 v1.0.1) Model. Available at:
https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/emissions-inventory/5e0cb7d6006cc10661f4b3ffb9c120a486d46ea6 577 of 704
GHG Emissions Inventory - Municipal
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 47
Table 44 Municipal Employee Commute GHG Emissions
GHG
Emission
Source
City
Employees
Avg AVR
[ trips/vehicl
e]1
Avg Oneway
Distance
[mi/vehicle
/day]
Work Days
per Year
Emissions
Factor [MT
CO2e/mi]
Emissions
[MT CO2e]
Emission
Source
Scope
Employee
Commute 1,785.00 1.21 18.90 260.00 0.000363 2,634 Scope 3 Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; mi = miles; Values may not add due to rounding

1. Average vehicle ridership (AVR) reflects the number of commuting employees divided by the number of vehicles commuting employees use to arrive at the work site and is averaged over the survey week. An AVR of 1 signifies commuting employees are driving individually to work, while an AVR greater than 1 signifies employees are engaging in some degree of commute rideshare and are not riding single-occupancy.

4.2.9 Business Travel
Business travel results in Scope 3 GHG emissions from the mobile combustion of fossil fuels by passenger cars, trains, and airplanes for City employee’s work-related travel. Activity data in the form of VMT by mode type was provided by the City and emissions factors were sourced from EMFAC202138 for passenger vehicles, the EPA Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories39 report for train, and the BlueSkyModel for airplane.40 The GHG emission calculation details associated with business travel sector sources are provided below in Table 45.

Table 45 Municipal Business Travel GHG Emissions Calculations GHG Emission Source
Activity Data
[miles]
Emissions Factor
[MT CO2e/mile] Emissions [MT CO2e] Scope
Passenger Car 1,721 0.000354 1 Scope 3
Train 0.00 0.0001513 0 Scope 3
Airplane 0.00 0.0241767 0 Scope 3
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent 38 California Air and Resources Board. 2023. Emission FACtor (EMFAC2021 v1.0.1) Model. Available at:
https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/emissions-inventory/5e0cb7d6006cc10661f4b3ffb9c120a486d46ea6 39 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2022. GHG Emission Factors Hub. Available at: https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghgemission-factors-hub 40 The BlueSkyModel was used to determine the emissions factor of airplane business travel. Available at: https://blueskymodel.org/airmile#:~:text=On%20average%2C%20a%20plane%20produces,(CO2)%20per%20mile. 578 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
48 5 GHG Forecast
The City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory establishes a baseline reference point; however, annual GHG emissions change over time. GHG emissions forecasts provide a way to estimate future emission levels based on population and job growth. Forecasts also account for State legislative actions that are anticipated to reduce GHG emissions. Calculating the difference between the forecasted GHG emissions and the reduction target determines the gap to be closed through local policies. This section includes an estimate of the future emissions for the City in the years 2030, 2035, 2040, and 2045 in a business-as-usual scenario (BAU) forecast and an adjusted scenario (adjusted) forecast, which are defined as follows:
▪ Business-as-usual scenario- Provides a forecast of how future GHG emissions would change as population, housing, and job growth occurs and if current activities continued as they did in 2019 absent of any policies or legislation that would reduce local emissions. The BAU forecast is based on growth trends projected in population, housing, employment, and transportation activity over time, consistent with regional projections. ▪ Adjusted scenario- Provides a forecast of how currently adopted legislation would reduce GHG emissions from the business-as-usual scenario. The adjusted scenario represents the State’s contribution to reducing local GHG emissions to meet State goals without any additional contribution from local policies or actions.

5.1 Business-as-usual Forecast
Future GHG emissions for the BAU forecast were calculated using projected demographic data provided by Southern California Association of Government’s (SCAG) 2016-2040 RTP/SCS Final Growth Forecast by Jurisdiction model.41 The demographic metrics used to project activity data and associated growth factors for each forecasted GHG emission source are provided in Table 46 for each of the GHG emission sources in the 2021 Community GHG Inventory. 41 Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG). 2023. 2016-2040 RTP/SCS Final Growth Forecast by Jurisdiction. Available at:
https://scag.ca.gov/sites/main/files/file-attachments/2016_2040rtpscs_finalgrowthforecastbyjurisdiction.pdf?1605576071 579 of 704
GHG Forecast
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 49
Table 46 GHG Emission Sources and Growth Factors for BAU Scenario Forecast GHG Emissions Source
Demographic
Projection Metric Growth Factor Value
Energy
Residential Electricity Households Electricity Consumption (kWh) per Household
5,502
Non-residential Electricity Employment Electricity Consumption (kWh) per Job 2,148 Residential Natural Gas Households Natural Gas Consumption (therms) per Household
347
Non-residential Natural Gas Employment Natural Gas Consumption (therms) per Job
82 Electricity Transmission and
Distribution Losses (T&D
Losses)
N/A T&D Losses Factor (4.40%) applied to total
Electricity Consumption
N/A
Natural Gas Leakage N/A Leakage Factor (2.30% distribution, 0.50% end-use) applied to total Natural Gas
Consumption
N/A
Transportation
On-Road Passenger Households Vehicle miles travelled (miles) per household
16,306
On-Road Commercial Employment Vehicle miles travelled (miles) per job 396 On-Road Bus Population Serviced Vehicle miles travelled (miles) per population served
39 Off-Road Equipment1 N/A N/A N/A
Wastewater
Wastewater Process and
Fugitive Emissions
Population Serviced Wastewater Process and Fugitive
Emissions (MT CO2e) per population
served

0.0058
Water
Water Consumption Population Serviced Electricity Consumption (kWh) per population served
85 Solid Waste
Solid Waste Disposal Population Serviced Solid Waste Emissions (MT CO2e) per population served

0.2340
Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; kWh = kilowatt-hour; VMT = vehicle miles traveled; N/A = Not Applicable; Population Served = the combined total number of employees and residents in the City

1. Off-road GHG emissions forecasted based on forecasted fuel consumption reported under the CARB OFFROAD2021 Model, available at: https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/emissions-inventory/5e0cb7d6006cc10661f4b3ffb9c120a486d46ea6 The BAU forecast was calculated using the growth factors in Table 46, the demographic and projection metrics in Table 47, and the 2021 Community GHG Inventory emission factors. In the BAU forecast, GHG emissions are expected to increase through 2045. 580 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
50 Table 47 BAU Forecast Demographic and Projection Metrics by Forecast Year Demographics/
Sector
Data Source 2030 2035 2040 2045
Population SCAG 2016-2040 RTP/SCS
Final Growth Forecast
206,033 209,000 214,000 216,906
Employment SCAG 2016-2040 RTP/SCS
Final Growth Forecast
77,733 79,000 81,100 82,307
Households SCAG 2016-2040 RTP/SCS
Final Growth Forecast
122,733 124,200 127,000 129,946
Population Serviced1 Calculated 328,767 333,200 341,000 346,853

1. Population Serviced1 is calculated as the combined total number of employees and residents in the City.

A summary of the BAU forecast results by GHG emission sector is provided in Table 48.

Table 48 BAU Forecast Results Summary by Emission Sector (MT CO2e) GHG Emissions Sector 2030 2035 2040 2045
Energy 408,073 414,165 424,651 432,074
Transportation 593,032 604,348 621,510 633,037
Waste 76,934 77,972 79,797 81,166
Water 6,752 6,843 7,003 7,124
Wastewater 1,894 1,920 1,965 1,999
Total 1,086,686 1,105,248 1,134,926 1,155,400
Change since 2021 3.19% 4.95% 7.77% 9.71%
Notes: all values are presented in MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

5.2 Adjusted Forecast

5.2.1 Legislative Reduction Programs
Additional legislative programs are expected to reduce GHG emissions in specific sectors throughout California, as identified in the 2017 Scoping Plan Update. Many of these programs were incorporated into the adjusted forecast analysis and are summarized in the subsections below.

Transportation Legislation
Advanced Clean Cars Programs
Prior to 2012, mobile emissions regulations were implemented on a case-by-case basis for GHG and criteria pollutant emissions separately. In January 2012, CARB approved a new emissions-control program (the Advanced Clean Cars program) combining the control of smog, soot causing pollutants, and GHG emissions into a single coordinated package of requirements for passenger cars and light trucks model years 2017 through 2025. The Advanced Clean Cars program coordinates the goals of the Low Emissions Vehicles, Zero Emissions Vehicles, and Clean Fuels Outlet programs, and is more stringent than the federal Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE) standards. The new 581 of 704
GHG Forecast
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 51
standards will reduce California’s GHG emissions by 34% in 2025 which is modeled using the CARB EMission FACtor (EMFAC) Model and included in the GHG forecast.42 Advanced Clean Cars II was approved by CARB in August 2022 and expands the program’s roadmap so that by 2035 all new cars and passenger trucks will be zero-emission vehicles (ZEV). This regulation effectively binds the State to EO N-79-20. The executive order was passed by the governor in 2020 and requires all new cars and passenger trucks sold in California be ZEV by 2035.

While these legislations will lead to an expedited timeline for ZEV adoption in California, modeling data is not yet available in CARB’s EMFAC Model, and emissions reductions attributable to the Advanced Clean Cars II program were therefore, excluded from the GHG forecast.

Advanced Clean Trucks was approved by CARB in June 2020 sets a zero emission vehicle (ZEV) percent-of-sales requirement on medium- and heavy- duty vehicle manufacturers to promote increased truck ZEV sale from 2024 to 2035. The standard is intended to reduce NOx pollution and GHG emissions, which are disproportionately high in medium- and heavy-duty vehicle classes compared to passenger vehicles, as well as promote first-wave ZEV truck technology penetration in the market.43 EMFAC models the effect of the Advanced Clean Trucks regulation on ZEV truck penetration and associated GHG emissions and in included in the forecast.

Assembly Bill 1493
Signed into law in 2002, AB 1493 (Pavley Standards) required vehicle manufacturers to reduce GHG emissions from new passenger vehicles and light trucks from 2009 through 2016. Regulations were adopted by CARB in 2004 and took effect in 2009 when the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) issued a waiver confirming California’s right to implement the bill. CARB anticipates that the Pavley I standard will reduce GHG emissions from new California passenger vehicles by about 30% in 2016, while simultaneously improving fuel efficiency and reducing motorists’ costs.44 The impacts of the Pavley Standards on zero emission vehicle market penetration was incorporated into the EMFAC model starting in 2014 and is included in the forecast assessment.

Innovative Clean Transit
Public transit GHG emissions will be reduced in the future through the Innovative Clean Transit (ICT) regulation, which was adopted in December 2018. It requires all public transit agencies to gradually transition to a 100-percent zero-emission bus fleet by 2040. Under ICT, large transit agencies are expected to adopt Zero-Emission Bus Rollout Plans to establish a roadmap towards zero emission public transit buses.45 The effects of the ICT regulation on GHG emissions are modeled in EMFAC2021 and is therefore included in the forecast.
42 California Air and Resource Board (CARB). 2019. Advanced Clean Cars Summary.. Available at:
https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2019-12/acc%20summary-final_ac.pdf 43 California Air and Resource Board (CARB). 2023. Advanced Clean Trucks. Available at: https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/ourwork/programs/advanced-clean-trucks/about 44 CARB. Clean Car Standards – Pavley, Assembly Bill 1493. May 2013. Accessed November 14, 2022 at:
http://www.arb.ca.gov/cc/ccms/ccms.htm
45 Innovative Clean Transit. Approved August 13, 2019. Accessed November 14, 2022 at:
https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2019-10/ictfro-Clean-Final_0.pdf?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govdelivery 582 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
52 Energy Legislation
Title 24
Although it was not originally intended to reduce GHG emissions, California Code of Regulations Title 24, Part 6: California’s Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings, was adopted in 1978 in response to a legislative mandate to reduce California’s energy consumption, which in turn reduces fossil fuel consumption and associated GHG emissions. The standards are updated triennially to allow consideration and possible incorporation of new energyefficient technologies and methods. Starting in 2020, new residential developments had to include on-site solar generation and near-zero net energy use. For projects implemented after January 1, 2020, the California Energy Commission (CEC) estimates that the 2019 standards will reduce electricity consumption by 53% for residential buildings and 30% for non-residential buildings, relative to the 2016 standards. The CEC further estimates residential natural gas efficiency increases of 7% for residential end uses.46 No efficiency increases were estimated for commercial natural gas end uses, based on lack of requirements in this sector in the 2019 standards. These percentage savings relate to heating, cooling, lighting, and water heating only and do not include other appliances, outdoor lighting not attached to buildings, plug loads, or other energy uses.

In December 2022 the CEC published the new Title 24 2022 Building Efficiency Standards.47 Due to the complexity of the new code there is currently no available model establishing projected efficiency increase as a result of the standard. Therefore, the updated 2022 code was not included to provide a conservative estimate of forecasted GHG emissions reductions resulting from efficiency increases. Furthermore, the new building electrification ordinance passed by the City of Glendale will be accounted for in the measures and actions in the City’s CAAP.

Renewables Portfolio Standard, Senate Bill 100, & Senate Bill 1020 Established in 2002 under SB 1078, enhanced in 2015 by SB 350, and accelerated for the first time in 2018 under SB 100, California’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) is one of the most ambitious renewable energy standards in the country. The RPS program requires investor-owned utilities, publicly owned utilities, electric service providers, and community choice aggregators to increase procurement from eligible renewable energy resources to 50% of total procurement by 2026 and 60% of total procurement by 2030. The RPS program further that by 2045 that 100% of total energy procured be a combination of eligible renewable energy resources and zero-carbon resources.

California’s RPS was further accelerated in 2022 by SB 1020 which established additional requirements that procurement from eligible renewable energy resources and zero-carbon resources increase to 90% of total procurement by 2035 and 95% of total procurement by 2040. The requirements of SB 1020 do not affect those previously set forth and are to be considered additional to the existing RPS requirements.

The RPS program and SB 1020 were incorporated into the GHG forecast by adjusting the electricity emissions factors for future years. GWP currently provides electricity in the City and is subject to RPS requirements. GWP’s emissions factor was projected through 2045 assuming compliance with 46 California Energy Commission. 2019 Building Energy Efficiency Standards Frequently Asked Questions. January 1, 2020. Accessed November 8, 2022 at: https://www.energy.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2020-03/Title_24_2019_Building_Standards_FAQ_ada.pdf 47 California Energy Commission (CEC). 2023. 2022 Building Energy Efficiency Standards. Available at:
https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and-topics/programs/building-energy-efficiency-standards/2022-building-energy-efficiency 583 of 704
GHG Forecast
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 53
the RPS requirements established by SB 100 and SB 1020.48 As GWP currently provides all of Glendale’s electricity at a single supply standard, current and forecasted emissions factors remain the same across residential and nonresidential sectors. As shown in Table 49, the RPS, SB 100, and SB 1020 requirements to reduce overall carbon intensity would reduce the community’s emissions compared to the BAU scenario.

Table 49 Glendale Forecasted RPS and Electricity Emission Factors Metric 2030 2035 2040 2045
GWP Renewables Mix 60% 90% 95% 100%
GWP Emission Factor (MT CO2e/kWh) 0.0001345 0.0000336 0.0000168 0.0000000 Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent; kWh = kilowatt hours Waste Legislation
Assembly Bill 939 & Assembly Bill 341
In 2011, AB 341 set the target of 75% recycling, composting, or source reduction of solid waste by 2020 calling for the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (also known as CalRecycle) to take a statewide approach to decreasing California’s reliance on landfills. This target was an update to the former target of 50% waste diversion set by AB 939.

As actions under AB 341 are not assigned to specific local jurisdictions, potential future reductions from the bill were conservatively not included in the GHG forecast analysis.

Assembly Bill 1826
In 2014, AB 1826 set regulations in places requiring California businesses to recycle all of their organic waste starting in April 2016. The bill also required jurisdictions across the State to provide organic waste recycling programs to accommodate diverted waste from local businesses. As the City has already implemented an organics collection program, implementation of AB 1826 compliance is reflected in the City’s community inventory solid waste activity data and is thereby included in the BAU and adjusted forecast
Senate Bill 1383
SB 1383 established a methane emission reduction target for short-lived climate pollutants in various sectors of the economy, including waste. Specifically, SB 1383 establishes targets to achieve a 50% reduction in the level of the statewide disposal of organic waste from the 2014 level by 2020 and a 75% reduction by 2025.49 Additionally, SB 1383 requires a 20% reduction in “current”50 edible food disposal by 2025. Although SB 1383 has been signed into law, compliance with this Senate Bill 48 CPA provides three electricity services to the community: 100% Green Power, Clean Power, and Lean Power. Since an average emission factor for CPA was not available, emission factors for each service and the proportion of electricity provided through each service were used to calculate CPA-specific emission factors for the residential and nonresidential sectors. 49 CalRecycle. California’s Short-Lived Climate Pollutant Reduction Strategy. https://calrecycle.ca.gov/organics/slcp/ 50 SB 1383 does not specify a baseline year for the 20% food recovery target, however, CalRecycle’s 2018 statewide waste characterization studies will be used to help measure the baseline for the State to meet its SB 1383 goals. See CalRecycle FAQ accessed November 14, 2022 for more
information:https://calrecycle.ca.gov/organics/slcp/faq/foodrecovery/#:~:text=SB%201383%20requires%20the%20state,for%20individua l%20jurisdictions%20to%20achieve.
584 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
54 must occur at the jurisdiction-level rather than the state-level. Due to current limitations in local jurisdiction’s ability to comply with organic waste targets set by SB 1383, anticipated emissions reductions attributable to the bill are conservatively excluded from the forecast. However, estimated impacts associated with SB 1383 As such, SB 1383 is not included as part of the GHG forecast analysis and will be included in the GHG reduction measures in the CAAP.

5.2.2 Legislative GHG Emission Reduction Contribution
Based on the above-described legislation and emission reduction potential for each, the City can expect significant help from these State regulations in meeting State GHG emission reduction goals.

These GHG emissions reductions are primarily expected in the energy sector and transportation sectors. In the energy sector, Title 24 reductions were accounted for first, followed by California RPS reductions associated with GWP developments towards renewable electricity. The legislative emissions reductions for Title 24 and California RPS are known to be additive and were calculated separately to avoid double counting. A summary of the reductions from the BAU forecast that can be expected under the adjusted forecast are provided in Table 50.

Table 50 Summary of Legislative GHG Emissions Reductions (MT CO2e) Legislation 2030 2035 2040 2045
California RPS 65,330 148,667 167,261 185,024
Title 24 2,143 3,563 5,745 7,229
Transportation Legislation (Pavley, Innovative Clean Transit, etc.) 86,295 117,697 139,097 149,759 Total 153,768 269,927 312,103 342,012
Notes: all values are presented in MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent

5.2.3 Adjusted Forecast Results
In the adjusted forecast, the electricity sector experiences a strong downward trend, approaching zero in 2045 due to stringent RPS requirements from SB 100 and SB 1020. Natural gas emissions are expected to continue on an upward trajectory until 2045 due to housing and employment growth projections. This trend is partially offset due to the increasingly stringent efficiency requirements for new residential construction from Title 24. On-road transportation emissions are expected to decrease through 2045 due to existing fuel efficiency requirements, fleet turnover rates, and increasing vehicle electrification driven by the electric vehicle market. As most current regulations expire in 2025 or 2030, emissions standards will experience diminishing returns while VMT continues to increase, leading to lower rates of emissions reduction in the on-road transportation sector. Wastewater and solid waste emissions are projected to increase through 2045 while water emissions experience a downward trend to zero due to the sector’s direct ties to emissions from electricity consumption. A detailed summary of the projected GHG emissions under the adjusted forecast by sector and year through 2045 can be found in Table 51. 585 of 704
GHG Forecast
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 55
Table 51 Adjusted Forecast Results (MT CO2e)
GHG Emissions Source 2021 2030 2035 2040 2045
Residential Electricity 94,400 59,320 14,955 7,576 0
Non-residential Electricity 58,600 36,830 9,300 4,731 0 Residential Natural Gas 177,328 182,311 185,079 189,669 192,307 Non-residential Natural Gas 66,778 68,246 69,061 70,618 72,256 Energy Sector Total 397,105 346,706 278,396 272,595 264,564 On-road Passenger Vehicles 438,021 378,405 360,764 359,133 359,691 On-road Commercial
Vehicles
56,989 47,255 41,066 37,340 36,082
On-road Buses 26,791 21,608 15,208 9,506 5,288
Off-road Equipment 50,732 56,077 58,974 61,964 64,598
Transportation Sector Total 572,532 503,346 476,012 467,944 465,659 Waste 75,067 76,934 77,972 79,797 81,166
Water 6,588 4,037 1,023 523 0
Wastewater 1,848 1,894 1,920 1,965 1,999
Total GHG Emissions 1,053,141 932,917 835,322 822,824 813,388 Notes: all values are presented in MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent 586 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
56 6 Provisional GHG Emissions Targets
GHG reduction targets are used in climate action planning to establish metrics that guide the community’s commitment to achieve GHG emissions reductions and help gauge progress reducing emissions over time. California has established statewide GHG reduction goals for 2030 and 2045, relative to a baseline emissions level. CARB’s 2022 Scoping Plan encourages local agencies to take ambitious, coordinated climate action that is consistent with and supportive of the state’s climate goals51. Thus, local agencies are recommended to establish equivalent reduction targets at the local level by establishing community wide GHG reduction goals for climate action that will help California achieve its 2030 and 2045 goals. CARB has issued several guidance documents concerning the establishment of GHG emission reduction targets for CAAPs to comply with legislated GHG emissions reductions targets and California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines § 15183.5(b). Even if a plan is not CEQA-qualified, CARB has long recommended that local targets be a part of the process of developing, monitoring, and updating a CAAP.

In the most recent 2022 Scoping Plan, typical target years listed include 2030 (for Senate Bill 32 consistency) and 2045 (for Assembly Bill 1279 consistency).52 Senate Bill (SB) 32 mandates a reduction of GHG emissions by 40% below 1990 levels by 2030 and Assembly Bill (AB) 1279 mandates a State goal of carbon neutrality by 2045 through a reduction of anthropogenic GHG emissions by 85% below 1990 levels. AB 1279 sets a 15% target for GHG emissions reductions to be achieved through carbon capture and sequestration (CCS) methods, though does not provide a clear pathway as to how CCS technology is to be implemented to achieve said reductions. Therefore, provisional targets established herein align with the carbon neutrality goal set by AB 1279 until a clear mechanism for CCS reductions is established by the State.

Pursuant to the Scoping Plan’s recommendations, the community GHG reduction targets will be developed based on local levels of GHG emissions that would be proportional to the statewide goals, relative to 1990 level emissions.

6.1 1990 Level GHG Emissions Back-cast
The City does not have a 1990 GHG emissions inventory from which to develop GHG reduction targets consistent with SB 32, however, 1990 GHG emissions can be estimated for the community relative to the City’s 2021 Community GHG Inventory using a state-level emissions change metric.

The City’s 1990 GHG emissions have been calculated using the State’s 2020 GHG emissions inventory as compared to the State’s GHG emissions inventory in 1990 to calculate specific percent reduction in the City between 2021 and 1990. This approach assumes that the City’s community GHG emissions have generally tracked with the State’s GHG emissions. The calculation is developed using the published State-wide emissions results from CARB53, after removing emissions from 51 California Air Resources Board. 2022. California’s Climate Change Scoping Plan, p.268. https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2023-04/2022-sp.pdf 52 California Air Resources Board. 2022. California’s Climate Change Scoping Plan, Appendix D – Local Actions, p. 14. https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2023-04/2022-sp.pdf 53 California Air Resources Board. 2023. California GHG Emission Inventory Program. https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2023- 04/2022-sp.pdf
587 of 704
Provisional GHG Emissions Targets
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 57
sectors not included in the City’s inventory (e.g., agriculture, aviation, non-specified, industrial) and excluding GHGs other than CO2, CH4, and N2O consistent with the City’s 2021 inventory scope. The 1990 back-cast for the City is shown in Table 52.

Table 52 990 Back-cast Calculations
1990 Back-cast Calculations
2020 Statewide GHG Emissions (MT CO2e) 219,786,184
1990 Statewide GHG Emissions (MT CO2e) 281,648,899
2020 to 1990 Statewide GHG Emissions Change (%) 22%
2021 City GHG Emissions (MT CO2e) 1,053,141
1990 City GHG Emissions Back-cast (MT CO2e) 1,349,567
1990 City Population 180,038
1990 City Per Capita GHG Emissions Back-cast (MT CO2e/person) 7.50

6.2 GHG Emissions Reduction Target Setting
Target setting is an iterative process which must be informed by the reductions that can realistically be achieved through the development of feasible GHG reduction measures. As such, the targets identified herein should remain provisional until the quantification and analysis of potential GHG reduction measures has been completed. The purpose of target setting is to develop the trajectory toward achieving the State’s 2030 goal (SB 32) and prepare for the deep decarbonization needed by 2045 in a cost-effective manner by setting an incremental path toward achieving AB 1279 targets.

CARB guidance is for jurisdictions to first strive to exceed the SB 32 targets of reducing GHG emissions 40% below 1990 levels, while establishing a policy framework to achieve the long-term target of neutrality 1990 by 2045.

Achieving the established targets will require major shifts in how communities within California obtain and use energy, transport themselves and goods, and how the population lives and builds.

The CEQA Guidelines section 15183.5(b) requires qualified GHG reduction plans (which allow for CEQA streamlining) to “Establish a level, based on substantial evidence, below which the contribution to greenhouse gas emissions from activities covered by the plan would not be cumulatively considerable”.54 A defensible way (shown through litigation) to identify such levels is to demonstrate consistency with State targets. To maintain consistency with State targets, Glendale’s provisional GHG emissions reduction targets are:
• Reduce GHG emissions to 40% below 1990 levels by 2030 (SB 32 target year) • Make substantial progress towards carbon neutrality by 2045 (AB 1279 target year) With GHG emission reduction targets in place, the reduction gap that the City will be responsible for through local action can be calculated. The City’s GHG emissions reduction gap is based on the difference between the adjusted forecast, discussed previously, and the established GHG emission reduction targets. Table 53 provides a summary of the GHG emission reduction targets and gap in mass emissions. Although per capita, plan-level GHG emissions targets were recommended in the 54 https://casetext.com/regulation/california-code-of-regulations/title-14-natural-resources/division-6-resources-agency/chapter-3- guidelines-for-implementation-of-the-california-environmental-quality-act/article-12-special-situations/section-151835-tiering-andstreamlining-the-analysis-of-greenhouse-gas-emissions 588 of 704
City of Glendale
Glendale Climate Action / Adaptation Plan
58 2017 Scoping Plan to incentivize growth in a coordinated manner and not penalize cities which are growing at significant rates55, CARB now recommends, in the 2022 Scoping Plan, that jurisdictions focus on developing locally appropriate, plan-level targets (community-wide mass emissions targets) that align with the trajectory to carbon neutrality instead of focusing on a per capita targets56.

Therefore, only mass emissions targets are considered in this analysis as a metric for the City to track progress toward target achievement.

Table 53 GHG Emissions Reduction Targets and Gap Analysis Emissions Forecast or Pathway 2021 2030 2035 2040 2045
Mass Emissions Target Pathway Scenario [MT CO2e]
Adjusted Forecast 1,053,141 932,917 835,322 822,824 813,387 SB 32 Mass Emissions Target Pathway1 1,053,141 809,740 539,827 269,913 0 Remaining Emissions Gap 0 123,177 295,495 552,910 813,387 Notes: MT CO2e = Metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent Emissions have been rounded to the nearest whole number and therefore sums may not match.

1. The target pathway is calculated by reducing 1990 mass emissions by 40% in 2030 and to 0 in 2045. This provisional target pathway is consistent with both SB 32 and a trajectory set forth to achieve AB 1279.

2. The target pathway is calculated by reducing 1990 per capita emissions by 40% in 2030 and to 0 in 2045. This provisional target pathway is consistent with both SB 32 and a trajectory set forth to achieve AB 1279.

Figure 3 provides a visual representation of future GHG emissions, with the impacts of State legislation and the remaining gap the City will be responsible for to meet the GHG emission reduction targets set by the State. The figure also includes a linear reduction pathway to neutrality as the City is anticipated to be able to achieve reductions on a mass emissions to meet SB 32 targets.
55 California Air Resources Board. 2017. California’s Climate Change Scoping Plan, p. 99-102. https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/classic/cc/scopingplan/scoping_plan_2017.pdf 56 California Air Resources Board. 2022. California’s Climate Change Scoping Plan, Appendix D – Local Actions, p.13. https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2023-04/2022-sp.pdf 589 of 704
Provisional GHG Emissions Targets
Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Forecast, Targets Report 59
Figure 3 GHG Emissions Forecast and Provisional Target Pathways (Mass Emissions) 590 of 704
Table of Contents
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan i
%
591 of 704
592 of 704
Table of Contents
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan i
Table of Contents
Executive Summary............................................................................1 Report Organization...................................................................3 Social Vulnerability Assessment.................................................3 Physical Vulnerability Assessment .............................................4 Summary Findings for High and Very High Scores .....................2 Cascading Impacts Assessment..................................................2 Key Findings ...............................................................................3 1 Introduction ...............................................................................4

1.1 Purpose ..........................................................................4

1.2 Glendale Snapshot..........................................................4

1.3 Glossary ..........................................................................6

1.4 Community Engagement................................................7

1.5 Vulnerability Assessment Methodology.........................9 2 Climate Hazards .......................................................................16

2.1 Climate Indicators ........................................................17

2.2 Climate Hazards............................................................17 3 Social Vulnerability Assessment...............................................25

3.1 What is Social Vulnerability..........................................25

3.2 Social Vulnerability Index Score ...................................25

3.3 Social Vulnerability Overview.......................................31

3.4 Social Vulnerability by Climate Hazard.........................40 4 Physical Vulnerability Assessment ...........................................68

4.1 What is Physical Vulnerability ......................................68

4.2 Physical Assets at Risk ..................................................68

4.3 Physical Vulnerability by Climate Hazard .....................69 5 Cascading Impacts Assessment................................................88

5.1 What are Cascading Impacts ........................................88

5.2 System Interdependencies ...........................................88 6 Conclusion................................................................................92

6.1 Problem Statements.....................................................92

6.2 Vulnerability Analysis ...................................................92 7 References ...............................................................................94 Tables
Table 1 Social Vulnerability Scores (see Chapter 3
for detailed assessment)............................................................0 Table 2 Physical Vulnerability Scores (see Chapter 4
for detailed assessment)............................................................1 Table 3 Impact and Adaptive Capacity Scoring Rubric..............15 Table 4 Vulnerability Score Matrix............................................15 Table 5 Vulnerable Populations in Glendale .............................27 Table 6 High Vulnerability Scores..............................................93 Figures
Figure 1 Glendale Climate Change Impacts..................................2 Figure 2 Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation ...................5 Figure 3 California Adaptation Planning Guide Phases ..............10 Figure 4 Vulnerability Assessment Flow Diagram, Phase 2 of the California Adaptation Planning Guide ...........................11 Figure 5 Social Vulnerability in Glendale....................................30 Figure 6 Glendale High Social Vulnerability Areas and Home Owners’ Loan Corporation (HOLC) Neighborhood Redlining
Grade 37
Figure 7 Glendale High Social Vulnerability Areas and
Municipality Tree Equity Score ................................................39 593 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
ii
Figure 8 Glendale High Social Vulnerability Areas and Wildfire Hazard Severity Zones..............................................................53 Figure 9 Glendale High Social Vulnerability and Landslide Susceptibility ............................................................................57 Figure 10 Wildfire Hazard Severity Zones in Glendale .................77 Figure 11 Historical Wildfire Events in Glendale ..........................78 Figure 12 Landslide Susceptibility in Glendale .............................81 Appendices
Appendix A - Sustainability Working Group Meeting #1 Feedback Appendix B - Interested Parties Focus Group Meetings #1 and #2 Feedback
594 of 704
Executive Summary
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 1
Executive Summary
The City of Glendale’s Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment evaluates how climate change may impact community members and physical assets including natural and recreational resources, buildings and facilities, and infrastructure and critical services in Glendale. This report will inform the development of resilience strategies, measures, and actions for the Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP).

Climate change is a global phenomenon that can impact public health, natural resources, infrastructure, emergency response, and other aspects of society at the local scale as the averages and extremes of climate conditions change. In Glendale, temperature and precipitation are expected to change in the following ways:
▪ Increasing temperatures. Average maximum temperatures in Glendale are expected to increase between 4.2° Fahrenheit (F) and 5.2°F by 2050 and between 5.4°F and 8.6°F by 2100.
▪ Increasing intensity of precipitation events and longer dry periods. It is projected that more precipitation will occur during extreme storm events and dry periods will be longer and more frequent.

Changes in temperature and precipitation are expected to influence the frequency, duration, and magnitude of a variety of climate hazards. Climate change models indicate that Glendale is expected to experience the following by the end of the century:
▪ Extreme Heat and Warm Nights. Glendale is projected to experience an increase in the annual number of extreme heat days in the coming decades. In Glendale, an extreme heat day occurs when the maximum temperature is above 97.6°F. The annual number of extreme heat days is projected to increase by as many as 32 days and the annual number of warm nights is projected to increase by as many as 69 nights by 2100.
▪ Drought. The City is expected to experience increases in the length of dry spells.
▪ Wildfire. The annual wildfire probability in Glendale is anticipated to increase from 20 percent to 30 percent by 2100. ▪ Landslides. The risk of landslides is projected to increase as precipitation variability increases and wildfires increase in frequency, size, and severity.
▪ Stormwater Flooding and Extreme Precipitation. Climate change will cause changes in precipitation patterns,
overwhelming Glendale’s stormwater infrastructure, leading to localized flooding in highly paved areas throughout Glendale. ▪ Poor Air Quality. Air quality within the Los Angeles region is projected to worsen because of an increase in regional wildfires and average maximum temperature. Longer periods of drought will also contribute to worsening air quality.

See Figure 1 for a summary of climate impacts in Glendale. 595 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
2 Figure 1 Glendale Climate Change Impacts
596 of 704
Executive Summary
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 3
Report Organization
The report is comprised of the following sections:

1. Chapter 1 Introduction provides the purpose of the report, a snapshot of the City of Glendale, and a glossary of key terms. It also describes the community input gathered, methodology, and key data sources used to prepare the Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment.

2. Chapter 2 Exposure to Climate Hazards illustrates the City’s exposure to climate hazards.

3. Chapter 3 Social Vulnerability Assessment characterizes the vulnerability of populations in Glendale. Vulnerability is the degree to which a population may be affected by changing climate conditions. This section identifies the populations and locations that are highly vulnerable to climate change. This section also describes potential impacts of climate hazards on populations, policies, and programs that help communities cope with climate hazard events. Lastly, this section provides a vulnerability score that ranks the effect of climate change on population groups on a scale of 1 to 5, with 5 reflecting the highest vulnerability.

4. Chapter 4 Physical Vulnerability Assessment describes the susceptibility and limitations of physical assets and
infrastructure to climate change. The physical assets included in this assessment include natural and recreational resources, building and facilities, and infrastructure and critical services.

Similar to Chapter 3, this chapter describes policies and programs that help to protect physical assets and infrastructure from the adverse effects of climate change. A vulnerability score is also provided for each asset group.

5. Chapter 5 Cascading Impacts analyzes the interconnections between Glendale’s critical systems including energy, water, transportation, and communication systems, and the
implications of system failures associated with climate change.

6. Chapter 6 Conclusion presents the key findings of this report.

Social Vulnerability Assessment
While all populations in Glendale will be affected by climate hazards, some individuals are more vulnerable due to physiological conditions and inequitable systems and structures and, therefore, will be disproportionally impacted. The social vulnerability assessment in Chapter 3 consists of an analysis of 27 population characteristics that correspond to the most climate-vulnerable community members. These 27 population characteristics were grouped into four categories as follows:

1. Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure

2. Under-resourced Individuals

3. Individuals Facing Societal Barriers

4. Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities
Grouping the populations into these four categories allows the City to understand the systems and structures that are in place that contribute to increased vulnerability to climate change hazards.

Each of these population groups were assessed by climate hazards to produce hazard-specific social vulnerability scores summarized in Table 1.

The geographic location and proportion of vulnerable populations in Glendale who may be more impacted by climate hazards was also evaluated and mapped. The areas of Glendale with the greatest 597 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
4 concentration of vulnerable populations are in south and southwest of the City. Census tracts that are above the 60th percentile are considered to be a high social vulnerability area. Additional areas with high social vulnerability were also identified based on input from community-based organizations. These included areas near major roads and highways, schools, the Scholl Canyon Landfill, and the Grayson Power Plant.

Physical Vulnerability Assessment
The physical assets included in this assessment include natural and recreational resources, building and facilities, and infrastructure and critical services. The physical vulnerability assessment evaluates the direct impact that climate hazards could have on these assets.

Hazard-specific vulnerability scores for each asset can be found in Table 2.
598 of 704
599 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
0 Table 1 Social Vulnerability Scores (see Chapter 3 for detailed assessment) Population Group Impact Score Adaptive Capacity Score Vulnerability Score Extreme Heat
Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure High Low 5-High
Under-resourced Individuals High Low 5-High
Individuals Facing Societal Barriers High Low 5-High
Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities High Low 5-High Drought
Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure Low Medium 2-Low Under-resourced Individuals Medium Medium 3-Medium
Individuals Facing Societal Barriers Low Medium 2-Low
Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities Low Medium 2-Low Wildfire
Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure High Medium 4-High Under-resourced Individuals High Medium 4-High
Individuals Facing Societal Barriers High Medium 4-High Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities High Medium 4-High Landslides
Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure Medium Medium 3-Medium Under-resourced Individuals Low Medium 2-Low
Individuals Facing Societal Barriers Low Medium 2-Low
Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities Medium Low 4-High Stormwater Flooding and Extreme Precipitation
Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure Low Medium 2-Low Under-resourced Individuals High Medium 2-Low
Individuals Facing Societal Barriers Low Medium 2-Low
Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities Medium Low 4-High Poor Air Quality
Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure High Low 5-High
Under-resourced Individuals High Low 5-High
Individuals Facing Societal Barriers High Low 5-High
Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities High Low 5-High 600 of 704
Executive Summary
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 1
Table 2 Physical Vulnerability Scores (see Chapter 4 for detailed assessment) Population Group Impact Score Adaptive Capacity Score Vulnerability Score Extreme Heat
Natural and Recreational Resources High Medium 4-High
Buildings and Facilities N/A N/A N/A
Infrastructure and Critical Services High Medium 4-High Drought
Natural and Recreational Resources High Low 5-High
Buildings and Facilities Low Low 3-Medium
Infrastructure and Critical Services High Medium 4-High Wildfire
Natural and Recreational Resources High Low 5-High
Buildings and Facilities High Medium 4-High
Infrastructure and Critical Services High Medium 4-High Landslides
Natural and Recreational Resources Medium Medium 3-Medium Buildings and Facilities Medium Medium 3-Medium
Infrastructure and Critical Services Medium Medium 3-Medium Stormwater Flooding and Extreme Precipitation
Natural and Recreational Resources Medium Medium 3-Medium Buildings and Facilities Medium Medium 3-Medium
Infrastructure and Critical Services Medium Medium 3-Medium Poor Air Quality
Natural and Recreational Resources High Medium 4-High
Buildings and Facilities Low Low 3-Medium
Infrastructure and Critical Services Medium Medium 3-Medium 601 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
2 Summary Findings for High and Very
High Scores
Based on the assessment, all four vulnerable population groups are expected to experience significant impacts from climate change.

Key climate change social vulnerabilities for identified vulnerable populations include extreme heat and poor air quality. Impacts will range from increased rates of heat illness, income and property loss, and exacerbated underlying health conditions resulting in higher rates of mortality. Although the City has some programs in place, including hosting four cooling centers and adopted policies to increase access to community parks in underserved areas, there are many more steps that will be necessary to address the underlying inequitable causes of social vulnerabilities. Additional contributing factors include the lack of tree canopy in areas of high social vulnerability, and historical discriminatory practices, such as redlining.

Physical vulnerabilities include the risk of wildfire and post-wildfire landslides on Infrastructure and Critical Facilities assets. Natural and Recreational Resources in Glendale are vulnerable to extreme heat, wildfire, drought, and poor air quality.

There are three Glendale Water & Power (GWP) overhead
transmission lines and multiple water pump stations, as well as schools, fire stations, and police stations that are located within Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zones. Post-wildfire debris and associated landslides further enhance the vulnerability of these critical facilities. Glendale Water & Power has a Wildfire Mitigation Plan which outlines procedures for vegetation management, wildfire power safety shutoffs, and other activities to reduce infrastructure vulnerabilities. However, more could be done to increase the City’s energy resilience, and protect existing facilities like schools, fire and police stations, and water pump stations.

Natural and Recreational Resources are vulnerable to multiple climate hazards. Extreme heat, wildfire, drought, and poor air quality can cause increased rates of habitat and vegetation mortality, habitat migration, and reduced environmental cobenefits for the urban tree canopy and ecosystem stability.

Although the Greener Glendale Plan aims to increase the urban tree canopy, there are additional opportunities to increase the resilience of Glendale’s Natural and Recreational Resources.

Cascading Impacts Assessment
The cascading impacts analyzed in Glendale include energy, water, transportation, and communication systems.

Energy System cascading risks include power disruptions in Glendale caused by wildfires, deliberate power shutoffs for public safety, or extreme heat overloading the grid. Power disruption has extensive cascading impacts. Impacts include but are not limited to loss of power in homes, which prevent community members from running their air conditioning or gas or electric heaters, and gas and electric kitchen appliances. For those who rely on in-home medical devices, power disruption could directly impact health and safety. If the power outages occur during bad air quality days from regional wildfire smoke, people with underlying health conditions could experience worsening health conditions. Traffic signals, cell-towers without back-up power, and critical facilities that lack backup power would cease to function. Losing many of these energy dependent amenities during events like heatwaves and wildfires can create increased risks to public health, including heat related illness, food access constraints, evacuation challenges, overloaded emergency services, and increased climate hazard exposure.
602 of 704
Executive Summary
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 3
Water System cascading impacts include reduced supply for community consumption potentially increasing water rates and associated public health concerns for under-resourced Individuals who may not have the ability to pay the increased rates. Water shortages can also impact power generation with availability of water for generator cooling. Inadequate water supply can impact wildfire mitigation without enough fire flow to fight active fires and/or prevent anticipated fires. Inadequate water can impact the City’s tree canopy which is critical for addressing the urban heat island effect and stormwater capture.

Transportation System cascading risks mainly concern mobility isolation of the community, ability for emergency services to respond to climate hazards, and constrained evacuation routes.

Transportation impacts can occur from a wide range of causes including direct physical damages on the transportation system associated with climate hazards within City limits or external impacts afflicting regional transportation networks and services, as well as power outages creating traffic signal failures.

Communication System cascading risks primarily result from downed communications creating evacuation and medical
complications, community isolation, and heightened risk for community members who are unable to receive hazard information.

Areas across Glendale in hazard zones are more prone to experiencing communication service disruptions and therefore, may experience increased cascading impacts from loss of communication infrastructure.

Key Findings
The Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment identifies key vulnerabilities associated with the following systems:
▪ Social and Governance Systems
▪ Urban Ecosystem
▪ Mobility, Land Use, and Emergency Systems
▪ Building Systems
Individuals with high outdoor exposure, under-resourced individuals, individuals facing societal barriers, individuals with chronic health conditions or health related sensitivities, natural and recreational resources, buildings and facilities, infrastructure and critical services are the most susceptible to climate change hazards in Glendale. Although the City has some policies and programs in place to prepare for climate related hazards, gaps remain as summarized in the Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment. This assessment will serve as the foundation for establishing adaptation policies and programs in the Glendale CAAP.
603 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
4 1 Introduction

1.1 Purpose
This report evaluates how climate change may impact vulnerable community members; natural and recreational resources; buildings and facilities; and services; and infrastructure in Glendale. The guiding methodology used in this assessment is based on the California Adaptation Planning Guide, which is discussed in the Vulnerability Assessment Methodology section.

Understanding the City’s vulnerabilities to climate change provides a foundation for developing climate adaptation measures and actions for the City’s Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP).

The CAAP will also include measures and actions that will help to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The difference between climate mitigation and adaptation measures and actions are illustrated in Figure 2.

1.2 Glendale Snapshot
The City of Glendale was incorporated in 1906 and spans approximately 30.6 square miles with a current population of approximately 196,543 people (US Census 2020). Glendale is the fourth largest city in Los Angeles County and is located approximately 10 miles north of downtown Los Angeles. Glendale borders the City of Los Angeles to the north and south, unincorporated Los Angeles to the northeast, cities of La Cañada Flintridge and Pasadena to the east, and the City of Burbank to the west. California State Route 134 (SR 134) and Interstate 210 (I-210) are major freeways that run west to south through the City, and I-5 and SR 2 run north to south through the City. The City is also served by Amtrak and Metrolink which provide commuter rail services and are accessible at the Glendale Transportation Center which is located in south Glendale. The City of Glendale also offers transportation services to meet a variety of needs and
demographics, including the Beeline Bus and Dial-A-Ride. Bus service throughout Glendale is provided by Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority and Greyhound.

The City is home to the Verdugo Mountains Open Space Preserve, which holds more than 2,300 mature coast live oaks, sycamores, big leaf maples, bay laurels, and other native trees. The area is designated by Los Angeles County as a Significant Ecological Area (MRCA 2023). The City contains 47 parks and facilities including two regional parks (more than 30 acres in size), two community parks, 17 neighborhood parks, 13 mini-parks, and 13 special use facilities with recreational resources that are designated for specific groups (City of Glendale N.d.a).

Existing critical facilities are necessary for a community’s response to and recovery from emergencies. Critical facilities must continue to operate during and following a disaster to reduce the severity of impacts on the community and accelerate recovery. Example critical facilities in Glendale include police and fire stations, power lines, and public libraries.
604 of 704
Introduction
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 5
Figure 2 Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation
605 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
6 1.3 Glossary
Several words and phrases are used throughout this assessment to illustrate climate vulnerabilities within Glendale. ▪ Adaptation. The process of adjustment to actual or expected climate and its effects, either to minimize harm or exploit beneficial opportunities. In natural systems, human intervention may facilitate adjustment to expected climate (IPCC 2012). ▪ Adaptive Capacity. The City of Glendale’s ability to cope with and adjust to the impacts of climate change (Cal OES 2020). ▪ Asset. Refers to a resource, structure, facility, or service that is relied on by a community.
▪ Cascading Impact. Climate hazard caused impacts that
compromise infrastructure or disrupt critical services (e.g., power supply or water conveyance) broadening the scope of impact past a singular subject to reliant subsystems and populations (Collins et al. 2019).
▪ Climate Driver. An increase in the proportion of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere is the primary human-caused source of change to the earth’s climate (USGCRP 2017).
▪ Climate Hazard. A dangerous or potentially dangerous condition created by the effects of the local climate (Cal OES 2020). Climate hazards of concern for Glendale are extreme heat and warm nights, drought, stormwater flooding, wildfire, landslides, and poor air quality.
▪ Climate Indicator. A measure of a particular aspect of the Earth’s climate that can be tracked over time to show trends and changes. Climate indicators relevant to the City of Glendale and discussed in this report are temperature and precipitation. ▪ Compounding Risk. When two or more extreme events or
average events occur simultaneously and increase the scope of impact or severity of the event; an additional risk brought about by increased frequency of events from climate change
(Seneviratne et al. 2012).
▪ Impact. Effects on natural and human systems including effects on lives, livelihoods, health, ecosystems, economies, societies, cultures, services, and infrastructure due to the interaction of climate hazards and the vulnerabilities of the system or asset effected (IPCC 2012).
▪ Mitigation. An act or sustained actions to reduce, eliminate, or avoid negative impacts or effects (Cal OES 2020).
▪ Resilience. The capacity of an entity (an individual a community, an organization, or a natural system) to prepare for disruptions, to recover from shocks and stresses, and to adapt and grow from a disruptive experience (Cal OES 2020)
▪ Sensitivities. The degree to which a species, natural system, community, asset, or other associated system would be affected by changing climate conditions (Cal OES 2020).
▪ Vulnerable Populations. Certain populations experience increased exposure, risk, or vulnerability to climate change impacts and often have less capacity and fewer resources to cope with, adapt to, or recover from climate impacts (Cal OES 2020).

Assessing and mitigating impacts to these populations is prioritized given the increased risks and sensitivities. ▪ Vulnerability. The propensity or predisposition to be adversely affected (IPCC 2012).
606 of 704
Introduction
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 7

1.4 Community Engagement
Incorporating input from the community, experts in the field, and interested parties into the development of this Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment provides critical context for how recent climate-driven events in Glendale have impacted critical infrastructure, services, and community members. It also serves to identify existing government-run programs within the City and remaining gaps that can be filled through strategies included in the CAAP.

The Sustainability Working Group meeting with Glendale City staff elicited information on historical climate change impacts, existing and planned efforts to manage climate change impacts now and in the future, and gaps in City programs and services. The Sustainability Working Group identified projects, programs, and policies the City should put into place to increase community resilience.

In addition, the City held two focus group meetings. These meetings were attended by community-based organizations in Glendale and elicited information on vulnerable populations, climate change impacts, and existing community resources that protect the community from climate change hazards.

Information shared by interested parties will further inform climate adaptation policies and programs in the City’s CAAP and will continue to provide ongoing guidance on strategies that address key community needs.

Sustainability Working Group Meeting
The City of Glendale assembled a Working Group to help shape the Glendale CAAP. The Sustainability Working Group is made up of representative from the following City departments and divisions:
▪ City of Glendale Water & Power Department
▪ City of Glendale Public Works Department
▪ City of Glendale Integrated Waste Management Division ▪ City of Glendale Fire Department
▪ City of Glendale Police Department
▪ City of Glendale Community Development Department
▪ Community Services and Parks Department
▪ City of Glendale Sustainability Office
▪ City of Glendale Library, Arts and Culture Department ▪ City of Glendale Economic Development Division
The City hosted its first Sustainability Working Group meeting on May 17, 2023, to gather information on historical impacts and existing and planned programs in the City that increase community resilience. Attendees provided input on the types of impacts that facilities, operations, staff, and the community have experienced from past floods, extreme heat events, landslides, and wildfires. The Sustainability Working Group also provided feedback on primary barriers and constraints preventing adequate preparation or response to climate hazards, steps to overcome these barriers, and types of projects, programs, or plans that are needed to better adapt to climate change. This assessment includes key findings from the Sustainability Working Group meeting, which are included in the Social Vulnerability by Climate Hazard section. The Mural Board activity used to gather feedback at the Sustainability Working Group is included as Appendix A.
607 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
8 Interested Parties Focus Group Meetings
To date, the City of Glendale has hosted four focus group meetings for the CAAP which occurred in June and July 2023 with the following community based:
▪ Adams Hill Neighborhood Association
▪ Arco
▪ Armik Avedisian Real Estate Services
▪ AT&T
▪ BLK dream Camp Co
▪ CDBG Commission
▪ City of Glendale
▪ Climate Reality Project – Los Angeles Chapter
▪ Community Foundation of the Verdugos
▪ Cuningham
▪ Department of Justice
▪ Dignity Health – Glendale Memorial Hospital
▪ Gharibian Real Estate & Finance
▪ Glendale Community College
▪ Glendale Environnemental Coalition
▪ Glendale Healthier Community Coalition
▪ Glendale Kiwanis
▪ Glendale Parks & Open Space Foundation
▪ Glendale Students for Sustainability
▪ Glendale Teachers Association
▪ Glendale Unified School District
▪ Glendale Water & Power
▪ Jackson Vintage Properties
▪ Keller Williams Commercial Glendale
▪ Los Angeles Regional Collaborative for Climate Action and Sustainability
▪ MedProse Consulting
▪ Montrose Verdugo City Chamber of Commerce
▪ NAMI Glendale
▪ Sierra Club Verdugo Hills Group
▪ Silversher Productions
▪ Student from Crescenta Valley high School
▪ Sunroom Desk
▪ Sustainability Commission, City of Glendale
▪ Surfrider Foundation South Bay Chapter
▪ UCLA Students
▪ USC Verdugo Hills Hospital
▪ Whiting Woods Property Owners Inc.
▪ WRP Group
▪ YWCA Glendale and Pasadena
Each interested party brings unique expertise about Glendale and climate-related solutions to the project. Incorporating this knowledge is critical in understanding the scale of impacts, vulnerabilities, and existing adaptive capacity of the community in the City.

The City provided the focus groups attendees with an overview of potentially vulnerable groups in Glendale. Attendees provided input on additional potentially vulnerable groups in the City, their primary climate hazards of concern, experiences during recent climate hazard events in Glendale, barriers faced when preparing for and/or responding to climate hazards, and plans, programs, and resources 608 of 704
Introduction
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 9
that the community-based organizations currently provide that increase community adaptive capacity. The additional vulnerable groups identified through the focus group meetings are included in this assessment primarily in Social Vulnerability Assessment. The Mural Board activities used to gather feedback at the Focus Group meetings is included as Appendix B.

Community Workshop
The City hosted 4 virtual and 8 in-person community workshops in October and November 2023 to share results of this CCVA, present high-level strategies to increase community resilience to climate change, develop actions to achieve strategies with the community, and answer questions related to the CAAP.

Community Engagement as part of Climate Action
and Adaptation Plan
As part of the CAAP, the City has a robust community engagement plan. The City is hosting a project website, attending community events, sending out e-blasts, sending out surveys, hosting community workshops, and attending existing meetings held by business associations and community-based organizations to gather feedback on and help guide the direction of the CAAP.

1.5 Vulnerability Assessment
Methodology
California Adaptation Planning Guide Phases
The Glendale Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment follows the vulnerability assessment process recommended by the California Governor’s Office of Emergency Services (Cal OES), as documented in the 2020 California Adaptation Planning Guide (Cal APG). The adaptation planning process outlined by the Cal APG consists of four phases, illustrated in Figure 3.

1. Phase 1 consists of scoping a project to define, explore, and initiate the planning process, which the City completed as part of the CAAP initiation.

2. Phase 2 consists of the vulnerability assessment process which encompasses this report and is outlined in more detail in Figure 4.

3. Phase 3 consists of developing adaptation strategies which will be completed as part of the CAAP in which the summarized vulnerabilities of the City are prepared as prioritized adaptation strategies.

4. Phase 4 consists of the implementation, monitoring, evaluation, and adjustment of the adaptation strategies.

This report is also consistent with Government Code § 65302, as amended by Senate Bill (SB) 379, which requires cities and counties across California to prepare a Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment to inform updates to the Safety Element of the General Plan.
609 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
10 Figure 3 California Adaptation Planning Guide Phases 610 of 704
Introduction
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 11
Figure 4 Vulnerability Assessment Flow Diagram, Phase 2 of the California Adaptation Planning Guide 611 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
12 Key Data Sources
The following data sources and tools, many of which are recommended within the Cal APG and Southern California
Adaptation Planning Guide (SoCal APG), were used in preparation of this report.
▪ Cal-Adapt is an online tool that presents historic and modeled projections based on 10 different global climate models. The tool was developed and is maintained by the University of California, Berkeley with oversight from the California Energy Commission (CEC). This tool is used to present projection data related to minimum and maximum temperature, precipitation, extreme heat, warm nights, drought, and wildfire. This tool uses data from California’s Fourth Climate Change Assessment and is expected to be updated soon with data from the Fifth Climate Assessment as it becomes available.
▪ California’s Fourth Climate Change Assessment was developed by the CEC and other State of California coordinating agencies to present up-to-date climate science, projections, and potential impacts associated with climate change. The CEC and coordinating agencies developed nine reports to provide regional-scale climate information to support local planning and action. The Los Angeles Region Summary Report (2018)
presents an overview of climate science, regional projections, specific strategies to adapt to climate impacts, and key research gaps needed to spur additional progress on safeguarding the Los Angeles Region from climate change. The Los Angeles Region Summary Report was used to understand regional
changes that may affect Glendale both directly and indirectly. ▪ California Heat Assessment Tool (CHAT) is an online mapping tool funded by the California Natural Resources Agency as part of California’s Fourth State Climate Change Assessment to help state and local public health officials understand how heat vulnerability will change with increasing temperatures due to climate change. CHAT uses historical and projected daily maximum and minimum temperature, humidity, and
emergency room visit data along with population and
environmental characteristics to assign census tracts with heat vulnerability scores and to project the frequency and length of Heat Health Events over the course of the century for two climate scenarios (RCP 8.5 and RCP 4.5). A Heat Health Event (HHE) is any heat event that generates public health impacts, regardless of the absolute temperature.
▪ Tree Equity Score is a mapping tool created by the non-profit organization, American Forests, using tree canopy data from Earth Define. Trees provide numerous environmental and
health benefits, including improved air quality, shade, and ambient cooling. Trees are often distributed unequally
throughout the neighborhoods in cities. Tree Equity Score is intended to help identify census tracts that could benefit from additional tree planting the most and to estimate the benefits of tree planting to make the case for allocating the resources needed to do so. Tree Equity Scores are based on how much tree canopy and surface temperature align with income,
employment, race, age, and health factors. Scores are meant to indicate whether there are enough trees in specific
neighborhoods or municipalities for everyone to experience the health, economic, and climate benefits that trees provide. ▪ Los Angeles County Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment is a comprehensive assessment of the social and physical vulnerabilities facing Los Angeles County as a result of climate change. The assessment defines high climate vulnerability as a combination of increased exposure to climate hazards; high susceptibility to negative impacts of exposure; and low adaptive capacity, or ability to manage and recover from exposure. The 612 of 704
Introduction
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 13
assessment includes a Climate Hazard Assessment (CHA) which evaluates potential changes in the frequency and severity of specific climate hazards (extreme heat, wildfire, extreme precipitation and inland flooding, coastal flooding, and drought) resulting from climate change in the coming decades. It also includes a Social Vulnerability Assessment (SVA) which looks at the level of risk across communities and populations and identifies groups and places that are highly vulnerable to climate hazards. The third major section is the Physical Vulnerability Assessment (PVA) which examines how physical infrastructure and facilities across the County face risk of damage from climate hazards and outlines how damage to
highly vulnerable facilities could affect people and society.

Finally, the Cascading Impacts Assessment explains how
infrastructural systems rely on one another and how harm to one type of infrastructure can affect other facilities, related services, and the people who rely on those services.
▪ City of Glendale Local Hazard Mitigation Plan contains a series of proposed action items that when implemented can help reduce the risk from hazards through education and outreach programs, the development of partnerships, and the
implementation of preventative activities (e.g., land use programs) that restrict and control development in areas subject to damage from natural hazards. The Plan includes wildfire, flood, and landslide mitigation action items. As of August 2023, the City is in the process of updating the 20XX Plan.
▪ U.S. Census, 2021 American Community Survey (ACS) presents demographic data by census tract and was used in the social vulnerability analysis. U.S. Census data was used to identify the percentage of the Glendale population that corresponds to each vulnerable group.
▪ The Center for Disease Control’s (CDC) PLACES Health Data (updated 2023) presents health demographic data by census tract. CDC PLACES Health Data was used to identify the Glendale population health statistics that correspond with the Social Vulnerability Index and vulnerable populations. This data is based on the 2010 census boundaries.
▪ U.S. Department of Energy Low-Income Energy Affordability Data (LEAD) presents population data on low- and moderateincome households that carry a disproportionate energy burden, as included in the Social Vulnerability Index.

Data Limitations
The limitations of this report and analysis stem from gaps in data availability and completeness of data methods. Census data can miss portions of the population (e.g., individuals experiencing homelessness, undocumented individuals) and general
demographic information may not fully identify the full extent of populations at increased risk from climate change impacts. For example, Middle Eastern and Armenian individuals who have traditionally been classified as “white” in census designations face systemic disadvantages from potentially missing funding and resource opportunities that other minority groups may receive (Census Bureau 2022; Warren 2022). Extrapolating air quality hazard exposure data in the context of climate change is difficult because it is at a regional scale and regional GHG impacts have not traditionally been measured or monitored in the same way that local air quality has been. Therefore, the estimates of exposure to these hazards are likely to be underestimated.

The data presented in Cal-Adapt tools are projections, or estimates, of future climate. The limitation in these projections is that the longterm behavior of the atmosphere is expressed in averages – for example, average annual temperature, average monthly rainfall, or 613 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
14 average water equivalent of mountain snowpack at a given time of year. The averages discussed often downplay the extremes by which daily weather events occur and when presented as an average, only show moderate changes within the climate. What is often lost in averages is that the frequency of extremes, like atmospheric rivers, may increase while low-moderate intensity weather events decrease through the end of the century. In instances of modeled precipitation projections, it maintains an average similar to historic levels which does not account for anticipated fluctuations in extremes (CEC 2023).

Social Vulnerability Methodology
The presence and overall distribution of vulnerable populations in the City of Glendale were identified based on the U.S. Census and American Community Survey data, CDC’s PLACES Health data, and U.S. Department of Energy LEAD Tool. The data used for the social vulnerability analysis were supplemented using information received through the focus group meetings. See Interested Parties Focus Group Meetings section of this report for a summary of these meetings. This report follows the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) SoCal APG and Los Angeles County Climate Vulnerability Assessment methodologies for identifying, grouping, and analyzing vulnerable populations.

The SoCal APG identifies the following populations as generally experiencing higher risk for climate impacts in a given community:
▪ Low income
▪ Experiencing
homelessness
▪ Incarcerated
▪ Single female heads of
households
▪ Undocumented immigrants
▪ Non-English speakers
▪ Unemployed or
underemployed
▪ Seniors and young
children
▪ Military veterans
▪ Non-white communities
▪ Renters
▪ Students
▪ Visitors and seasonal
residents
▪ Tribal and indigenous
communities
▪ Individuals with impaired
health/disabilities
▪ Isolated individuals (e.g., no
car or transit access)
▪ Individuals with educational
attainment less than 4 years
of college
▪ Outdoor workers
Vulnerable populations were identified in Glendale through several state recommended data sources. For groups analyzed using U.S.

Census data, the report identified populations in Glendale present at higher rates than the statewide average. Glendale’s vulnerable populations are described in the Social Vulnerability Assessment section later in this report.

Vulnerability Scoring Methodology
Vulnerability scoring is a valuable step in the climate vulnerability assessment process because it identifies which assets and populations face the greatest threat from climate hazards. This can aid in the prioritization of adaptation actions. The vulnerability score is a combination of the impact and adaptive capacity scores.

The impact and adaptive capacity scores are developed using a qualitative methodology outlined in the Cal APG, as seen in Table 3.

Impact and adaptive capacity scores are assigned for each climate hazard for all assets and vulnerable populations. The vulnerability score is prepared by combining the two scores as demonstrated in Table 4. The range of potential impacts spans 1 through 5 with 4-5 representing the highest levels of potential impact.
614 of 704
Introduction
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 15
Table 3 Impact and Adaptive Capacity Scoring Rubric
Score Impact Adaptive Capacity
Low Impact is unlikely based on projected exposure; would result in minor consequences to public health, safety, and/or other metrics of concern.

The population or asset lacks capacity to manage changes; major changes would be required.

Medium Impact is somewhat likely based on projected exposure; would result in some consequences to public health, safety, and/or other metrics of concern.

The population or asset has some capacity to manage climate impact; some changes would be required.

High Impact is highly likely based on projected exposure; consequences to public health, safety, and/or other metrics of concern.

The population or asset has high capacity to manage climate impact; minimal to no changes are required.

Source: Cal OES 2020
Table 4 Vulnerability Score Matrix
Adaptive Capacity
High Medium Low
High 3 4 5
Medium 2 3 4
Potential
Impacts
Low 1 2 3
Source: Cal OES 2020
615 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
16 2 Climate Hazards
Climate change is a global phenomenon that can impact local health, natural resources, infrastructure, emergency response, and many other aspects of society. The primary driver of climate change is increased GHGs in the atmosphere due to human activity. Future projections of climate and climate hazards are dependent on both location and the trajectory of global GHG emissions over time. The Cal-Adapt tool provides climate data from global scale models that have been localized (downscaled) to 3.7 mile by 3.7-mile grids (CEC 2023). The data in Cal-Adapt is combined with information from the California Fourth Climate Change Assessment to model future changes in specific types of hazards within this assessment. Climate change projections use different Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP), which describe potential trajectories of global GHG emissions (CEC 2023). Projections in this assessment are based on RCP 8.5, a high emissions scenario in which global GHG emissions continue to rise through the end of the 21st century. The selection of RCP 8.5 for assessing vulnerability is recommended by the Governor’s Office of Planning and Research in the Cal APG (Cal OES 2020).

Additionally, projections are forecasted to mid-century (2035-2064) and end-century (2070-2099) as 30-year averages to be compared to a modeled historical baseline (1961-1990) (CEC 2023).

This section presents information on temperature and precipitation, which are considered climate indicators. Following this section are a series of graphics that display information on projected changes to climate hazards due to changes in climate indicators. These hazards include extreme heat and warm nights, drought, wildfire, landslides, stormwater flooding and extreme precipitation, and poor air quality.

Causes of Climate Change
Climate change is caused by the release of GHGs into the atmosphere, which traps heat near the Earth’s surface
raising global average temperatures in what is referred to as the “greenhouse effect.” This increase in average
temperatures across the globe affects sea level rise,
precipitation patterns, the severity of wildfires, the
prevalence of extreme heat events, water supply, and ocean temperatures and chemistry (NASA 2022). According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), GHGs
are now higher than they have been in the past 400,000
years, raising carbon dioxide levels from 280 parts per million to 410 parts per million in the last 150 years (IPCC 2021). The dramatic increase in GHGs is attributed to human activities beginning with the industrial revolution in the 1800s, which represented a shift from an agrarian (e.g., cultivation of land) and handicraft-based economy to one dominated by industry and machine manufacturing (NASA
2022).
616 of 704
Climate Hazards
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 17

2.1 Climate Indicators
The climate indicators relevant to Glendale are temperature and precipitation. The following section summarizes projected changes to these climate indicators.

Temperature
Currently, Glendale has an average maximum temperature of 74.9°F and an average minimum temperature of 51.2°F. Average maximum temperatures are expected to increase in Glendale by
approximately 5.2°F (RCP 8.5) by the mid-century and 8.6°F (RCP

8.5) by end-century. Average minimum temperature is expected to increase in the City by approximately 4.8°F (RCP 8.5) by mid-century and 8.3°F (RCP 8.5) by end-century (CEC 2023). Temperature increases affect various climate related hazards including extreme heat and warm nights, drought, wildfire, and poor air quality, further described in the illustrative graphics below.

Precipitation
Climate projections show that there will be more frequent and longer dry periods punctuated by increased precipitation intensity of the largest storms or wet periods (Hall et al. 2018). Projections for Glendale predict that annual precipitation totals will remain relatively stable, decreasing slightly by approximately 0.3 inches by end-century (RCP 8.5). However, as already observed in recent years, precipitation changes are largely observed as more extreme variability with intense wet years followed by extreme drought (CEC 2023). Climate change is projected to increase the intensity of extreme precipitation events in the Los Angeles region (Hall et al. 2018). By the end of the century, some locations in the Los Angeles region are expected to experience up to 30 percent more precipitation on the wettest day of the year and the intensity and frequency of atmospheric reiver events are also projected to occur (RCP 8.5) (Hall et al. 2018). Although changes in average precipitation are small, both wet and dry periods are expected to be more extreme, which can increase the risk of related climate hazards such as stormwater flowing and landslides (Hall et al. 2018).

In Glendale, precipitation changes are expected to affect drought, stormwater flooding, wildfire, and air quality.

2.2 Climate Hazards
This section outlines projected changes for the following climate hazards:

Extreme Heat
Warm Nights and Heat Health Events
Drought
Wildfire
Landslides
Stormwater Flooding and Extreme Precipitation Events
Poor Air Quality
617 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
18 Extreme Heat
618 of 704
Climate Hazards
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 19
Warm Nights and Heat Health Events
619 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
20 Drought
620 of 704
Climate Hazards
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 21
Wildfire
621 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
22 Landslides
622 of 704
Climate Hazards
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 23
Stormwater Flooding and Extreme Precipitation Events
623 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
24 Poor Air Quality
624 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 25
3 Social Vulnerability Assessment

3.1 What is Social Vulnerability
While all populations in a community will be affected by climate hazards, some individuals are more vulnerable due to physiological conditions and inequitable systems and structures and therefore will be disproportionally impacted. For example, seniors (over 65 years old); young children (under 5 years old) and their parents and caregivers; and pregnant women are more at-risk than the general population to heat illness during an extreme heat event. Vulnerable populations experience heightened risk to climate change and have inequitable access to resources to adequately adapt and recover from the associated impacts. Glendale is home to several vulnerable populations (see Table 5 and Figure 5), some of whom have already been disproportionately harmed by climate change.

3.2 Social Vulnerability Index Score
A social vulnerability index was developed to identify the location and areas of highest concentrations of climate-vulnerable population groups in Glendale based on 31 population data indicators (see the highlighted rows in Table 5). Each indicator represents a characteristic that either increases a person’s physiological vulnerability to climate hazards or decreases the ability of an individual to prepare for, cope with or recover from climate hazards due to systemic inequities. Selected indicators are consistent with guidance in the Cal APG (Cal OES 2020) and SCAG APG (SCAG 2020). The indicators also reflect input from communitybased organizations provided during the City-held Focus Group Meetings (see Interested Parties Focus Group Meetings section above). For more information on why these population
characteristics are considered vulnerable to climate change impacts, see the Social Vulnerability by Climate Hazard section. Data for these indicators was obtained from the Census Bureau’s American Community Survey 2017-2021, CDC’s PLACES Health Data, U.S.

Department of Energy LEAD Tool, Esri’s Crime Index data, and California Immigrant Data Portal.

The 27 population data indicators are organized into four separate groups for the purposes of this assessment. Grouping populations allows the City to understand what systems and structures contribute to increased vulnerability to climate change hazards.

Through identification of factors that contribute to population vulnerability, adaptation solutions can be developed that specifically address those contributing factors. Population groupings are as follows:

1. Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure.

2. Under-resourced Individuals.

3. Individuals Facing Societal Barriers.

4. Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities
The indicators were used to assess the geographic location and proportion of vulnerable populations in Glendale who may be more impacted by climate hazards. Data for these indicators was obtained from the Census Bureau’s American Community Survey 2017-2021, CDC’s PLACES Health Data, U.S. Department of Energy LEAD Tool, and Esri’s Crime Index data. The Social vulnerability analysis was 625 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
26 conducted to identify the concentration of each population group in each census tract in Glendale. Figure 5 displays social vulnerability in Glendale by census tract. Census tracts with high proportions of vulnerable populations, relative to state statistics, have higher percentile rankings on the 0 percent to 100 percent scale. The higher the percentile, the higher the vulnerability to climate change.

The areas of Glendale with the greatest concentration of vulnerable populations are in south and southwest Glendale Census tracts that are above the 60th percentile are considered a high social vulnerability area. Notably, the Grayson Power Plant is located in a high social vulnerability area. Figure 5 also displays additional areaswith high social vulnerability, beyond what was idenfitied using existing data and state tools, that were identified by representatives from local community-based organizations as part of the City-held Focus Group Meetings (see dotted areas in Figure 5). The additional focus areas were determined using a 1/4-mile buffer around schools(which is where children, a climate-vulnerable population group, spend much of their time),, I-5, (SR 134), Brand Boulevard, the Scholl Canyon Landfill and the Grayson Power Plant.

In addition, the areas south of SR 134 and west of Brand Boulevard are included as additional vulnerable focus areas, as identified during the Focus Group meetings.

Systemic Inequities
Individuals facing societal barriers include marginalized individuals due to their race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, disability, economic status, or immigration status, all of whom encounter systemic obstacles that can limit their access to opportunities, resources, and fair treatment, are directly impacted by systemic social and economic inequities.

These challenges create educational, resource, economic, and health disparities that leave communities extremely vulnerable to climate change impacts (Baird 2008). When looking at the intersectionality and compounding impact of these societal barriers, these communities are more likely to face high outdoor exposure, be systematically under-resourced, be subjected to toxic stress and/or have chronic health
conditions, live in high-hazard risk areas and substandard housing, and are less likely to be homeowners (APA 2012).

These systemic factors make them disproportionately
vulnerable to climate hazards. In the City, many of these individuals face compounding risks associated with linguistic and income barriers. Immigrants and people who are
undocumented are often deprived of access to medical
services, quality housing, and basic needs, as well as access to social and economic services (Gamble et al. 2016).

Additionally, historical mistreatment and underserving by government leads to distrust, which compounds the lack of access to resources even when they do available.
626 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 27
Table 5 Vulnerable Populations in Glendale
Population Type Population Description Percentage of Total Population/Household Type Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure
Outdoor Workers Individuals who are employed, 16 and older, and work outdoors 8% People experiencing
houselessness1
Individuals who currently lack fixed, regular, and adequate housing 0.1% Visitors2Individuals who are not residents and are visiting the study area for a limited time Not Available People who use active
transportation*
People who primarily get around by walking, biking, or other active mode of transportation
9%
People who use public transit* People who primarily get around by buses, trains, subways, and other forms of public transportation
3%
Individuals Facing Societal Barriers
Black, Indigenous, and People
of Color (BIPOC)
Individuals who do not identify as white 23%
Native Americans Individuals who identify as American Native and Alaskan Native 0.6% Limited or non-English
speakers
Households with individuals who are non or limited English-speaking 11% Immigrants3Individuals residing in the United States with legal documentation 51% People who are
undocumented4
Individuals residing in the United States without legal documentation 6% Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities Seniors Individuals 65 years or older 18%
Young children and their
parents/caregivers*
Individuals 5 years and younger 5%
People who are differently
abled
Individuals with access and functional needs (physical and mental) 26% Individuals with asthma* Individuals diagnosed with asthma 9% Individuals with cardiovascular
disease
Individuals diagnosed with coronary heart disease 6%
People with diabetes* Individuals diagnosed with diabetes 9% 627 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
28 Population Type Population Description Percentage of Total Population/Household Type People with high blood
pressure*
Individuals diagnosed with high blood pressure 28%
People with stroke risks* People with disproportionately high risk for stroke 3% Miliary Veterans Individuals who have served but are not currently serving in the US Armed Forces 2% Pregnant people* Individual with a baby or babies developing inside the womb Not Available Under-Resourced Individuals
People experiencing poverty Household incomes less than 80 % the State median household income 14% Unemployed Percentage of population aged 18-64 who are unemployed 7% Individuals with no health
insurance
Individuals aged 18 to 64 years old currently uninsured 7% Households without a
computer
Households without access to a computer 6%
Households without
broadband internet
Households without access to broadband internet 26%
Renters Housing units that are renter occupied 64%
Individuals without vehicle
access
Individuals without access to a vehicle 17%
Single female heads of
household with kids
Households with kids supported by a single female 14%
Individuals with education
attainment less than 4 years of
high school
Percentage of people over age 18 without a high school education or higher 10% People in overcrowded
households
Household with more than one person per room 5%
Mobile home households Housing units that are mobile homes 0.1% Households experiencing
housing burden
Percentage of gross household income spent on housing costs 11% Students Individuals 3 years and older enrolled in school 23% People who live in areas of
high violent crime
Percentage of areas that have an above average risk of crime occurring relative to the US average.
63%
628 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 29
Population Type Population Description Percentage of Total Population/Household Type Households using fuels for
heating*
Households using solid fuels, kerosene, and gas to heat home 78% Residents without air
conditioning7*
Households without air conditioning Not Available
Households experiencing
energy burden
Percentage of gross household income spent on energy costs 1% Highlighted rows indicate population indicators for which census level data for Glendale was available, and therefore were included in the social vulnerability index mapping. * Populations added based on Focus Group input.
1 People experiencing houselessness percentage is calculated using data for Glendale from the City’s 2023 Glendale Homeless County (195 sheltered and unsheltered) and the 2020 City of Glendale Population from the Census (196,543). Data for this group was not available at the Census tract level for Glendale and therefore was not included in the Social Vulnerability Index. 2 Data for visitors was not available at the Census tract or City level for Glendale and therefore was not included in the Social Vulnerability Index. 3 Immigrants with legal documentation percentage is calculated using data for Glendale and is sourced from the California Immigrant Data Portal (99,796 immigrants with legal documentation in Glendale in 2019, most recent year available) and the 2020 City of Glendale Population from the Census (196,543). Data for this group was not available at the Census tract level for Glendale and therefore was not included in the Social Vulnerability Index. 4 People who are undocumented is calculated using data for Glendale and is sourced from the California Immigrant Data Portal (11,130 undocumented immigrants in Glendale in 2019, most recent year available) and the 2020 City of Glendale Population from the Census (196,543). Data for this group was not available at the Census tract level for Glendale and therefore was not included in the Social Vulnerability Index.

Source: The percentages used in this table were acquired from the U.S. Census, 2021 American Community Survey (ACS), CDC’s PLACES Health Data, Esri’s Crime Index, and U.S. Department of Energy LEAD Tool.
629 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
30 Figure 5 Social Vulnerability in Glendale
630 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 31

3.3 Social Vulnerability Overview
Vulnerability is the propensity or predisposition of a certain asset or population group to be adversely affected by climate change impacts. The following subsection provides an overview of what makes the vulnerable population groups more susceptible to climate change impacts. The Social Vulnerability by Climate Hazard Section provides:
▪ An overview of the impacts of climate hazards
▪ Potential impacts of climate hazards to each of the four population groups
▪ City-led and community adaptive capacity
▪ Vulnerability score which is a combined score of the potential impact and adaptive capacity for each of the four population groups by climate hazard
Information for impacts on populations and adaptive capacity was pulled from government sources and peer reviewed articles and supplemented using information provided by City staff during the Sustainability Working Group meeting and community-based organizations during Focus Group meetings (for more information on these meetings, refer to the Sustainability Working Group Meeting and Interested Parties Focus Group Meetings section of the report). Adaptive capacity is the ability to adjust to the consequences of climate change. Types of adaptive capacity include adjustments in behavior, resources, and technologies. There are other forms of adaptive capacity that are led by institutions (e.g., schools, religious institutions), community-based organizations, non-profits, special districts, and other nongovernmental entities.

The two types of adaptive capacity that are discussed in this report:

1. City-led adaptive capacity indicates the ways in which the City currently manages the negative impacts of climate change through City and utility-led plans and programs.

2. Community-scale adaptive capacity The ability of a community to deal with climate-related challenges, like extreme weather, can be improved by features in both the man-made and natural surroundings, as explained in the Los Angeles County Climate Vulnerability Assessment.

Both City-led and community-scale adaptive capacity are assessed for each population group by climate hazard.

An impact score and an adaptive capacity score are identified for each vulnerable population group by climate hazard, along with an overall vulnerability score consistent with the scoring methodology provided in the Vulnerability Scoring Methodology Section.

Vulnerability scoring helps the City understand which climate effects pose the greatest threats and should be prioritized in adaptation planning and policy.

The results of the analysis will inform the development and prioritization of adaptation policies and programs to increase community resilience as part of the City of Glendale CAAP and Safety Element Update.

Indicators that Drive Community Vulnerability
Below is an overview of the vulnerability indicators for each population group that drive community vulnerability to climate change. This assessment acknowledges how the intersectionality of systems compound individuals’ vulnerability across multiple factors at once; however, for the purpose of this assessment, analysis was conducted based on the vulnerability that increases an individual’s risk to the greatest degree.
631 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
32 Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure
Outdoor workers, people experiencing houselessness, visitors, and people who use active transportation and public transit face high outdoor exposure, which increases vulnerability to potential climate hazards. Approximately 8 percent of the population in Glendale are outdoor workers and face high risk of climate hazards.

Glendale has an estimated 195 people experiencing houselessness in 2023 (City of Glendale 2023). There is a significant concentration of people experiencing houselessness that are unsheltered in the Downtown Area, particularly in Central Park (City of Glendale 2023).

Central Park offers access to vital resources for the unsheltered population, including the Central Library and the Adult Recreation Center (City of Glendale 2023). People experiencing houselessness often suffer from high rates of respiratory conditions, mental illness, and other chronic health conditions and therefore are more vulnerable to climate hazards (CDPH 2020).

Glendale offers hiking trails, a diversity of restaurants, and icon sites such as the Alex Theatre, to visitors. Visitors are at risk because they may not receive warning during emergency events and are more likely to be unsure of how or where to receive help, or how to evacuate. Visitor deterrence, which could occur during and following climate hazards, would have impacts on the local economy (Gamble et al. 2016).

In Glendale, 17 percent of households do not have access to a vehicle (U.S. Census ACS 2021). People without access to a vehicle use active transportation, such as walking and biking, and public transit to get around. People who rely on active transportation or public transit have higher outdoor exposure, such as extreme heat, air pollution, or heavy rainfall, than those who use personal vehicles and are therefore at greater risk to climate hazards. This high risk is compounded by the fact that communities of color are more likely to have limited or no access to a car, increasing their likelihood of being impacted during heat and other climate hazards (CDPH 2020).

People who rely on active transportation or public transit may experience barriers in accessing cooling centers, evacuating in a timely fashion, and have a greater likelihood of encountering interruption in transportation services which could lead to direct income losses from the inability to access their workplace during climate events.

Under-resourced Individuals
Under-resourced individuals have inequitable access to resources with which to prepare for, cope with, and recover from climate change impacts, due to economic disparities, social inequities, geographical location, lack of education, policy gaps, historical factors, and limited social networks, which further exasperates vulnerability to climate impacts. Individuals who are unemployed or people experiencing poverty often face financial barriers when preparing for and recovering from climate change hazards.

Individuals in these groups often live in homes that are less protected against climate hazards or are more likely to be renters so are unable to make needed home improvements. People
experiencing poverty may not be able to take time off work to address health concerns either caused by or exacerbated by climate hazards, such as heat-related illnesses, respiratory problems from air pollution, or injuries resulting from extreme weather events, leading to further challenges in managing their well-being and financial stability. People experiencing poverty in conjunction with food and housing insecurity are rendered systematically more vulnerable than the general population to many co-morbid health issues. Glendale’s current unemployment rate averaged over 5 years is 6.6 percent, higher than the county and state
unemployment rates (Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center 2022). The current poverty rate for Glendale is 13.9 percent 632 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 33
with an estimated 27,065 citizens of 195,227 living in poverty (Welfare Info). Neighborhoods experiencing more than 25 percent poverty include densely populated communities adjacent to major roadways such as I-5 in the southern and central parts of the city (City of Glendale Income and Poverty). These neighborhoods largely consist of marginalized communities where population density is 5,000 to 30,000 people per square mile (City of Glendale Census 2010).

Single female heads of households, as defined by the U.S. Census as female householders with children under 18-years-old and no spouse/partner present, are often subjected to high levels of worklife conflict and financial hardship, which can make preparing for, coping with, and recovering from climate hazards difficult. They are also more likely to serve as the primary caretaker of children which can make evacuating during a hazard scenario difficult (Flanagan et al. 2011). Additionally, women’s wages, on average, are lower than their male counterparts. According to U.S. Census Bureau data, in 2020, women earned 84 percent of what men earned (Pew
Research Center 2021). This disparity is even more extreme for Black women who earned on average 64 percent of what white, non-Hispanic men earned in 2020 (Bleiweis et al. 2021). On average, Glendale single female heads of households experience poverty levels of nearly 22 percent across the city’s census blocks. In the most densely populated areas of the city, this rate reaches highs of

37.3 percent (Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center 2022).

As such, they will likely experience increased difficulties preparing for and recovering from climate hazards.

Individuals with educational attainment of less than 4 years of high school usually have lower earning potential and are twice as likely to be unemployed than those with a high school degree
(Association of Public and Land-Grant Universities N.d). Individuals with low educational attainment are more likely to work in outdoor and/or labor-intensive environments thus increasing the impact of climate events (CDPH 2017). In the Glendale area, 16.5 percent of adults, aged 25 and older, lack a high school diploma (Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center 2022). Under-resourced individuals are less likely to have access to transportation, healthcare, and other basic needs and often lack the financial resources to evacuate from a climate hazard or find a safe and affordable place in which to evacuate.

Households without a computer or broadband internet access may be less likely to receive emergency alerts or governmental guidance before, during, or after a climate hazard event, making them particularly vulnerable in evacuation scenarios. Individuals without health insurance are more likely to have undiagnosed pre-existing health conditions and inadequate access to preventative care and treatment, which may make them more vulnerable to health impacts from climate hazards (Gamble et al. 2016). According to the Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center Community Health Needs Assessment from 2022, Glendale overall has very high health insurance rates at 96.6 percent. However, minority ethnic groups tend to have lower health insurance rates. Glendale BIPOC communities on average have health insurance rates of 86 percent (Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center Report 2022).

Individuals who rent housing have limited ability to weatherize their homes for hazard events. Mobile home households also often do not have adequately weatherized homes. For example, renters may not have temperature control in their housing units and generally experience a higher water and energy utilities cost burden than homeowners (Cooley et al. 2012).

Households experiencing housing cost or energy cost burden are less likely to have financial resources to prepare for, respond to, or recover from impacts. Individuals living in overcrowded housing are more likely to face health and safety concerns and face financial 633 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
34 barriers when preparing for and recovering from climate hazards (EPA 2022). In Glendale, 48.7 percent of owner and renter occupied households are cost-burdened, which is higher than both the county and state rates (Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center Report 2022). Over half of the Glendale ZIP codes serviced by the Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center have cost-burdened population rates of over 50 percent (Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center Report 2022). 2022).

Residents who lack air conditioning are at extreme risk of health impacts particularly associated with extreme heat. About 30 percent of households in California. Of those households without air conditioning, a majority are in low-income communities (Chen et al. 2020)
People who live in areas of high violent crime are more likely to live in areas with neighborhood instability and economic disadvantage.

Additionally, one study found that 20 percent of most
disadvantaged neighborhoods are predicted to absorb over 50 percent of climate change-related increases in violence. This highlights the critical link between environmental stressors, resource scarcity, and social vulnerability, as these areas often struggle with limited access to essential resources, economic opportunities, and social services. This lack of resources can intensify tensions and conflicts when compounded by the additional pressures brought on by climate change impacts, leading to heightened levels of violence in heat-stressed neighborhoods (Plante and Anderson 2017). In Glendale, from 2012 to 2017, there were 2,887 arrests, generating $1,196,547 in incarceration rates (MDH 2017). Most of the documented crime in Glendale occurs around densely populated, marginalized communities adjacent to I 5 and SR-134 (Neighborhood Scout 2023). Glendale experiences disproportionate rates of arrests by race and these rates are likely to continue to increase, exacerbated by heat inequity from climate change impacts.

Students may experience educational disruption and setbacks including reduced rate of graduate and college attendance as aa result of climate hazards that cause school closures, loss of personal property, and/or psychological distress, particularly students with additional characteristics that increase sensitivity to climate hazards. Additionally, students have limited ability to modify the physical conditions at school that affect climate hazard exposure and risk such as air filtration and air conditioning (GAO 2022).

Individuals Facing Societal Barriers
Glendale is located within the ancestral lands of the Tongva people.

Because many Native American people experience some degree of the implications of colonial violence, cultural erasure, and social marginalization, they are more likely to be under-resourced and experience poverty (Rogers 2012). Not all City residents who identify as Native American have ties to tribal communities, which affects the ways in which climate hazards impact individuals. In 2020, one in three Native Americans across the United States were living in poverty (Northwestern Institute for Policy Research 2020).

Native Americans often experience worse health outcomes and lower life expectancies compared to other populations due to a variety of systemic factors including toxic stress due to regularly experiencing racism and other systemic harms, disproportionate poverty, and discrimination in the delivery or accessibility of health services. Native Americans are also less likely to have health insurance, which may limit their ability to seek medical care for injuries or illnesses caused or exacerbated by climate change impacts (Rogers 2012). Native Americans are more likely to live in high-hazard risk areas and less likely to be homeowners, which 634 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 35
leaves them vulnerable to climate impacts (Gamble et al. 2016).

Within the vulnerability analysis, potential impacts to Native American populations are discussed in the context of Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC).

Recently, the City of Glendale recognized its past with racial injustices by unanimously passing a resolution apologizing for its history as a “sundown town” (Crouch 2020). A sundown town is the term for predominantly white towns and cities across the nation that attempted to keep their towns minority-free through violence, discriminatory legislation, and harassment. These places were areas in which City officials posted notices that minorities could work and travel in the town, but had to leave by sunset, or “sundown” (Christmas 2021). The history of violence and discriminatory laws against people of color and marginalized communities extends beyond the direct harassment and exclusion of these peoples in Glendale’s history through legislation such as the intentional neighborhood redlining, as described in Individuals Facing Societal Barriers. Now, as climate change impacts threaten all of Glendale’s citizens, these communities are feeling the generational effects of racial injustice, stemming from the City’s past as a “sundown town.” These communities predominantly reside in C-graded
neighborhoods, as depicted in Figure 6, and face climate vulnerabilities such as increased pavement, lack of trees for adequate cooling (Figure 7), and heat inequity. While Glendale addresses its history as a sundown town, the effects of its past on marginalized communities are being exacerbated by climate change and continue to shape their inequitable climate vulnerabilities. 635 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
36 Figure 6 Glendale High Social Vulnerability Areas and Home Owners’ Loan Corporation (HOLC) Neighborhood Redlining Grade
636 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Action & Adaptation Plan 37
Tree Equity Score
The number and distribution of trees in cities in the United States, often reflects differences in race and income across city landscapes.

While the amount of paved and impermeable surfaces and lack of water features and green spaces can increase the impact of temperature increases from climate change, adding more green spaces and especially trees, can have the opposite effect. Trees provide several critical services to cities and residents including shade, improved air quality, increased rain interception and reduced stormwater runoff, and in great enough numbers, trees can cool ambient temperatures and reduce the impact of climate change and extreme heat on public health.

Treeequityscore.org analyzes a range of neighborhood
characteristics including the existing tree canopy, population density, income, employment, surface temperature, racial demographics, age distributions, and health metrics to create a single tree equity score between 0 and 100. A score of 100 would indicate that a neighborhood has achieved tree equity.

Of the 137 census block groups included in the Tree Equity Score Municipality Report for Glendale, 11 have a tree equity score below

70. Comparing the HOLC map in Figure 6 and the Tree Equity Score map in Figure 7 can shed some light on the legacy of redlining and historic disinvestment on current levels of heat risk throughout the City. In line with the research referenced above, the southern and western portions of Glendale that had C (Definitely Declining) graded neighborhoods continue to have fewer trees, and lower tree equity scores relative to the rest of the City. Neighborhoods just north of West Kenneth Road and East Mountain Street and in east Glendale, north of SR 134 which received an A grade have some of the highest tree equity scores in the City.
637 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
38 Figure 7 Glendale High Social Vulnerability Areas and Municipality Tree Equity Score 638 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment 39
Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health
Related Sensitivities
Individuals with chronic health conditions or health related sensitivities are socially and physiologically vulnerable to climate change impacts and hazards. Seniors and people who are differently abled may have limited or reduced mobility, mental function, or communication abilities, making it difficult to evacuate during or prepare for a climate hazard event. They may also have medical needs for electricity which may be impacted during a public safety power shutoff or climate hazard event. Individuals in these groups are more likely to have pre-existing medical conditions or chronic illnesses that may exacerbate the risk of illnesses and medical problems from climate hazards. Individuals with asthma, individuals with cardiovascular disease, individuals with diabetes, individuals with high blood pressure, and individuals with stroke risk are more likely to experience health impacts from climate hazards because of pre-existing conditions or diseases. Seniors often face challenges regulating their temperature due to medications or underlying conditions related to age. Young children are socially and physiologically vulnerable to climate hazards. They often have limited understandings of climate hazards and insufficient resources to independently prepare for and safely respond during a climate hazard event. Young children are reliant on their caregivers to ensure their health, safety, and wellbeing. Young children have not fully physiologically developed and are therefore more vulnerable to health effects of climate change impacts. (Kenney et al. 2014).

The caregivers of young children are also at risk during some climate hazard events as they may face challenges navigating an evacuation process with young children. Military veterans may have been exposed to a variety of environmental, physical, and chemical stressors during military service which may have caused physiological or psychological health conditions, illnesses, or different abilities that make them particularly vulnerable to climate hazards (Olenick et al. 2015). Pregnant people and their fetuses are particularly vulnerable to climate hazards as they are susceptible to certain health conditions, including anemia, low birth weight, preterm birth, and miscarriage. Pregnant people are also at increased risk of experiencing post-traumatic stress disorder and depression after a climate hazard event (EPA 2022).

Residents in households using fuels for heating, as opposed to electricity, are more likely to be impacted by indoor combustion pollutants. Combustion pollutants are the gases and particles made by burning any fuel such as natural gas, diesel, and kerosene.

Exposure to combustion pollutants may lead to adverse health impacts that can make individuals more at risk of climate hazards.

For example, cooking emissions, especially from gas stoves, are associated with increased respiratory disease (CARB 2023).

3.4 Social Vulnerability by Climate
Hazard
This section assesses the potential impacts, adaptive capacity, and the resulting social vulnerability, of each population group by climate hazard.

Extreme Heat and Warm Nights
Overview
Extreme heat was a major issue identified during Focus Group Meetings 1 and 2. Specifically, the lack of air conditioning in housing units, limited protection for renters, and the urban heat island effect in areas with high proportions of vulnerable populations were identified as areas of concern. Below is an overview of the urban 639 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
40 heat island effect, historical causes of inequitable heat exposure, tree equity score in Glendale, and compounding risks of housing and heat related illness.

Sustainability Working Group participants also identified extreme heat as a major concern. Participants noted having to close facilities due to broken Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) during extreme heat events, and warnings of rolling blackouts.

URBAN HEAT ISLAND
Urban Heat Island (UHI) refers to developed areas that are hotter than the surrounding landscape primarily due to the use of building materials and surfaces that absorb and re-radiate heat (like roofs and pavements), as well as a lack of vegetation, particularly trees.

The UHI effect causes people in cities to have higher heat exposure than residents in less densely developed areas. Within urban landscapes, neighborhoods with more impermeable and dark colored surfaces, and fewer trees, parks, and water features, have greater heat exposure and heat related risk than urban
communities with more green space and reflective surfaces. These differences in development patterns typically correspond with income and demographic disparities across the urban environment.

Low-income communities and many communities of color across Los Angeles County are the most impacted by the urban heat island effect (LA CDPH 2021). UHI will likely compound the impact and risk of extreme heat days and higher average temperatures resulting from climate change. In some locations, the effect could be twice as strong as the impact of global warming (Huang et al. 2019).

In Glendale, the UHI effect will most likely impact vulnerable communities in densely populated communities without access to green spaces, open areas, or reflective surfaces. According to the Urban Heat Island Interactive Map from the California
Environmental Protection Agency (CEPA UHI), the areas of Glendale which will experience the most intense UHI effect are the southwest neighborhoods along I-5 and the northeast neighborhoods along I210 (CEPA UHI). These areas have historically been socially vulnerable areas in C-graded neighborhoods (Figure 6) which have experienced racially motivated redlining and currently experience low tree equity scores (Figure 7). The UHI effect is calculated per urban census tract in degree-hours per day, in which the temperature differences every hour per day over 182 warm summer days are summed, then divided by the number of days in the study. In Glendale, the southern socially vulnerable communities have a degree-hour day rating of about 80.53, while the northern socially vulnerable communities have a rating of about 149.75 degree-hour days (CEPA UHI). In A-graded Glendale communities with higher tree equity scores, degree-hour days range from about 74.21 to 99.15 (CEPA UHI). As such, Glendale’s most populated urban areas will likely experience the highest UHI effects and heat inequity stemming from historical redlining and lack of access to green open spaces.

HISTORICAL CAUSES OF INEQUITABLE HEAT EXPOSURE
After the Great Depression the U.S. Government undertook numerous projects to stimulate the economy, expand housing stock, and evaluate the riskiness of home mortgages. The Home Owners’ Loan Corporation was established in 1933 with the passage of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, with the key task of refinancing mortgages and slowing down the rate of foreclosures (FHFA).

During the 1930’s the HOLC created detailed maps of urban areas across the United States. HOLC maps documented the perceived risk of lending and determined the lending practices of banks and other mortgage lenders administering the federal loans.

These maps graded neighborhoods on a scale from “A” through “D” and the grade correlated with color coding on the maps of green 640 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment 41
through red, hence the term “redlining”. A-rated neighborhoods, colored green on the maps, were classified as the most desirable, and least risky for lenders. D-rated neighborhoods, colored red on the maps, were classified as the highest risk neighborhoods, and families in these neighborhoods were typically denied mortgages and their mortgages were often not federally insured if they were granted one (Rothstein 2017). The HOLC neighborhood assessments explicitly used racial makeup of residents as a determinant of neighborhood quality and mortgage risk (Rothstein 2017).

Neighborhood descriptions included references to the racial makeup of a neighborhood, in particular the homogeneity, percentage of immigrants and whether they were considered “subversive”, and the number of black, Mexican, and residents of various non-white ethnic groups (Nelson et al., 2023; Rothstein 2017). In the HOLC assessments, racially integrated neighborhoods, and neighborhoods with higher numbers of immigrants and people of color were considered higher risk and perceived as destined to deteriorate in value (Nelson et al., 2023; Rothstein 2017). This led to disinvestment in low-rated areas of cities and a loss of wealth building for generations of American families who were unable to purchase homes (Rothstein 2017). This practice of racial exclusion from homeownership allowed white Americans to accumulate wealth through government backed homeownership while minority communities were excluded and marginalized (Rothstein 2017).

Historic disinvestment and constraints on loans to real estate developers tied to racial restrictions resulted in differences in the quality of housing, amount of housing, and the amount of green space and other amenities that were built in different
neighborhoods based on the income and racial demographics of potential residents (Nelson et al., 2023; Rothstein 2017).

Many of these development differences still largely persist to this day. Recent research has shown that neighborhoods that HOLC rated as a “D” level of risk are still predominantly low-to-moderate income and communities of color, while “A” neighborhoods are still predominantly white and above average income. Previously redlined neighborhoods are also correlated with more impervious paved surfaces, fewer trees and green spaces, and higher average temperatures than the non-redlined, historically white
neighborhoods in the same city (Hoffman et al.). Another study assessing 175 of the largest urbanized areas in the United States found that the average person of color lives in a census tract with greater than 2 degrees Celsius higher urban heat island intensity compared to non-Hispanic whites (Hsu et al.). A few degrees of temperature difference, and especially warmer temperatures at night, can translate into an appreciably increased risk of heat stress.

This means that communities that faced historical housing discrimination often bear a greater health burden as excessive heat events become more frequent and severe due to climate change.

This disparate heat exposure risk is known as heat inequity.

Figure 6 shows the HOLC Neighborhood Redlining Grade for neighborhoods in Glendale. Green colored areas represent neighborhoods that were graded A (Best). Neighborhoods just north of West Kenneth Road and East Mountain Street and in east Glendale, north of SR 134 received an A grade. Several
neighborhoods bordering A grade neighborhoods were graded B (Still Desirable) due to deed restrictions that limited development to single family housing and prevented non-white families from purchasing homes. These areas were developed with federal financing and graded favorably on the mortgage risk map as a result of the good quality homes this financing afforded, and the racial segregation achieved through racially restrictive deeds.

Neighborhoods graded C (Definitely Declining), yellow areas on the map, are located in north Glendale along I-210, and in south and southwest Glendale. The reasoning provided for C grade
neighborhoods was the presence of lower-income and workingclass. Residents, powerlines and industrial uses, and mixed quality 641 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
42 of housing. No neighborhoods in Glendale were rated D (Hazardous).

Areas with high social sensitivity in Glendale today fall within neighborhoods rated C (Definitely Declining) by HOLC, as shown in Figure 6.

COMPOUNDING RISKS: HOUSING AND HEAT RELATED ILLNESS
Housing and socio-economic factors can intersect in ways that compound the risks of climate impacts such as extreme heat events.

When housing is in short supply and unaffordable this can lead to overcrowding, especially for lower-income communities. Aging, overcrowded, and poorly insulated housing can contribute to risk from heat related illness, which can in turn lead to hospital visits and even increased mortality. If the electricity grid is strained during a heat wave and there are power outages, this can further increase the risk of heat related illnesses if access to adaptations such as air conditioning, fans, and refrigeration are lost.

A study published In 2022 found that housing age, housing crowding ratio, and roof condition were found to be correlated with the risk of heat-related illness indexes and can predict the risk of heatrelated emergency department visits and heat-related mortality on a state level. This analysis indicates that housing quality and affordability as characterized by age, crowding, and roof condition can impact heat related illness risk (Hu et al. 2022).

The California 2020 Census Hard-to-Count index rated census tracts in south and southwest Glendale as falling within the highest difficulty level for accurately estimating population numbers. The variables cited for contributing to difficulty in getting accurate counts were renter occupied units, crowded units (in south Glendale), immigrants and limited English-speaking population, multi-unit structures, and households without broadband subscriptions (CA Census 2020). The large numbers of immigrants, non-English speakers, and crowded housing conditions in south Glendale likely contributed to an undercount of the true population of Glendale.

Housing affordability issues also impact Glendale residents.

According to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) and the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD), housing is considered “affordable” if monthly housing costs are no more than 30 percent of a household’s gross income. In Glendale, 57.8 percent of renter households spend 30 percent or more of their income on housing cost, compared to 55.3 percent regionally. Additionally, 36.1 percent of renter households in Glendale spend 50 percent or more of their income on housing cost, compared to 28.9 percent regionally. These households are considered severely cost burdened (SCAG 2021).

The age of housing stock can indicate housing quality and the likely need for rehabilitation work that can impact public health, including remediation of lead-based paint and maintenance or replacement of major elements such as roofing. 77 percent of the housing stock in Glendale was built prior to 1980, and 20.2 percent of those homes, the largest proportion, were constructed prior to 1939 (SCAG 2021). Typically housing over 30 years of age is likely to need rehabilitation work to major elements of the structure. Given the age of the housing stock in the City, a large majority of Glendale’s housing stock is in substandard condition, with approximately 1,291 units lacking telephone service, 164 units lacking plumbing facilities, and 1,478 units lacking complete kitchen facilities (SCAG 2021). The age, availability, cost burden, and crowding conditions of Glendale housing may contribute to increased risk of heat-related illnesses, especially as climate change contributes to more frequent extreme heat events.
642 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment 43
A separate study analyzed exposure and vulnerability to heat by housing type and location using census tract level data combined with housing characteristics, climate projections, and an index of adaptive capacity and vulnerability to heat. The analysis revealed that subsidized housing in California simultaneously has the most sensitive populations and barriers to adaptation while being disproportionately located in the hottest census tracts (C. J. Gabbe et al. 2020). Specifically, while 8 percent of California’s total number of housing units are located in tracts with high heat exposure and high vulnerability populations (high-high tracts), these high-high tracts contain 16 percent of public housing units, 14 percent of LowIncome Housing Tax Credit units, and 10 percent of Section 8 Housing Choice Vouchers (C. J. Gabbe et al. 2020).

These studies show that housing policy should be considered an essential public health and safety mechanism for mitigating climate change-exacerbated health conditions in Glendale. Policies and programs should aim to address heat exposure and adaptation for subsidized housing, highly sensitive populations, and seek to increase housing availability and quality, especially in the hottest parts of the community, in order to help reduce health impacts from extreme heat.

Potential Impacts
This section describes the potential impacts of extreme heat on each vulnerable population group.

INDIVIDUALS WITH HIGH OUTDOOR EXPOSURE
Individuals with high outdoor exposure are at risk of health impacts from extreme heat. Outdoor workers are often subject to strenuous work conditions and are vulnerable during extreme heat events.

People experiencing houselessness and displaced individuals are exposed to the health-related impacts associated with extreme heat because they have limited access to shelter and air conditioning.

The primary health impacts to these populations are heat-related illnesses, such as heat stress, heat stroke, and dehydration, which can be life-threatening (CDPH 2020). Visitors are at risk during extreme heat events because they may not be keyed into local heat warning communications and are less likely to know where to seek refuge. People that rely on active transportation or public transit may experience health impacts from extreme heat due to biking and walking in high temperatures and high exposure while waiting for public transit.

UNDER-RESOURCED INDIVIDUALS
Under-resourced individuals may not be able to pay for adequate air conditioning or fans, increasing their exposure to extreme heat.

Individuals without vehicles may face challenges traveling to cooling centers or temporary shelters during extreme heat events (Cooley et al. 2012). Residents who lack air conditioning are at risk of health impacts from extreme heat at increased temperatures may make it harder to regulate their body temperatures. Households without a computer or broadband internet may not receive heat advisory warnings or governmental guidance, causing them to experience health impacts from extreme heat exposure (CDPH 2017). Underresourced individuals are less likely to receive medical care for illnesses triggered or exacerbated by extreme heat, or if treatment is received, they are likely to face a significant medical cost burden and related financial stress. Extreme temperatures may contribute to a rise in high violence crime rates, which increases safety risks to people who live in areas of high violent crimes (Muggah 2021).

INDIVIDUALS FACING SOCIETAL BARRIERS
BIPOC, immigrants, and people who are undocumented are more likely to live in housing with insufficient protection from extreme 643 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
44 heat events and limited or no affordable air conditioning and are less likely to be able to make the home improvements necessary due to financial constraints or because they are renters. Limited or non-English speakers may not be provided heat advisory warnings or governmental guidance in their language, potentially causing them to experience greater exposure to extreme heat (Gamble et al. 2016). The primary health impacts to these populations are heatrelated illnesses, such as heat stress, heat stroke, and dehydration, which can be life-threatening (CDPH 2020). Immigrants and people who are undocumented may not have access to medical services to treat heat-related illnesses.

INDIVIDUALS WITH CHRONIC HEALTH CONDITIONS OR HEALTH

RELATED SENSITIVITIES
Individuals with chronic health conditions or health related sensitivities are particularly at risk of heat related illnesses during extreme heat events. People who are differently abled, seniors, and children may have difficulty affording or accessing air conditioning or traveling to cooling centers during extreme heat events. Extreme heat events can also trigger power outages which are particularly dangerous for individuals who are electricity-dependent, either for their mobility, communication, or medical devices. Extreme heat conditions can exacerbate asthma, cardiovascular disease, high blood pressure, diabetes, certain different abilities, and other respiratory and cardiovascular conditions, potentially causing heatrelated illnesses such as heat stress, heat stroke and dehydration, which can be-life threatening (CDPH 2020). Residents in households using fuels for heating may face disproportionate health impacts from extreme heats events as high temperatures may lead to compounding impacts from indoor air pollutants. Young children are still physiologically developing which means that they are less able to regulate their bodies during extreme heat events (Kenney et al. 2014). Young children and seniors are especially at risk of dehydration as their bodies are not able to regulate as well (Kenney et al. 2014). When exposed to extreme heat, pregnant people and their fetuses are particularly susceptible to heat exhaustion, heat stroke, dehydration, low birth weight, preterm birth, and infant mortality (EPA 2022). Dehydration may exacerbate underlying health conditions and illnesses.

Warm nights affect the body’s ability to cool down and recover from heat stress during extreme heat periods exacerbating heat-related health problems including, heat exhaustion, dehydration, and cardiovascular stress, especially for individuals with chronic health conditions and health related sensitivities.

Adaptive Capacity
This section gives an overview of the City-led and community-scale adaptive capacity to extreme heat and warm nights.

CITY-LED ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
Existing efforts that increase the City’s resilience to extreme heat include:
▪ Increasing urban forest, tree canopy coverage, parks, and open space throughout the City are adopted policies and strategies as envisioned in the Greener Glendale Plan and the Glendale Downtown Specific Plan. Policies and strategies seek city-wide or neighborhood-wide improvements, including in vulnerable areas not within 1/3 mile of recreational open space (Greener Glendale Plan – Community 2012) (Glendale Downtown Specific Plan 2019).
▪ Inventorying backup-generators, medical equipment and supplies, temporary shelters, and other emergency response supplies and equipment are adopted policies and strategies as 644 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment 45
envisioned in the Glendale General Plan – Safety Element 2003. (Glendale General Plan–- Safety Element 2003).

COMMUNITY-SCALE ADAPTIVE CAPACITY
As described in the Los Angeles County Climate Vulnerability Assessment, the following resources increase the adaptive capacity of vulnerable communities to extreme heat and warm nights in Glendale:
▪ Heat refuge: Cooling centers and other cool indoor public and private locations can provide critical refuge for people to escape extreme heat conditions. The City operates 4 cooling centers placed around the City, with only one of the four located close to areas of high social vulnerability (Glendale News Press 2023). ▪ Park access: Parks and open spaces can provide shade, natural cooling, and mental health benefits to community members seeking refuge from the heat. In their Greener Glendale Plan— Community 2012, Glendale aims to increase parks specifically in areas not currently within 1/3 mile of recreational open space and develop strategies to provide parks or recreational open space in those areas (Greener Glendale Plan – Community Plan 2012). Currently, most Glendale parks and green spaces are not accessible by most vulnerable populations, but Glendale is working to develop strategies to address this imbalance. ▪ Tree canopy: Trees can provide shade, natural cooling, and mitigate the urban heat island effect, providing numerous benefits to residents. According to Glendale’s tree equity report, 19 of 137 block groups have a tree equity score of less than 75. These 19 block groups are located in dense, vulnerable communities adjacent to major roadways like I-5. The lack of tree canopy in these areas will exacerbate the urban heat island effect and increase heat inequity.
▪ Thermal building performance: Older buildings heat up faster during extreme heat events and are less effective at remaining cooler than outdoor temperatures. Improving building
insulation and using reflective building materials can increase thermal building performance, increasing community resilience.

Thermal building performance in Glendale is likely poor, given that 77 percent of the housing stock in Glendale was built prior to 1980, with 20 percent of those homes, the largest
proportion, constructed prior to 1939.
▪ Permeable surfaces: Permeable spaces include green spaces and other cool, ground surfaces that help protect against localized heat gain and reduce the urban heat island effect.

Large areas of permeable surfaces are located in areas with the lowest social vulnerability scores, where access to open spaces and cooled surfaces prevent urban heat island effects. In Glendale, these areas have historically been less densely populated areas, typically away from major roadways and in areas with fewer vulnerable populations.
645 of 704
City of Glendale
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
46 Vulnerability Score – Extreme Heat and Warm Nights
Population Group Impact Score Adaptive Capacity Score Vulnerability Score Individuals with High Outdoor Exposure High Low 5-High
Under-resourced Individuals High Low 5-High
Individuals Facing Societal Barriers High Low 5-High
Individuals with Chronic Health Conditions or Health Related Sensitivities High Low 5-High 646 of 704
Social Vulnerability Assessment
Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment 47
Drought
Overview
Prolonged drought conditions can cause long-term public health problems including shortages of drinking water and poor-quality drinking water, impacts on air quality, sanitation and hygiene, and food and nutrition, and more disease, such as West Nile Virus carried by mosquitoes breeding in stagnant water (CDC 2020).

Glendale City CouncilAugust 13, 2024

Glendale City Council
August 13, 2024